Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutWeinhold Chilled Water PlantCORNELL UNIVERSITY JULIUS F. WEINHOLD FACILITIES CONTRACTS CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 121 HUMPHREYS SERVICE BUILDING GENERATOR (EMCS) ITHACA, NEW YORK 14853-3701 ADDENDUM NO. 1 April 12, 2016 This Addendum contains changes to the requirements of the Contract Documents and Specifications. Such changes are to be incorporated into the Construction Documents and shall apply to the work with the same meaning and force as if they had been included in the original document. Wherever this Addendum modifies a portion of a paragraph of the specifications or a portion of any Drawing, the remainder of the Paragraph or Drawing shall remain in force. NOTE: Provisions of all Contract Documents apply. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Item 1. Section 01 31 19, 1.2, C ADD 7. Cornell Transportation Item 2. Section 01 66 00, 1.3 ADD D. Construction materials may be temporarily located in the gravel lot behind Chilled Water Plant 1, on the north side of the building immediately adjacent to the fenced, electric equipment area. Construction materials may not be staged/stored on the grass and may not impede pedestrian traffic. Item 3. Section 01 31 19, 1.2, D.8 ADD e. Construction staging activities and pedestrian footbridge traffic needs Item 4. Section 01 14 00,1.3.B ADD I 1. Cornell MT parking permits are available at $215.51 per month, for each vehicle. 2. Contractor may park up to two (2) construction vehicles onsite, on the north side of the building immediately adjacent to the fenced, electric equipment area. Julius S. Weinhold Chilled Water Plant 1 Generator (EMCS) Addendum No. 1 April 12, 2016 Page 2 DRAWINGS Item 5. Drawing ED-100 DELETE Keyed Demolition Note 1 in its entirety. REPLACE with “DISCONNECT AND REMOVE 500-KVA OIL FILLED PADMOUNT XFMR (OUTDOOR), INCLUDING CONCRETE PAD/VAULT. PAD/VAULT IS 36-IN. DEEP. BACKFILL WITH APPROVED FILL MATERIAL. RETURN XFMR TO CORNELL. REFER TO THE DEMOLITION ONE-LINE DIAGRAM FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.” Item 6. Drawing ED-100, Keyed Demolition Notes DELETE Note 7 in its entirety. REPLACE with REMOVE CONCRETE PAD/VAULT. PAD/VAULT IS 36-IN. DEEP. BACKFILL WITH APPROVED FILL MATERIAL AND TOP OFF WITH 6” GRAVEL. Item 7. Drawing E-100, Detail 2 ADD Keyed Construction Note #31 symbol pointing to the 22”x14” wall opening where the outdoor, 500-kVA transformer primary and secondary enter the building. Item 8. Drawing E-100, Keyed Construction Notes ADD 31. PROVIDE ALUMINUM CAP FLASHING W/ DRIP EDGE AT TOP OF 22”x14” OPENING, TUCK THE FLASHING BEHIND STONE. PROVIDE EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISHING SYSTEM “EIFS” SIMILAR TO PRODUCTS BY DRYVIT SYSTEMS, TO INFILL WALL. COLOR TO BE SELECTED FROM MANUFACTURERS FULL LINE OF COLORS BY CORNELL. PROVIDE PERIMETER SEALANT AND BACKER ROD BETWEEN STONE AND EIFS INFILL. SEAL AROUND PIPE PENETRATIONS. Item 7. RFI Questions and Clarifications See attached RFI Log (Items 1-4) Attachments: RFI Log (Items 1-4) ****END OF ADDENDUM**** PROJECT: Julius F. Weinhold Chilled Water Plant 1 Generator (EMCS)Date: April 12, 2016 RFI Form RFI/Page/ Response Dwg./Spec./Rep.Section/Design Team Index Number Paragraph/Topic RFI Response 1 E-000 Scope of Work Notes Reference drawing E000 note 11.0 "scope of work", can an allowance for this temporary generator be used or can this note be deleted from the contract? Contractor shall include all costs in their bid, including all costs associated with the temporary generator. 2 ED-100 ED-100 Keyed Demolition Notes Keyed Demolition Note #1 - what is the depth of the concrete pad/vault? See Addendum No. 1, Item 5. 3 ED-100 ED-100 Keyed Demolition Notes Keyed Demolition Note #7 - what is the depth of the concrete pad/vault? See Addendum No. 1, Item 6. 4 NA NA Where do we stage materials and park?See Addendum No. 1, Items 1 and 2. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (FMCS) Project Manual & Specifications February 12, 2016 Owner Cornell University Ithaca, NY 14853 Engineer Facilities Engineering Cornell University Humphreys Service Building Ithaca, NY 14853 JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) Instructions to Bidders Bid Form General Conditions and Exhibits Exhibit A Change Order Exhibit A-1 Change Order Documentation Instructions Construction Contract Change Order Request Construction Contract Change Order Summary Exhibit B Schedule of Values for Contractor Payments Exhibit C Final Release Exhibit D Application and Certificate for Payment Exhibit E Guarantee Exhibit F — Form I Contractor's Affirmative Action Plan Use of MBE/WBE Vendors Exhibit F — Form II Contractor's Affirmative Action Plan Summary of Bid Activity with MBE and WBE Subcontractors and Vendors Affirmative Action Workforce Report Minority — Women Utilization Report Labor Rate Breakdown Stored Materials Invoicing Documentation Contractor Performance Evaluation Exhibit F — Form III Exhibit F — Form IV Exhibit G Exhibit H Exhibit I DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Ol 11 00 Section Ol 14 00 Section 01 25 00 Section 01 31 19 Section 01 31 50 Section 01 32 16 Section 01 32 33 Section 0133 00 Section 01 35 29 Section 01 35 43 Section 01 35 44 Section 0141 00 Section 01 42 00 Section 0145 00 Section 01 50 00 Section 01 51 00 Section 01 57 13 Section 01 66 00 Section 01 73 29 Section 01 77 00 Section 01 78 22 Section 01 78 23 Summary of the Work Work Restrictions Substitutions and Product Options Project Meetings Electronic Project Management Construction Schedules Photographic Documentation Submittal Procedures General Health & Safety General Environmental Requirements Spill Control Regulatory Requirements References Quality Control Temporary Facilities and Controls Temporary Utilities Soil Erosion and Sediment Control Storage and Protection Cutting, Patching and Repairing Project Close Out Fixed Equipment Inventory Operating and Maintenance Data TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1 JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) Section 01 78 36 Section 01 78 39 Warranties and Bonds Record Documents DIVISION 9 — FINISHES Section 09 91 13 Painting DIVISION 22 — PLUMBING Section 22 14 29 Sump Pumps DIVISION 26 — ELECTRICAL Section 26 05 19 Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors & Cables Section 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems Section 26 05 29 Hangers & Supports for Electrical Systems Section 26 05 33 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems Section 26 05 43 Underground Ducts & Raceways for Electrical Systems Section 26 05 53 Identification for Electrical Systems Section 26 24 16 Panelboards Section 26 27 26 Wiring Devices Section 26 32 13 Engine Generators Section 26 36 00 Transfer Switches Section 26 51 00 Interior Lighting DIVISION 28 — ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY Section 28 31 11 Digital, Addressable Fire Alarm System DIVISION 32 — EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Section 32 31 13 Chain Link Fences and Gates DRAWING LIST TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 2 T-001 Title Sheet E-000 Scope of Work, General Notes, Symbology, and Abbreviations ED -100 Demolition Plans E-100 Power Plans E-400 One -Line Diagrams E-401 Foundation Plan, Section, Schedule, and Riser E-402 Details END OF DOCUMENT Project: Owner: Architect: INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Julius F. Weinhold Chilled Water Plant 1 Generator (EMCS) Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 Facilities Engineering Cornell University Humphreys Service Building Ithaca, New York 14853 1. PROPOSAL FORMS a. Proposals shall be made only on the forms provided and all blank and underlined spaces in the forms shall be fully filled in, in ink or typed; amount shall be fully stated both in writing and in figures. Proposals shall be signed by Principals or Officers duly authorized to execute such documents on behalf of their respective firms or organizations, and the Certificate included in the Bid Form shall be completed accordingly. Bidder's legal name must be fully stated. Completed form shall be without interlineation, alterations, or erasures unless initialed and dated by the signer. 2. RECAPITULATION OR PROPOSAL a. Proposals shall not contain any recapitulation of the work to be done. No oral, telegraphic or telephonic proposals or modifications will be considered. 3. METHOD OF SUBMISSION a. Proposals shall be prepared and enclosed in a sealed envelope. Envelope shall be addressed to: Nancy A. Phelps, Director Facilities Contracts 121 Humphreys Service Building Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 Proposal for: Julius F. Weinhold Chilled Water Plant 1 Generator (EMCS) Submitted by: (Bidder) b. Proposals shall be delivered to the Owner at the address listed above not later than 2:OOPM on April 19, 2016. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -1 4 BID OPENING a. Proposals will be opened publicly by the Owner in Room 102C, Humphreys Service Building, Cornell University Campus, Ithaca, New York, at the hour and date listed in 3b. The Owner reserves the right to postpone the date and time of opening of proposals at any time prior to the date and time announced in this Instruction to Bidders or amendments thereto. BIDDING DOCUMENTS a The Bidding Documents will consist of the following: (1) Instructions to Bidders. (2) Bid Form. (3) General Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 - "General Requirements". (4) Drawings and Specifications. (5) Addenda and/or bulletins issued prior to date of opening of Proposals. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FURNISHED a. Contract Documents may be obtained from the Facilities Contracts website (http://finance.fs:cornell.edu/contracts/pob/projects cfin ). For assistance call 607-255-5343. b. Additional sets will be available at $30.00 per set without refund. All subcontractors and suppliers requiring may order these at $30.00 per set without refund. No partial sets will be issued. The Contract Documents remain the property of the Owner. The successful bidder will be allowed ten (10) sets of drawings and specifications. START OF WORK a. Work at the site shall be started within ten (10) calendar days from the date of issuance of written authorization to proceed and shall be completed no later than September 30, 2016. 8. BONDS a. Performance and Payment Bonds. The successful Bidder shall furnish the Owner with "Performance" and "Labor and Material Payment Bonds", each in the amount of 100% of the Contract Price. The cost of such bonds shall be included in the Bidders Proposal. Each of these Bonds are to be in a form with such sureties as the Owner may approve. b. Bid Bond. Each Bidder will be required to furnish a Bid Bond in the amount of 10% of the Bid Amount. Such Bid Bond shall guarantee that the Bidder will execute the Contract if it awarded to him in conformity with his Proposal. Such Proposal Guarantee Bond shall include a statement that the Insurer shall, at the option of the Bidder, be willing to provide to the Bidder the Contract Bonds as described in 8a above. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -2 9. AWARD OF CONTRACT a. It is the intent of the Owner to enter into a Contract with one General Contractor for the entire project. All labor and services and materials and supplies, etc. are to be provided in accordance with the Contract. b. The competence and responsibility of the Bidders' proposed principal subcontractors will be considered in making the Award. c. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Proposals, and to waive any informalities in Bidding. d. All Proposals shall remain in force and effect for a period of not less than sixty (60) calendar days following the bid opening date. e. The Owner reserves the right to accept any of the Alternate Proposals listed within thirty (30) calendar days following the award of a construction contract. 10. EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS a. Each Bidder shall visit the Site of the proposed work, fully acquaint and familiarize himself with the conditions as they exist and the character of the operations to be carried on under the proposed Contract, and make such investigation as he may see fit so that he shall fully understand the facilities, physical conditions and restrictions attending the work under the Contract. b. Each Bidder shall also thoroughly examine and become familiar with the Drawings, Specifications and associated Bid Documents. c. By submitting a Proposal, the Bidder convenants and affirms that he has carefully examined the Drawings, Specifications, associated Bid Documents, the Addenda and Bulletins, if any, and the Site, that he relies on no representation by the Owner, and that from his own investigation he has satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the general and local conditions, and all matters which may in any way affect the work or its performance, and that as a result of such examination and investigation, he fully understands the conditions of bidding and that he will not make any claim for, and waives any right to damage because of misinterpretation or misunderstanding of the Bid Documents and the conditions of bidding. 11. DISCREPANCIES a. Should a Bidder find discrepancies in or omissions from the Drawings, Specifications and associated Bid Documents, or should he be in doubt as to their meaning, he shall at once notify the Architect, who will send written instructions to all bidders. Neither the Owner nor the Architect will be responsible for oral instructions. Every request for such interpretation should be in writing, addressed to the Architect. Inquiries received seven (7) or more days prior to date fixed for opening of Bids will be given consideration. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -3 12. PRE-BID CONFERENCE a. A pre-bid conference has been scheduled for 9:OOAM, April 5, 2016, in Room 101 of the Humphreys Service Building. The purpose of the conference will be to clarify the intent of the Contract Documents if necessary. Results will be published in an Addendum. 13. TRADE SUBCONTRACTORS, MATERIAL SUPPLIERS a. Each portion of the work shall be performed by an organization equipped and experienced to do work in that particular field, and no portion of the work shall be reserved by the Bidder to himself unless he is so equipped and experienced. Subcontracts shall be awarded only to parties satisfactory to the Owner and the Architect. Each subcontractor and materials supplier shall be approved individually. b. In the spaces provided in the Bid Form, the Bidder shall list all portions of the work he proposes to perform directly with his own forces. c. A list of names from which the Bidder proposes to select subcontractors, materials suppliers, and/or manufacturers for the principal trades or subdivisions of the work is required as part of the Proposal. d. In the Bid Form, there has been listed the principal trades or subdivisions of the work for which such a listing is required, together with the provisions which govern the listing, selection and approval of principal subcontractors. 14. ALTERNATE PROPOSALS a. Certain Alternate Proposals may be requested. They will be listed in the Bid Form and all Bidders are required to bid on all Alternates without exception, in the spaces provided. b. Alternate Proposals shall include all overhead, profit and other expenses in connection therewith. 15. UNIT PRICES a. Certain Unit Prices may be requested. They will be listed in the Bid Form and all Bidders are required to bid on all Unit Prices without exception, in the spaces provided. b. Unit Prices shall include all overhead, profit and other expenses in connection therewith. 16. SCHEDULE OF VALUES a. A partial "Schedule of Values" for certain trades and/or subdivisions of the work is required as part of the Bidder's Proposal in the Bid Form. b. The successful Bidder shall submit a complete "Schedule of Values" showing the amounts allocated to the various trades, suppliers, subcontractors, installers and General Contractor's work, aggregating the total sum of the Contract. If requested by the Owner or Architect, the complete "Schedule of Values" shall be submitted prior to award of Contract. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -4 17. ADDENDA AND BULLETINS a. Addenda and/or bulletins issued during the bidding period shall be acknowledged in the space provided in the Bid Form. 18. SUBSTITUTIONS a. Proposals shall conform to the requirements of the Bid Documents. b. The Bidder may offer substitutions for any item of material or equipment, element of work, or method of construction set forth in the Bid Documents, with the exception of Form of Contract, General Conditions and General Requirements - Division 1, by listing the proposed substitutions and the amounts to be deducted from the Base Bid corresponding to each such proposed substitution in the spaces provided in the Bid Form. However, the Bidder is cautioned to make his base proposal on the materials and items specified by name or other particular reference. 19. SUB -SURFACE CONDITIONS a. Boring information, water levels, indications of sub -surface conditions and similar information given on the Drawings or in the Specifications are furnished only for the convenience of the Bidders. The Owner, Architect and Consulting Engineer make no representation regarding the character and extent of the soil data or other sub -surface conditions to be encountered during the work and no guarantee as to the accuracy or validity of interpretation of such data or conditions is made or intended. b. Each Bidder shall, by careful examination, inform himself as to the nature and location of the work, the conformation of the ground, subsoil and ground water conditions, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, the general and local conditions and all other matters which can in any way affect the work under this Contract. The Bidder may, at his option, conduct tests at his expense, including borings, by prior notification to the Owner. Each Bidder shall make his own deductions of sub -surface conditions which may affect methods or cost of construction of the work hereunder and he agrees that, if awarded the construction contract, he will make no claim for damages or other compensation, except such as are provided for in the Contract Documents, should he encounter conditions during the progress of the work different from those as calculated and/or anticipated by him. 20. SALES AND USE TAX EXEMPTION a. The Owner, Cornell University, a non-profit educational institution, is exempt from payment of certain Sales and Use Taxes. 21. FEDERAL EXCISE TAX a. The Owner, Cornell University, a non-profit educational institution, is exempt from payment of certain Federal Excise Taxes. 22. TAX EXEMPT STATUS a. Bidders shall inform all prospective subcontractors and suppliers from whom they expect to obtain proposals or quotations of the tax exempt status of the Owner as set forth above and request that they reflect anticipated tax credits in their proposals or quotations. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -5 23. EXEMPTION CERTIFICATES a. At the Contractor's request, following the award of a Contract, Contractor exempt purchase certificates will be furnished by the Owner to the Contractor with respect to such tax exempt articles or transactions as may be applicable under the Contract. 24. REQUIRED SUBMISSIONS a. Provide with Bid Proposal: (1) Acknowledgement of Addenda and/or Bulletins issued prior to bid opening (2) Certificate as to Corporate Bidder (3) List of Proposed Subcontractors (4) Schedule of Values (5) Alternate Proposals and Unit Prices b. Within fourteen days after bid opening: (1) Use of Minority and Female Vendor Forms (2) Summary of Bid Activity with Minority and Female Subcontractors/Vendors (3) Six -Month Workforce Projection c. Execution of Contract: (1) Insurance Certificate (2) Performance Bond (3) Labor and Material Payment Bond (4) Schedule of Work (bar chart) (5) Federal Tax Identification Number END OF SECTION INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -6 JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) Cornell University, Ithaca, New York BID FORM Submitted by: Date To: Nancy A. Phelps, Director Facilities Contracts 121 Humphreys Service Building Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 Gentlemen: The undersigned, a (Name of Bidder) (Type of Firm, State of Incorporation, if applicable) of (Address) having carefully examined the Instructions to Bidders, the "Conditions of the Contract" (General, Division 1 - "General Requirements"), and the Drawings, Specifications and associated Bid Documents dated February 12, 2016 prepared by Cornell University, Facilities Engineering, 201 Humphreys Service Building, Ithaca, New York 14853, as well as the premises and conditions affecting the work, proposes to furnish all material, equipment, labor, plant, machinery, tools, supplies, services, applicable taxes and specified insurance necessary to perform the entire work, as set forth in, and in accordance with the said documents for the following considerations: 1. BASE BID a. All work complete, for the sum of for MATERIALS, SUPPLIES, LABOR, and SERVICES AND ALL OTHER COSTS. ($ ) BID FORM BF -1 2. ALTERNATE PROPOSAL a. The undersigned, if awarded the Contract, proposes to perform work in addition to or in place of the scope of the work shown and specified herein as associated with the Base Bid in accordance with the following Alternate Proposals, which amounts are to be added or deducted to the amount of the Base Bid as indicated for the Alternates specified in Division 1 of the Specifications. b. If the Bidder desires to indicate that the acceptance of any Alternate or Alternates will result neither in an addition to nor a deduction from the value of the work, he shall enter the phrase "No Change" in response to such Alternate or Alternates. c. It is understood that the Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all of the following Alternate Proposals within thirty (30) calendar days following the award of a construction contract. Alternate No. Description NONE ADD DEDUCT BID FORM BF -2 3. START OF WORK AND TIME FOR COMPLETION a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to commence work at the site within ten (10) calendar days after date of issuance of written notice to proceed and to complete the project no later than September 30, 2016. 4. LIST OF PROPOSED PRINCIPAL SUBCONTRACTORS a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to employ subcontractors from the following list for the Sections or Subdivisions of work stated below subject to the following provisions: (1) Prior to the award of the Contract, the Owner and Architect reserve the right to review the list of "Proposed Principal Subcontractors", and to delete from it the name or names of any to whom they may have a reasonable objection. The Contractor may make the final selection of principal subcontractors at his option from the resulting list after the award of the Contract. b. Bidder shall list the names of at least one subcontractor for each Section or Subdivision of the work listed below and shall limit the listing for each such Section or Subdivision to THREE (3) names. c. If Bidder does not propose to employ a Subcontractor for any Section or Subdivision of the work listed below, he shall enter the name of his firm for each such Section or Subdivision. PAINTING PLUMBING ELECTRICAL ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY BID FORM BF -3 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 5. PRINCIPAL SUBDIVISIONS OR ELEMENTS OF THE WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S FORCES a. If awarded a Contract, we will perform the following portions of the Work with forces directly employed by the undersigned: b. If awarded a Contract, the Contractor's main Project Manager will be: (include resume with bid) The Owner reserves the right to reject the names of any to whom they have a reasonable objection. c. If awarded a Contract, the Contractor's main Superintendent will be: (include resume with bid) The Owner reserves the right to reject the names of any to whom they have a reasonable objection. BID FORM BF -4 6. TIME PROGRESS SCHEDULE a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to furnish a "Time Progress Schedule" showing the starting and completion dates for all principal trades and subdivisions of the Work, together with such additional information related thereto as may reasonably be required. 7. BONDS a. Performance and Payment Bonds. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract to execute and deliver to the Owner "Performance" and "Labor and Material Payment Bonds" in such form as acceptable to the Owner and in an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Sum. Such bonds will be furnished by (Name of Surety) b. Bonding Rate for Change Orders. % c. Bid Bond. A Bid Bond in the amount of $ (10% of Bid Amount) is attached to this Bid. BID FORM BF -5 8. SCHEDULE OF VALUES a. The undersigned agrees, prior to the award of a construction contract and upon the request of the Architect or Owner, to submit a complete, itemized and detailed "Schedule of Values" including Alternates elected, if any, showing the amount allocated to the various trades and subdivisions of the work, aggregating the total Contract Sum. b. To facilitate the evaluation of Bids, the undersigned has included in each part of his Bid the following values for the trades and/or subdivisions of the work as listed below. Values for work included under Alternate Proposals are excluded. Values relative to General Contractor's costs for General Conditions are excluded. Spec Section Trades and/or Subdivision Division 1 General Requirements Division 9 Finishes Division 22 Plumbing Division 26 Electrical Division 28 Electronic Safety and Security Division 32 Exterior Improvements Total Values Included in Base Bid Labor Material Total Combined Bid $ BID FORM BF -6 9. SUBSTITUTIONS a. The Base Bid is predicated on compliance with the Drawings and Specifications without substitutions. b. The Bidder may offer substitutions for any item noted in the Specifications, with the exception of Form of Contract, General Conditions and General Requirements - Division 1, by listing in the space below the proposed substitution, together with the amount to be deducted from the Base Bid if the substitution is accepted. c. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any proposed substitution. d. The Bidder may offer a substitution for General Conditions, Article 2.05, Superintendence by Contractor, by listing in the space below the proposed percentage of supervision to be provided onsite, together with the amount to be deducted from the Base Bid if the substitution is accepted. Percentage of Supervision Deduction from Base Bid $( ) e. The sum stated includes any modifications of work or additional work that may be required by reason of acceptance of substitution. Substitute materials must be approved and accepted by the Owner in writing before same may be used in lieu of those named in the Specifications. Item and Specification Description of Reference Deduction from Base Bid Substitution Section & Page No. Labor Material BID FORM BF -7 10. ACCEPTANCE a. The undersigned agrees that this Proposal shall remain in force and effect for a period of not less than sixty (60) calendar days following the bid due date. b. If written notice of acceptance of this Proposal is mailed, telegraphed or delivered to the undersigned within sixty (60) calendar days after the date of opening of Bids, or any time thereafter before this Proposal is withdrawn, the undersigned will within ten (10) calendar days after the date of such mailing, telegraphing or delivery of such notice, execute an Agreement between Contractor and Owner, amended and/or supplemented, if required, in accordance with the Proposal as accepted. c. The undersigned further agrees, if requested by the Owner, to furnish Performance and Payment Bonds pursuant to Article 7 herein within ten (10) calendar days of issuance of such notice. d. It is understood and agreed that the Owner reserves the right to accept any of the Alternate Proposals listed within thirty (30) calendar days following the award of a construction contract. e. It is understood and agreed that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, to waive any informalities in bidding, and to hold all proposals for the above noted period of time. BID FORM BF -8 11. ADDENDUM RECEIPT a. Receipt of the following addenda to the Terms and Conditions, Drawings or Specifications is acknowledged: Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: By: Title: Business Address: (Bidder) BID FORM BF -9 CERTIFICATE OF NON -COLLUSION By submission of this bid, each bidder and each person signing on behalf of any bidder certifies, and in the case of a joint bid each party thereto certifies as to its own organization, under penalty of perjury, that to the best of his knowledge and belief: a. The prices in this bid have been arrived at independently without collusion, consultation, communication, or agreement, for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to such prices with any other bidder or with any competitor. b. Unless required by law, the prices which have been quoted in this bid have not been knowingly disclosed by the bidder and will not knowingly be disclosed by the bidder prior to opening, directly or indirectly, to any other bidder or with any competitor. c. No attempt has been made or will be made by the bidder to induce any other persons, partnership, or corporation to submit or not submit a bid for the purpose of restricting competition. Dated: By: Title: (Bidder) BID FORM BF -10 CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE BIDDER I,, certify that I am the of the Corporation named as Bidder within this Bid Form for General Contractors; that , who signed said Bid Form on behalf of the bidder was then of said Corporation; that I know his signature; that his signature thereto is genuine and that said Bid Form and attachments thereto were duly signed, sealed and executed for and in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body. Dated: (Secretary -Clerk) (CORPORATE SEAL) BID FORM BF -11 GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY ITHACA, NEW YORK Rev 07-2014 ARTICLE 1 Section 1.01 Section 1.02 Section 1.03 ARTICLE 2 Section 2.01 Section 2.02 Section 2.03 Section 2.04 Section 2.05 Section 2.06 Section 2.07 Section 2.08 Section 2.09 Section 2.10 Section 2.11 Section 2.12 Section 2.13 Section 2.14 Section 2.15 ARTICLE 3 Section 3.01 Section 3.02 Section 3.03 Section 3.04 Section 3.05 Section 3.06 ARTICLE 4 Section 4.01 Section 4.02 ARTICLE 5 Section 5.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Owner Meaning and Intent of Specifications, Plans and Drawings Order of Precedence CONTRACTOR Contractor's Obligations Contractor's Title to Materials "Or Equal" Clause Quality, Quantity and Labeling Superintendence by Contractor Subsurface or Site Conditions Representations of Contractor Verifying Dimensions and Site Conditions Copies of Contract Documents for Contractors Meetings Related Work Surveys and Layout Errors, Omissions or Discrepancies Project Labor Rates Daily Reports INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE Access to the Work Notice for Testing Inspection of Work Inspection and Testing Defective or Damaged Work Acceptance CHANGES IN WORK Changes Form of Change Orders TIME OF COMPLETION Page 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 8 10 Time of Completion 10 Rev 07-2014 ARTICLE 6 Section 6.01 Section 6.02 Section 6.03 ARTICLE 7 Section 7.01 ARTICLE 8 Section 8.01 ARTICLE 9 Section 9.01 ARTICLE 10 Section 10.01 Section 10.02 Section 10.03 Section 10.04 Section 10.05 Section 10.06 Section 10.07 Section 10.08 Section 10.09 Section 10.10 ARTICLE 11 Section 11.01 Section 11.02 ARTICLE 12 Section 12.01 Section 12.02 Section 12.03 Section 12.04 ARTICLE 13 TABLE OF CONTENTS TERMINATION Termination for Cause Termination for Convenience of Owner Owner's Right to do Work DISPUTES Disputes Procedure SUBCONTRACTS Subcontracting COORDINATION AND COOPERATION Cooperation with Other Contractors PROTECTION OF RIGHTS, PERSONS AND PROPERTY Accidents and Accident Prevention Adjoining Property Emergencies Bonds Risks Assumed by the Contractor Contractor's Compensation and Liability Insurance Liability Insurance of the Owner Owner's and Contractor's Responsibilities for Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance Hazards Effect of Procurement of Insurance No Third Party Rights Page 11 11 12 12 13 13 15 16 16 16 16 17 18 18 19 19 USE OR OCCUPANCY PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER Substantial Completion 19 Occupancy Prior to Acceptance 19 PAYMENT Provision of Payment Withholding Payments Documents and Conditions Precedent to Final Payment Final Payment and Release TAX EXEMPTION 20 22 22 23 Section 13.01 Tax Exemption 24 ii Rev 07-2014 ARTICLE 14 Section 14.01 ARTICLE 15 Section 15.01 Section 15.02 Section 15.03 Section 15.04 Section 15.05 Section 15.06 Section 15.07 Section 15.08 ARTICLE 16 ARTICLE 17 ARTICLE 18 ARTICLE 19 Section 19.01 Section 19.02 Section 19.03 ARTICLE 20 TABLE OF CONTENTS GUARANTEE Guarantee STANDARD PROVISIONS Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted Laws Governing the Contract Assignments No Third Party Rights Waiver of Rights of Owner Nondiscrimination and Affirmative Action Limitation on Actions Owner's Representative ACCOUNTING, INSPECTION AND AUDIT CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATION ROYALTIES AND PATENTS CONFIDENTIALITY AND USE OF OWNER'S NAME Release of Information Confidential Information Use of Owner's Name Page 24 25 25 25 25 25 25 26 27 27 27 27 27 28 28 CORNELL UNIVERSITY STANDARDS OF ETHICAL CONDUCT 29 Rev 07-2014 EXHIBITS A Change Order A-1 Change Order Documentation Instructions Construction Contract Change Order Request Construction Contract Change Order Summary B Schedule of Values for Contract Payment C Final Release D Application and Certificate for Payment E Guarantee F Form I Contractor's Affirmative Action Plan Use of MBE and WBE Vendors Form II Contractor's Affirmative Action Plan Summary of Bid Activity with MBE and WBE Subcontractors and Vendors Form III Affirmative Action Workforce Report Form IV Minority -Women Utilization Report G Labor Rate Breakdown H Stored Materials Invoicing Documentation I Contractor Performance Evaluation iv Rev 07-2014 ARTICLE 1-- INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Section 1.01 - Owner A. The Owner is Cornell University as identified in the Agreement and referred to throughout the Contract Documents as the "Owner" or "Cornell University". B. Ownership of Documents: All drawings, specifications, computations, sketches, test data, survey results, photographs, renderings and other material relating to the Work, whether furnished to or prepared by the Contractor, are the property of Cornell University. The Contractor shall use such materials or information therefrom only in connection with the Work of this Contract. When requested, the Contractor shall deliver such materials to Cornell University. C. The Owner shall give all orders and directions contemplated under the Contract relative to the execution of the Work. The Owner shall determine the amount, quality, acceptability, and fitness of the Work and shall decide all questions which may arise in relation to said Work. The Owner's estimates and decisions shall be final except as otherwise expressly provided. D. Any differences or conflicts concerning performance which may arise between the Contractor and other Contractors performing Work for the Owner shall be adjusted and determined by the Owner. E. The table of contents, titles, captions, headings, running headlines, and marginal notes contained herein and in said documents is intended to facilitate reference to various provisions of the Contract Documents and in no way affect the interpretation of the provisions to which they refer. Section 1.02 - Meaning and Intent of Specifications, Plans and Drawings The meaning and intent of all specifications, plans and drawings shall be determined in a manner approved by the Owner. Section 1.03 - Order of Precedence A. Should a conflict occur in or between or among any parts of the Contract Documents that are entitled to equal preference, the more expensive way of doing the Work, the better quality or greater quantity of material shall govern, unless the Owner otherwise so directs in writing. B. Drawings and specifications are reciprocal. Anything shown on the plans and not mentioned in the specifications, or mentioned in the specifications and not shown on the plans, shall have the same effect as if shown or mentioned in both. C. Requirements of reference standards form a part of these specifications to the extent indicated by the reference thereto. When provisions of reference standards conflict with provisions in these specifications, the specifications shall govern. 1 Rev 07-2014 ARTICLE 2 -- CONTRACTOR Section 2.01 - Contractor's Obligations A. The Contractor shall, in good workmanlike manner, perform all the Work required by the Contract within the time specified in the Contract. The Contractor shall comply with all terms of the Contract, and shall do, carry on, and complete the entire Work to the satisfaction of the Owner. 1. All labor for this project which is normally under the jurisdiction of one of the local unions as covered in the contract between the Tompkins -Cortland Building Trades Council, Maintenance Division and Cornell University shall be performed by Union labor. B. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, maintain, and remove such construction plant and such temporary Work as may be required. C. The Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, material, tools, equipment, machinery, as well as utility connections, transportation, and all other facilities and services necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work, except as otherwise specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. D. Whenever a provision of the Specifications conflicts with agreements or regulations in force among members of trade associations, unions, or councils which regulate or distinguish what work shall or shall not be included in the work of a particular trade, the Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements to reconcile such conflict without delay, damage, or cost to the Owner and without recourse to the Architect or the Owner. In case progress of the Work is affected by undue delay in furnishing or installing items of material or equipment required under the Contract because of a conflict involving such agreement or regulations, the Owner or the Architect may require that other material or equipment of equal kind and quality be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. Section 2.02 - Contractor's Title to Materials A. The Contractor warrants that the Contractor has full, good and clear title to all materials and supplies used by the Contractor in the Work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. B. All materials, equipment and articles which become the property of the Owner shall be new unless specifically stated otherwise. Section 2.03 - "Or Equal" Clause A. Whenever a material, article or piece of equipment or method is identified on the plans or in the specifications by reference to manufacturers' or vendors' names, trade name, catalogue number, or make, no others may be substituted. Any and all other "Or Equal" considerations will be handled under this Section in accordance with General Requirements, Section 01 25 00. 2 Rev 07-2014 B. Where the Architect approves a product proposed by the Contractor and said proposed product requires a revision or redesign of any part of the Work covered by this Contract, or the Work covered by other contracts, all said revision or redesign, and all new drawings and details required therefor shall be provided by the Contractor and shall be approved by the Architect. All time spent by the Architect or its agents to evaluate the proposed substitution and or necessary engineering cost to accommodate the requested change shall be reimbursed to the Owner by the Contractor via the Change Order procedure. Section 2.04 - Quality, Quantity and Labeling A. The Contractor shall furnish materials and equipment of the quality and quantity specified in the Contract. Unless otherwise provided, all materials and articles incorporated into the work shall be new and of the most suitable grade of their respective kinds for the purpose. When required by the Contract Documents or when directed by the Owner, the Contractor shall supply the Owner's Representative, for their acceptance, full information concerning any material which the Contractor contemplates incorporating into the work. Materials and articles installed or used without such acceptance shall be at the risk of subsequent rejection. B. When materials are specified to conform to any standard, the Owner may require that the materials delivered to the Site shall bear manufacturer's labels stating that the materials meet said standards. C. The above requirements shall not restrict or affect the Owner's right to test materials as provided in the Contract. D. Whenever several alternative materials or items are specified by name or other particular reference for one use, the Owner's Representative may require the Contractor to submit in writing a list of the particular materials or items the Contractor intends to use before the Contract is executed. Section 2.05 - Superintendence by Contractor A. The Contractor shall employ a full-time competent construction superintendent and necessary staff; the construction superintendent shall devote full time to the Work and shall have full authority to act for the Contractor at all times. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with the names and authority of such personnel in writing. B. If at any time the superintendent is not satisfactory to the Owner, the Contractor shall, if requested by the Owner, replace said superintendent with another superintendent satisfactory to the Owner. There shall be no change in superintendent without the Owner's approval. C. The Contractor shall remove from the Work any employee of the Contractor or of any Subcontractor when so directed by the Owner. 3 Rev 07-2014 Section 2.06 - Subsurface or Site Conditions A. The Contractor acknowledges that it has assumed the risk and that the contract consideration includes such provision as the Contractor deems proper for all subsurface conditions as the Contractor could reasonably anticipate encountering from the provisions of the Contract Documents, borings, rock cores, topographical maps and such other information as the Owner made available to the Contractor or from their own inspection and examination of the site prior to the Owner's receipt of bids. B. In the event that the Contractor encounters subsurface physical conditions at the site differing substantially from those shown on or described or indicated in the Contract Documents and which could not have been reasonably anticipated from the aforesaid information made available by the Owner or from the Contractor's aforesaid inspection and examination of the site, the Contractor shall give immediate notice to the Owner of such conditions before they are disturbed. Such notice shall include probable cost and/or any impact to the schedule. The Owner will thereupon promptly investigate the conditions and if Owner finds that they do substantially differ from that which should have been reasonably anticipated by the Contractor, the Owner shall make such changes in the drawings and specifications as may be necessary and a change order shall be issued. Section 2.07 - Representations of Contractor The Contractor represents and warrants: A. That the Contractor is financially solvent and is experienced in and competent to perform the Work; B. That the Contractor is familiar with all Federal, State, or other laws, ordinances, orders, building codes, rules and regulations, which may in any way affect the Work; C. That any temporary and permanent Work required by the Contract can be safely and satisfactorily constructed. D. That the Contractor has carefully examined the Contract and the Site of the Work and that, from the Contractor's own investigations is satisfied as to the nature and location of the Work, the character, quality and quantity of surface and subsurface materials likely to be encountered, the character of equipment and other facilities needed for the performance of the Work, the general and local conditions, and all other materials or items which may affect the Work. The Contractor has correlated those observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents and has made all other investigations essential to a full understanding of the Work and the difficulties which may be encountered in performing the Work. Section 2.08 - Verifying Dimensions and Site Conditions A. The Contractor shall take all measurements at the Site and shall verify all dimensions and site conditions at the Site before proceeding with the Work. If said dimensions or conditions are found to be in conflict with the Contract, the Contractor immediately shall refer said conflict to the Owner. 4 Rev 07-2014 B. During the progress of Work, the Contractor shall verify all field measurements prior to fabrication of building components and equipment, and proceed with the fabrication to meet field conditions. C. The Contractor shall consult all Contract Documents to determine exact location of all Work and verify spatial relationships of all Work. Any question concerning said location or spatial relationships shall be submitted in a manner approved by the Owner. D. Specific locations for equipment, pipelines, ductwork and other such items of Work, where not dimensioned on plans, shall be determined in consultation with the Owner and other affected Contractors and Subcontractors. E. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper fitting of the Work in place. F. Should failure of the Contractor to perform services under this section result in additional costs to the Owner, the Contractor shall be responsible for such additional costs. Section 2.09 - Copies of Contract Documents for Contractors A. The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor, without charge, up to ten (10) sets of Contracts Documents and one (1) set of reproducible sepias. B. Any sets in excess of the number mentioned above may be furnished to the Contractor at the cost of reproduction and mailing. C. All drawings, specifications, and copies thereof furnished by the Owner are the property of the Owner. They are not to be used on other work, and with the exception of the signed Contract Set, are to be returned to the Owner on request at the completion of the work. Section 2.10 - Meetings The Contractor and all subcontractors as requested shall attend all meetings as directed by the Owner or the Owner's Representative. Section 2.11 - Related Work The Contractor shall examine the Contract for related work to ascertain the relationship of said work to the Work under the Contract. Section 2.12 - Surveys and Layout Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract, the Owner shall furnish the Contractor all surveys of the property necessary for the Work, but the Contractor shall lay out the Work. Section 2.13 - Errors, Omissions or Discrepancies The Contractor shall examine the Contract thoroughly before commencing the Work and report in writing any errors or discrepancies to the Owner or the Owner's Representative. 5 Rev 07-2014 Section 2.14 - Project Labor Rates The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, for review and approval, within thirty (30) days after Contract is awarded all trade labor rates inclusive of fringe benefits, taxes, insurance for the duration of the individual craft agreement in accordance with Exhibit G. Revised rates shall be provided within thirty (30) days of signing any new agreements with the individual crafts during this project. Section 2.15 — Daily Reports The Contractor's Construction Superintendent shall submit a Daily Report to the Cornell University Project Manager or the Resident Field Engineer at the job site. Such reports shall, at a minimum, contain the following information: Name of Project Project Number Date of Report Weather Conditions Equipment on the site Contractors on site including name and number of employees on site for each contractor Work/area and activity for each contractor Overtime worked and planned work progress Environmental problems and corrections Other information, such as special events, occurrences, materials delivered, accidents or injuries, recommendations, suggestions, visitors, inspections, equipment start-up and check out, occupancy, etc. ARTICLE 3 -- INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE Section 3.01 - Access to the Work The Owner and Architect, or their duly authorized representatives, assistants, or inspectors shall at all times and for any purpose have access to the work and the premises used by the Contractor, and the Contractor shall provide safe and proper facilities therefor. In addition, the Contractor shall, whenever so requested, give the Owner and Architect or their duly authorized representatives access to the proper invoices, bills of lading, specifications, etc., which may be required in determining the adequacy and/or quantity of materials used in completion of the work. Section 3.02 - Notice for Testing If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction require any work to be inspected, tested, accepted, or approved, the Contractor shall give the Owner timely notice of its readiness and of the date arranged so the Owner may observe such inspection, testing, or approval. The Contractor shall bear all costs of such inspection, tests, and approvals unless otherwise provided. 6 Rev 07-2014 Section 3.03 - Inspection of Work A. The Contractor will cooperate in all ways to facilitate the inspection and examination of the work. The inspections and examinations will be carried out in such a manner that the work will not be delayed. B. All Work, all materials whether or not incorporated in the Work, all processes of manufacturer, and all methods of construction shall be, at all times and places, subject to the inspection of the Owner and the Owner shall be the final judge of the quality and suitability of the Work. Any Work not approved by the Owner shall immediately be reconstructed, made good, replaced or corrected by the Contractor including all Work of other Contractors destroyed or damaged by said removal or replacement. C. Required certificates of inspection, testing, acceptance, or approval shall be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Owner. Section 3.04 - Inspection and Testing All materials and equipment used in the Work shall be subject to inspection and testing in accordance with accepted standards to establish conformance with specifications and suitability for uses intended, unless otherwise specified in the Contract. If any Work shall be covered or concealed without the approval or consent of the Owner, said Work shall, if required by the Owner, be uncovered for examination. If any test results are below specified minimums, the Owner may order additional testing. The cost of said additional testing, any additional professional services required, and any other expenses incurred by the Owner as a result of said additional testing shall be paid by the Contractor. Reexamination of any part of the Work may be ordered by the Owner, and if so ordered the Work must be uncovered by the Contractor. If said Work is found to be in accordance with the Contract, the Owner shall pay the cost of reexamination and replacement. If said Work is found not to be in accordance with the Contract, the Contractor shall pay the cost of reexamination and replacement. Section 3.05 - Defective or Damaged Work If, in the opinion of the Owner, it is undesirable to replace any defective or damaged materials or to reconstruct or correct any portion of the Work injured or not performed in accordance with the Contract, the compensation to be paid to the Contractor shall be reduced by an amount which, in the judgment of the Owner, shall be deemed to be equitable. Section 3.06 - Acceptance No previous inspection shall relieve the Contractor of the obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract. No payment, either partial or full, by the Owner to the Contractor shall excuse any failure by the Contractor to comply fully with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall remedy all defects, paying the cost of any damage to other Work resulting therefrom. 7 Rev 07-2014 ARTICLE 4 -- CHANGES IN WORK Section 4.01 - Changes A. The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order changes within the general scope of the Contract and the Contractor shall promptly comply with such change orders. B. A change order is a written direction to the Contractor signed by the Owner, issued after execution of the Contract, authorizing a change in the Work, extra work, or an adjustment in the Contract price or time of performance. C. No claims for changes, extra work or additional time to complete the Contract or an adjustment in the Contract price shall be allowed unless such change is ordered in writing by the Owner. D. The Owner shall determine the amount by which the Contract consideration is to be increased or decreased by a change order by one (1) or more of the following methods: 1. By agreement with the Contractor. 2. By applying the applicable price or prices previously bid and approved. This method shall be used if the Contract contains applicable unit prices. (i) To the extent that Unit Prices are applicable, as determined by the Owner, work shall be priced and paid for or credited in accordance with such Unit Prices; except that a Unit Price shall not apply to any portion of work which is either reduced or increased by more than 25%. Said Unit Prices shall be valid for the duration of the project as applicable, unless stipulated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. (ii) For Unit Price items, additions and deletion of like items shall be algebraically summed and then multiplied by the applicable Unit Prices. For Direct Labor and Material items, all additions and deletions shall be algebraically summed for each subcontractor and then multiplied by the applicable markup. Unit Prices are for work complete, measured in place and cover profit and all other costs and expenses. Unit Prices include, without limit, all conditions of the contract and all general requirements such as layout, reproduction of Drawings and Specifications, testing and inspection, shop drawing and sample coordination, supervision (field and home office), small tools and expendable items, insurance, taxes, temporary facilities and services, including access and safety, "as -built" drawings, and general and administrative overhead and profit. 8 Rev 07-2014 3. By estimating the fair and reasonable cost of: (i) Labor, including all wages, required wage supplements and insurance required by law paid to employees below the rank of superintendent directly employed at the Site. (ii) Materials (iii) Equipment, excluding hand tools, which in the judgment of the Owner, would have been or will be employed exclusively and directly on the Work. 4. By determining the actual cost of the extra work in the same manner as in Subsection 3 except the actual costs of the Contractor shall be used in lieu of estimated costs. E. Mark-ups: 1. Work performed by the Contractor. Where the Work is performed directly by the Contractor by adding to the total of such estimated costs a sum equal to fifteen percent (15%) thereof. 2. Work performed by a Subcontractor. Where the change order work is performed by a Subcontractor under contract with the Contractor, by adding a sum equal to fifteen (15%) of said costs for the benefit of said Subcontractor, and by adding for the benefit of the Contractor an additional sum equal to ten percent (10%) of said costs. 3. Work performed by a Sub -Subcontractor. Where work is performed by a Sub -Subcontractor, by adding the sum equal to fifteen percent (15%) of said costs for the benefit of said Sub -Subcontractor, by adding for the benefit of the Subcontractor an additional sum equal to five percent (5%) of said cost and by adding for the benefit of the Contractor an additional sum equal to five percent (5%) of said cost. 4. No markup shall be paid on the premium portion of overtime pay. 5. No markup shall be paid on insurance, taxes, fringe benefits or bond cost. Where the Work involves both an increase and a reduction in similar or related Work, the above percentage override shall be applied only on the amount, if any, that the cost of the increase exceeds the cost of the reduction. F. Regardless of the method used by the Owner in determining the value of a change order, the Contractor, within thirty (30) calendar days after a request for the estimate of value shall submit to the Owner a detailed breakdown of the Contractor's estimate, including all subcontractors details, of the value of the Change Order Work, in the format detailed in Exhibit A -L Each submission shall include a paper copy and an electronic .pdf format of all documentation. 9 Rev 07-2014 G. Unless otherwise specifically provided for in a change order, the compensation specified therein includes a full payment for both the Work covered by the order and for any damage or expense incurred by the Contractor by any delays, including any delays to other Work to be done under the Contract resulting from said change order. The Contractor waives all rights to any other compensation for said damage or expense. H. The Contractor shall furnish satisfactory bills, payrolls and vouchers covering all items of cost and when requested by the Owner shall give the Owner access to accounts and records relating thereto. Section 4.02 - Form of Change Orders All change orders shall be processed, executed and approved on the Owner's change order form, which is included herein as Exhibit "A" and made a part of the Contract Documents. No alteration to this form shall be acceptable to the Owner and no payment for change order Work shall be due the Contractor unless a change order has been issued and approved on said form. ARTICLE 5 -- TIME OF COMPLETION Section 5.01 - Time of Completion A. The Work shall be commenced at the time stated in the written order of the Owner and shall be completed no later than the date of completion specified in the Contract. All required overtime to maintain progress schedule is included in the Base Bid. B. The date of beginning and the time for completion of the Work, as specified in the Contract, are essential conditions of the Contract. C. The Work shall be prosecuted diligently at such rate of progress as shall insure full completion within the time specified. It is expressly understood and agreed, that the time for the completion of the Work described herein is a reasonable time, taking into consideration the average climatic range and usual business and labor conditions prevailing in the locality of the Site. _ D. Time is of the essence on each and every portion of the Work. In any instance in which additional time is allowed for the completion of any Work, the new time of completion established by said extension shall be of the essence. If in the Architect's or Owner's judgment, it becomes necessary at any time during construction to accelerate and/or complete certain areas of the project, the Contractor shall concentrate efforts and manpower on designated areas. E. Where Work occurs within occupied areas, perform same only on approved schedule, so as not to interfere with normal operation of occupied areas. F. The Contractor shall not be charged with damages or any excess cost if the Owner determines that the Contractor is without fault and the Contractor's reasons for the time extension are acceptable to the Owner. The Contractor shall not be charged with damages or any excess cost for delay in completion of the work if the Owner determines that the delay is due to: 10 Rev 07-2014 1. any preference, priority or allocation order duly issued by the Government of the United States or the State of New York; 2. unforeseeable cause beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, and approved by the Owner, including, but not limited to, acts of God or of public enemy, acts of the Owner, fires, epidemics, quarantine, restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes and unusually severe weather. G. The time for completion can only be extended by change order and may be extended for: 1. all of the Work, or 2. only that portion of the Work altered by the change order. H. Any claim for extension of time shall be made in writing to the Owner not more than ten (10) days after the commencement of the delay; otherwise it shall be waived. ARTICLE 6 -- TERMINATION Section 6.01 - Termination for Cause In the event that any provision of this Contract is violated by the Contractor or by any Subcontractor of the Contractor, the Owner may serve written notice upon the Contractor, and upon the Contractor's surety, if any, of the Owner's intention to terminate the Contract. The notice shall briefly state the reasons for the termination and shall specify a termination date. If arrangements satisfactory to the Owner are not made to remove and remedy the violation, the Contract shall terminate upon the date specified by the Owner in the notice. In the event of termination, the Owner may take over and complete the Work at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor and Contractor's surety shall be liable to the Owner for all costs thereby incurred by the Owner. In the event of such termination the Owner may take possession of and may utilize such materials, appliances, and plant as may be located on the Site and which may be necessary or useful in completing the Work. Section 6.02 - Termination for Convenience of Owner The Owner, at any time, may terminate the Contract in whole or in part. Any said termination shall be effected by delivering to the Contractor a notice of termination specifying the extent to which performance of Work under the Contract is terminated and the date upon which said termination becomes effective. Upon receipt of the notice of termination, the Contractor shall act promptly to minimize the expenses resulting from said termination. The Owner shall pay the Contractor for costs actually incurred by the Contractor up to the effective date of said termination, but in no event shall the Contractor be entitled to compensation in excess of the total consideration of the Contract. In the event of said termination the Owner may take over the Work and prosecute same to completion. 11 Rev 07-2014 Section 6.03 - Owner's Right to do Work The Owner may, after notice to the Contractor, without terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, perform or have performed by others all of the Work or any part thereof and may deduct the cost thereof from any monies due or to become due the Contractor. ARTICLE 7 -- DISPUTES Section 7.01 - Disputes Procedure A. If the Contractor claims that any Work which the Contractor has been ordered to perform will be Work which should have been authorized or directed by change order, or that any action or omission of the Owner is contrary to the terms of the Contract, the Contractor shall: 1. File a notice with the Owner which sets forth the basis of the Contractor's claim and requests a resolution of the dispute. Such notice shall be filed within fifteen (15) working days after being ordered to perform the disputed work or within fifteen (15) working days after commencing performance of the disputed work, whichever is earlier, or within fifteen (15) working days after the act or omission of the Owner which the Contractor claims is contrary to the terms of the Contract. 2. Proceed diligently with the performance of the work in accordance with the instructions of the Owner pending the resolution of the dispute by the Owner. 3. Promptly comply with the order of the Owner regarding the disputed matter. 4. Any such decision, or any other decision of the Owner in respect to a dispute, shall be final unless the Contractor, within ten (10) working days after such decision, shall deliver to the Owner a verified written statement which sets forth the Contractor's contention that the decision is contrary to a provision of the contract. Pending the decision of the Owner, the Contractor shall proceed in accordance with the original decision. The Owner shall determine the validity of the Contractor's claim and such determination shall be final. The Contractor may file a notice with the Owner reserving its rights in connection with the dispute but shall comply with the Owner's decision and complete the work as directed. B. No claim for additional costs regarding changed or extra work shall be allowed unless the work was done pursuant to a written order of the Owner. C. The value of claims for extra work, if allowed, shall be determined by the methods described in the Contract. Refer to Article 4 of these General Conditions. 12 Rev 07-2014 D. The Contractor's failure to comply with any or all parts of Article 7 shall be deemed to be: 1. a conclusive and binding determination on the part of the Contractor that the order, work, action or omission is not contrary to the terms and provisions of the Contract; 2. a waiver by the Contractor of all claims for additional compensation, time extension, or damages as a result of said order, work, action or omission. ARTICLE 8 -- SUBCONTRACTS Section 8.01 - Subcontracting A. The Contractor may utilize the services of Subcontractors. B. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, in writing, the name of each proposed Subcontractor and Sub -Subcontractor, as required by the Contract. The Contractor shall not award any Work to any Subcontractor or Sub -Subcontractor without the prior written approval of the Owner. C. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the Work, acts and omissions of Subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by Subcontractors. D. The Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts relative to the Work to bind Subcontractors to the Contractor by the terms of the Contract insofar as applicable to the Work of Subcontractors, indemnification and to give the Contractor the same power to terminate any subcontract that the Owner may exercise over the Contractor. E. The Contractor's use of Subcontractors shall not diminish the Contractor's obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract. The Contractor shall control and coordinate the Work of Subcontractors. F. Nothing contained in the Contract shall create any contractual relationship between Subcontractors and the Owner. ARTICLE 9 -- COORDINATION AND COOPERATION Section 9.01 - Cooperation with Other Contractors A. Normally, the Work will be performed by a single Contractor. However, the Owner reserves the right to perform work related to the Work with its own forces or award separate contracts. In that event, the Contractor shall coordinate its operations with the Owner's forces or separate Contractors. 13 Rev 07-2014 B. The Owner cannot guarantee the responsibility, efficiency, unimpeded operations or performance of any contractor. The Contractor acknowledges these conditions and shall bear the risk of all delays including, but not limited to, delays caused by the presence or operations of other contractors. C. The Contractor shall keep informed of the progress and workmanship of other contractors and shall notify the Owner immediately of lack of progress or defective workmanship on the part of other contractors where said delay or defective workmanship may interfere with the Contractor's operations. D. Failure of a Contractor to keep so informed and failure to give notice of lack of progress or defective workmanship by others shall be construed as acceptance by the Contractor of said progress and workmanship as being satisfactory for proper coordination with the Work. E. If the Contractor notifies the Owner, in writing, that another contractor on the Site is failing to coordinate the work of said contractor with the Work, the Owner shall investigate the charge. If the Owner finds it to be true, the Owner shall promptly issue such directions to the other contractor with respect thereto as the situation may require. The Owner shall not be liable for any damages suffered by the Contractor by reason of the other contractor's failure to promptly comply with the directions so issued by the Owner, or by reason of another contractor's default in performance. F. If the Owner shall determine that the Contractor is failing to coordinate the Work with the work of other contractors as the Owner has directed: 1. the Owner shall have the right to withhold any payments due under the Contract until the Owner's directions are complied with by the Contractor; and 2. the Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Owner harmless from any and all claims or judgments for damages and from any costs or damages to which the Owner may be subjected or which the Owner may suffer or incur by reason of the Contractor's failure promptly to comply with the Owner's directions. G. Should the Contractor sustain any damage through any act or omission of any other contractor having a contract with the Owner or through any act or omission of any Subcontractor of said other contractor, the Contractor shall have no claim against the Owner for said damage. H. Should any other contractor having a Contract with the Owner sustain damage through any act or omission of the Contractor or its Subcontractor, the Contractor shall reimburse said other contractor for all said damages and shall indemnify and hold the Owner harmless from all said claims. 14 Rev 07-2014 ARTICLE 10 -- PROTECTION OF RIGHTS, PERSONS AND PROPERTY Section 10.01 - Accidents and Accident Prevention A. The Contractor shall at all times take reasonable precautions for the safety of persons engaged in the performance of the work. The Contractor shall comply fully with all applicable provisions of federal, state, and local law. The Contractor alone shall be responsible for the safety, efficiency and adequacy of the Contractor's Work, plant, appliances and methods, and for any damage which may result from the failure or the improper construction, maintenance, or operation of said Work, plant, appliances and methods. B. The Contractor shall maintain an accurate record of all cases of death, occupational disease, and injury requiring medical attention or causing loss of time from work, arising out of or in the course of employment on Work under the Contract, and shall immediately notify the Owner in writing of any injury which results in hospitalization or death. The Contractor shall supply the Owner with all Contractor and Subcontractor written accident investigation forms and accident reports prepared. C. The Contractor shall provide to the Project Manager, Material Safety Data Sheets (OSHA Form 20 or the equivalent) for all chemicals to be used on site. All chemicals requiring any precautionary measures (eg. special storage or disposal requirements, personal protective equipment, or additional ventilation), shall be brought to the attention of Cornell University for review and approval, prior to their use on site. 1. All chemicals brought on site by the Contractor shall be clearly labeled. The label shall state the identity of the chemical, any associated hazards, and the Contractor's name. 2. All Contractor employees who are using chemicals shall be made aware of the hazards associated with their use. Safe chemical handling procedures in accordance with OSHA or other governmental agencies, and manufacturer's recommendations shall be used at all times. 3. The Contractor shall dispose of all chemicals in accordance with EPA and Cornell University requirements, regardless of the size of the container or the quantity of waste, and must receive prior approval of Cornell University. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the initiation, maintenance and supervision of safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. E. The Contractor shall, at all times, guard the Owner's property from injury or loss in connection with the Work. The Contractor shall, at all times, guard and protect the Contractor's Work. The Contractor shall replace or make good any said loss or injury unless said loss or injury is caused directly by the Owner. F. The Contractor shall have full responsibility to install, protect and maintain all materials and supplies in proper condition and forthwith repair, replace and make good any damage thereto until Final Acceptance. 15 Rev 07-2014 Section 10.02 - Adjoining Property A. The Contractor shall be required to protect all the adjoining property and to repair or replace any such properties damaged or destroyed by the Contractor, its employees or subcontractors thereof, by reason of, or as a result of activities under, for or related to the Contract. Section 10.03 - Emergencies A. In case of an emergency which threatens loss or injury to persons or property, the Contractor will be allowed to act, without previous instructions from the Owner, in a diligent manner, to the extent required to avoid or limit such loss or injury, and the Contractor shall notify the Owner immediately thereafter of the action taken. Section 10.04 - Bonds A. Before commencing the performance of any work covered by the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner any required Bonds. The failure of the Contractor to supply the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the Contract signing shall constitute a default. Section 10.05 - Risks Assumed by the Contractor A. Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and its agents and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses, fines, and expenses, including attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the work including, but not limited to, those arising out of bodily or personal injury, sickness, disease, death, or injury or destruction of tangible property, including the loss of use resulting therefrom, to which the Owner, its agents or employees may be subjected by reason of any negligent act or omission, willful misconduct, violation of law, or breach of this Contract by the Contractor, or any of its subcontractors, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by the Owner, except to the extent caused by Owner's own negligence. 1. In the event that any party is requested but refuses to honor the indemnity obligations hereunder, then the party indemnifying shall, in addition to all other obligations, pay the cost of bringing any such action, including attorneys' fees, to the party requesting indemnity. B. Neither the Owner's final acceptance of the work to be performed hereunder nor the making of any payment shall release the Contractor from its obligations under this Section. The enumeration elsewhere in the Contract of particular risks assumed by the Contractor or of particular claims for which the Contractor is responsible shall not be deemed to limit the effect of the provisions of this Section or to imply that the Contractor assumes or is only responsible for risk or claims of the type enumerated. 16 Rev 07-2014 Section 10.06 - Contractor's Compensation and Liability Insurance A. The Contractor shall procure and maintain, at its own cost and expense, until final acceptance by the Owner of all the work covered by this Contract, the following kinds of insurance: 1. Worker's Compensation Insurance. A policy complying with the requirements of the laws of the State of New York and any other laws that may be applicable thereto, including Coverage B - Employer's Liability with a limit of not less than $1,000,000. 2. Contractor's Comprehensive General Liability Insurance. A standard comprehensive general liability insurance policy, with contractual, completed operations, explosion, collapse and underground property damage coverage's issued to and covering the liability of the Contractor for all work and operations under this Contract, all obligations assumed by the Contractor under this Contract and all damage to work performed by subcontractors on your behalf. The Contractor shall provide Broad Form Comprehensive General Liability Insurance, and the Owner shall be an additional insured in the policy. The policy shall include cross liability coverage and shall be endorsed to indicate that it is primary coverage. The completed operations coverage's shall be maintained for not less than two years after acceptance of the work. The coverage under such policy shall be not less than a combined single limit for Bodily Injury and Property Damage as follows, or such limits carried by the Contractor, whichever is greater: BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY (BROAD FORM) $ 5,000,000 Each Occurrence $ 5,000,000 Aggregate 3. Automobile Liability Insurance. A policy covering the use in connection with the work covered by the Contract Documents of all owned, non -owned and hired vehicles bearing, or, under the circumstances under which they are being used, required by the Motor Vehicle Laws of the State of New York to bear license plates. The coverage under such policy shall be not less than a combined single limit for Bodily Injury and Property Damage of: BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY $ 1,000,000 Each Person $ 1,000,000 Each Accident B. In addition to maintaining all of the above insurances, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and its agents and employees from and against liability, including additional premium due because of the Contractor's failure to maintain coverage limits as required under this section. 17 Rev 07-2014 C. Insurance similar to that required of the Contractor shall be provided by or on behalf of all subcontractors to cover their own operations performed under this Contract. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any modifications in these insurance requirements as they apply to subcontractors. D. Before commencing the performance of any work covered by the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner a current certificate or certificates, in duplicate, of the insurance required under the foregoing provisions including copies of subcontractor's certificates. Such certificates shall be on a form prescribed by the Owner, shall list the various coverage's and shall contain, in addition to any provisions hereinbefore required, a provision that the policy shall not be changed or cancelled and that it will be automatically renewed upon expiration and continued in force until final acceptance by the Owner of all the work covered by the Contract, unless the Owner is given thirty (30) days written notice to the contrary. Upon renewal of each of the Contractor's insurance coverage's, the Owner shall be provided with a new certificate of insurance showing such renewal. Certificates and written notices shall be directed to the Office of Facilities Contracts. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner with a certified copy of each policy including any and all exclusions to such policy. E. If at any time any of the above required insurance policies should be cancelled, terminated or modified so that insurance is not in effect as above required, then, if the Owner shall so direct, the Contractor shall suspend performance of the work covered in the Contract. If the said work is so suspended, no extension of time shall be due on account thereof. The Owner may, at its option, obtain insurance affording coverage equal to that above required, at the Contractor's expense. Section 10.07 - Liability Insurance of the Owner A. The Owner, at its own cost and expense, shall procure and maintain such liability insurance as will, in its opinion, protect the Owner from its contingent liability to others for damages because of bodily injury, including death, and property damage which may arise from operations under this Contract. 18 Rev 07-2014 Section 10.08 - Owner's and Contractor's Responsibilities for Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance Hazards A. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain in force a builders risk insurance policy on the entire work. Such insurance shall be written on a completed value form and in an amount equal to the initial contract sum and modified by any subsequent modifications to the contract sum. The insurance shall name Cornell University and the State of New York, all subcontractors and sub- subcontractors. The insurance policy shall contain a provision that the insurance will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until the Contractor has given at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Cornell University. The insurance shall cover the entire work at the site, including reasonable compensation for architects services and expenses made necessary by an insured loss. Insured property shall include portions of the work located away from the site and in transit to the site. The policy shall cover the cost of removing debris and demolition as may be legally necessary. The policy shall cover any boiler or machinery loss which may be suffered during installation and until final acceptance. The insurance required shall be written to cover "all risk" of physical loss including a loss due to collapse. Any deductible shall be the responsibility of the Contractor but in no case shall the deductible be more than $10,000 unless Cornell University has agreed to a higher deductible. The Contractor shall provide to Cornell University a certificate of insurance and a summary of coverage's including all endorsements and exclusions prior to commencement of the work. Once the policy is received, the Contractor shall provide a copy of such policy to Cornell University. There shall be a mutual waiver of recovery between Cornell University, the Contractor and all other parties to the extent such losses are covered by the builders risk policy. If Cornell University wishes to occupy the building prior to final acceptance and if the policy contains a provision which limits coverage for such partial occupancy, the parties agree work together to obtain consent of the insurance company for such partial occupancy or use under mutually acceptable terms. B. Losses, if any, under such insurance shall be payable to the Owner. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all loss of materials connected with the construction due to unexplainable disappearance, theft or misappropriation of any kind or nature. D. The foregoing provisions shall not operate to relieve the Contractor and subcontractors of responsibility for any loss or damage to their own or rented property or property of their employees, of whatever kind or nature, or on account of labor performed under the Contract incident to the repair, replacement, salvage, or restoration of such items, including but not limited to tools, equipment, forms, scaffolding, and temporary structures, including their contents, regardless of ownership of such contents, except for such contents as are to be included in and remain a part of the permanent construction. The Owner shall in no event be liable for any loss or damage to any of the aforementioned items, or any other property of the Contractor, subcontractors and the Architect, or employees, agents, or servants of same, which is not to be included in and remain a part of the permanent construction. The Contractor and subcontractors severally waive any rights of recovery they may have against the Owner and the Architect for damage or destruction of their own or rented property, or property of their employees of whatever kind or nature. 19 Rev 07-2014 Section 10.09 - Effect of Procurement of Insurance A. Neither the procurement nor the maintenance of any type of insurance by the Owner or the Contractor shall in any way be construed or be deemed to limit, discharge, waive or release the Contractor from any of the obligations and risks imposed upon the Contractor by the Contract or to be a limitation on the nature or extent of such obligations and risks. Section 10.10 - No Third Party Rights A. Nothing in the Contract shall create or give to third parties; any claim or right of action against the Contractor, the Architect, and the Owner beyond such as may legally exist irrespective of the Contract. ARTICLE 11-- USE OR OCCUPANCY PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER Section 11.01 — Substantial Completion A. The term "substantial completion" means the completion of the Work to the extent that Cornell University may have uninterrupted occupancy or use of the facility or specified portion thereof for the purpose for which intended. The Contractor shall obtain all certificates of occupancy required prior to occupancy, and any electrical, mechanical and plumbing certificates, or other certificates or required approvals and acceptances by City, County, and State governments or other authority having jurisdiction. Section 11.02 - Occupancy Prior to Acceptance A. If, before Final Acceptance, the Owner desires Beneficial Occupancy of the Work, or any part thereof, which is completed or partly completed, or to place or install therein equipment and furnishings, the Owner shall have the right to do so, and the Contractor shall in no way interfere with or object to said Beneficial Occupancy by the Owner. B. Said Beneficial Occupancy (1) shall not constitute acceptance of space, systems, materials or elements of the Work, nor shall said Beneficial Occupancy affect the start of any guarantee period, and (2) shall not affect the obligations of the Contractor for Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract or other obligations of the Contractor under the Contract. C. The Contractor shall continue the performance of the Work in a manner which shall not unreasonably interfere with said use, occupancy and operation by the Owner. ARTICLE 12 -- PAYMENT Section 12.01 - Provision for Payment A. The Owner agrees to pay the Contract Price to the Contractor for the performance of this Contract and the fulfillment of all the Contractor's obligations. The Contract Price means all costs reimbursable under the Contract Documents. 20 Rev 07-2014 B. The final certificate of the Architect shall certify that the Contract has been completed within the stipulated time, and shall not be issued until all drawings and specifications have been returned to the Owner. The issuance of said certificates, however, or any payments made thereon shall not lessen the total responsibility of the Contractor to complete the work to the satisfaction of the Owner in accordance with the Contract. C. Payments on the Contract Price shall be made each month as the work progresses in accord with the following procedure: 1. The Contractor's schedule of values, including quantities, aggregating the total Contract Price, divided so as to facilitate payments to subcontractors as specified herein, shall be the basis for monthly progress payments. This schedule, attached hereto as Exhibit "B" and made a part of the Contract Documents, when approved by the Owner and Architect shall be used as a basis for progress payments. In applying for payments, the Contractor shall submit a statement based upon this approved schedule. 2. (a) On a date agreed upon by the Owner, Architect, and Contractor, a meeting shall be held by the Owner to review the work completed and materials on hand. This meeting shall review each item to be submitted by the Contractor in the requisition for payment. (b) On the first day of each month, or as soon thereafter as practicable, the Contractor shall submit a written statement, including Contract Number, full name of the project and the name of the Owner's Representative as set forth in Article 15, Section 15.08, in approved format to the Architect with five (5) copies, setting forth in detail the cost of the work done and materials delivered to the job site up to and including the last day of the previous month and shall make application for payment of ninety percent (90%) of the amount of said statement, less the aggregate of all previous payments made by the Owner against the Contract Price. (c) Each statement and application shall be accompanied by duplicate copies of an affidavit, executed by the Contractor, certifying that the statement is true and correct, and that all bills for labor, and materials incorporated in or delivered to the job, due and payable at the time of the preceding progress payment, have been paid. Before final payment is made, the Contractor shall submit evidence that all payrolls, material bills and other indebtedness incurred in connection with the Contract have been paid, including final waivers of any liens. (d) If, pursuant to a prior written agreement with the Owner, payments are requested on account of materials or equipment not incorporated in the work which have been delivered and suitably stored at the site, or at some other location, such payments shall be conditioned upon submission by the Contractor of bills of sale, insurance certificates, notice of bonded warehousing, in accordance with Exhibit "H". The Contractor shall bear the cost of transporting materials stored off-site to the site. 21 Rev 07-2014 3. Each such application for payment shall be subject to the review and approval of the Architect. If the Architect finds that the affidavit and application for payment are acceptable and that all the above requirements in connection therewith have been complied with, the Architect shall, within seven (7) calendar days after receiving such application for payment, certify to the Owner that the payment applied for is due and payable to the Contractor. The Architect shall submit the approved applications for payment to: Facilities Contracts 121 Humphreys Service Building Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 4. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment constitutes a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the date of the Application for Payment, that the work has progressed to the point indicated, that, to the best of their knowledge, information, and belief, the quality of the work is in accordance with the Contract Documents and that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner provided in the Agreement within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of the approved Certificate from the Architect. However, by issuing a Certificate for Payment, the Architect shall not hereby be deemed to represent that the Architect has made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work or that the Architect has reviewed the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or proceedings or that the Architect has made any examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used the monies previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. 5. Any reduction with respect to retention shall be done in accordance with the Change Order provisions as outlined in Article 4 of these General Conditions. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner a written request for such reduction including a Consent of the Surety for such reduction. 6. The remaining ten percent (10%) of the value of the work done and materials furnished and installed under this Agreement shall be retained by the Owner as part security for the faithful performance of the Contractor's work within the time specified, and shall be paid as indicated in Section 12.04. D. "Schedule of Amounts for Contract Payments" and "Schedule Contractors Monthly Requisitions" (AIA Document G702; Application and Certificate for Payment) must be submitted, in the form as those contained herein as Exhibit "D", to comply with requirements for tax exemption. 22 Rev 07-2014 Section 12.02 - Withholding Payments A. The Owner may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify the whole or a part of any Certificate to such extent as may be necessary to protect the Owner from loss on account of: 1. Defective work not remedied. 2. To assure payment of just claims of any persons supplying labor or materials for the work and to discharge any lien filed against the Owner's property. 3. A reasonable doubt that the Contract can be completed for the balance of the Contract Price then unpaid. 4. Damage to another Contractor. 5. Unsatisfactory prosecution of the work by the Contractor. 6. Failure to provide and maintain an acceptable Critical Path Method Network Schedule. Section 12.03 — Documents and Conditions Precedent to Final Payment A. As -Built Documentation 1. Prior to acceptance by the Owner of all work covered by the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner through the Architect one (1) set of current reproducible full-size Contract Drawings on which the Contractor has recorded in a neat and workmanlike manner all instances where actual field construction differs from work as indicated on the Contract Drawings. B. Final Documentation: 1. Prior to final payment, and before the issuance of a final certificate for payment in accordance with the provisions of these General Conditions, file the following documents with the Owner. a. Warranties, Bonds, Service & Maintenance Contracts and any other extended guarantees stated in the technical sections of the Specifications. b. Release or Waiver of Lien for the Contractor and Sub -Contractors in accordance with Exhibit C, attached hereto. c. Project Record Documents as defined in General Requirements Section 01 78 39. d. Notification that Final Punch List work has been completed. e. Manufacturers Instruction and Maintenance Manuals as defined in General Requirements Section 01 78 23. 23 Rev 07-2014 f. Fixed Equipment Inventory as defined in General Requirements Section 01 78 22. 2. The Contractor shall also provide a CD containing scanned .pdf format and/or Word Documents of all documentation. Section 12.04 - Final Payment and Release A. When the Contractor determines that the work or a designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare for submission to the Owner a list of items to be completed or corrected. This list, prepared by the Contractor, shall constitute a complete detailed list of defects and deficiencies which, when remedied, will complete all Contract requirements. The submittal shall be accompanied by a statement to that effect. B. The failure to include any items on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all work in accordance with the Contract Documents. When the Architect, on the basis of an inspection, determines that the work is substantially complete, the Architect will then prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion. C. Upon receipt of written notice that the work is ready for final inspection and acceptance, the Architect will promptly make such inspection and, when the Architect finds the work acceptable under the provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contract fully performed, and if bonds have been required, the written Consent of the Surety to the payment of the balance due, and a satisfactory Release of Lien, attached hereto as Exhibit "C" and made a part of the Contract Documents, has been submitted by the Contractor, each subcontractor and sub -subcontractor, the Contractor will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment, stating that to the best of their knowledge, information, and belief, and on the basis of their observations and inspections the work has been completed in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, and that the entire balance is due and payable. D. All prior certificates upon which progress payments may have been made, being estimates, shall be subject to correction to the final certificate. E. The acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment aforesaid shall constitute a general release of the Owner and its agents or representatives from all claims and liability to the Contractor. ARTICLE 13 -- TAX EXEMPTION Section 13.01 - Tax Exemption A. The Owner is exempt from payment of Federal, State and local taxes, including sales and compensating use taxes on all materials and supplies incorporated into the completed Work. These taxes are not to be included in bids. This exemption does not apply to tools, machinery, equipment or other property leased by or to the Contractor or a Subcontractor, or to supplies and materials which, even though they are consumed, are not incorporated into the completed Work, and the Contractor and Subcontractors shall be responsible for and pay any and all applicable taxes, including sales and compensating use taxes, on said leased tools, machinery, equipment or other property and upon all said unincorporated supplies and materials. 24 Rev 07-2014 B. The Contractor and Subcontractor shall obtain any and all necessary certificates or other documentation from the appropriate governmental agency or agencies, and use said certificates or other documentation as required by law, rule or regulation. ARTICLE 14 -- GUARANTEE Section 14.01 - Guarantee A. The Contractor, at the convenience of the Owner, shall remove, replace and/or repair at their own costs and expense any defects in workmanship, materials, ratings, capacities or characteristics occurring in or to the work covered by Contract for the period of one (1) year or within such longer period as may otherwise be provided in the Contract, the period of such guarantee to commence with the Owner's final acceptance of all work covered under the Contract, and the Contractor, upon demand, shall pay for all damage to all other work resulting from such defects and all expenses necessary to remove, replace and/or repair such work which may be damaged in removing, replacing or repairing the said defects. Acceptance means final acceptance of the entire work, early partial occupancy notwithstanding B. In some instances the nature of the work may require the Owner to accept various components, equipment, spaces or phase of the project. In such cases the Contractor shall submit a separate guarantee for the Owner's acceptance on the form attached hereto as Exhibit "E". Upon completion of the project, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner a guarantee for the project on the form attached hereto as Exhibit "E". ARTICLE 15 -- STANDARD PROVISIONS Section 15.01 - Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted Each and every provision of law or clause required by law to be inserted in the Contract shall be deemed to be inserted therein. Section 15.02 - Laws Governing the Contract The Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without reference to conflict of law principles. Any and all proceedings relating to the subject matter hereof shall be maintained in New York State Supreme Court, Tompkins County or the federal district court for the Northern District of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction for such purposes. Section 15.03 - Assignments The Contractor shall not assign the Contract in whole or in part without prior written consent of the Owner. Section 15.04 - No Third Party Rights Nothing in the Contract shall create or shall give to third parties any claim or right of action against the Owner, beyond such rights as may legally exist irrespective of the Contract. 25 Rev 07-2014 Section 15.05 - Waiver of Rights of Owner A. None of the provisions of the Contract will be considered waived by the Owner except when such waiver is given in writing. Section 15.06 - Nondiscrimination and Affirmative Action A. The Contractor shall submit copies of their Affirmative Action Program and the Affirmative Action Programs of its proposed subcontractors within thirty (30) days after execution of a contract. A meeting to review these forms will be scheduled by the Owner after receipt of the same. Such Affirmative Action Programs must be satisfactory to the Owner. The Contractor shall designate a Compliance Officer in their organization who shall be responsible for implementing the Affirmative Action Program of the Contractor and its subcontractors. Said Compliance Officer shall make such periodic, but not less than monthly, reports on the Plans' progress and on the number of women and minority workers employed. These reports shall be submitted to the Owner Representative on the Affirmative Action Workforce Report and Minority - Women Utilization Report attached hereto as Exhibit "F". B. The Contractor agrees, in addition to any other nondiscrimination provisions of the Contract, that the Contractor shall comply fully with and shall cooperate in the implementation of any Affirmative Action Requirements for Equal Employment Opportunity and Minority Business Enterprises (MBE) participation required by the Owner, at no additional cost to the Owner. Any such requirements shall be incorporated in their entirety in all subcontracts of any tier. C. These provisions shall be deemed supplementary to the nondiscrimination provisions required by applicable federal and state law. D. The Contractor shall submit for Owner approval, a plan of affirmative action designed to assure minority group members an equal opportunity in employment and subcontract work within thirty (30) days of contract award. The Contractor's Affirmative Action Plan must be approved by the Owner. E. The following forms, attached hereto as Exhibit "F" and made a part of the Contract Documents, are to be used in submitting Affirmative Action Plans and hereby made a part of the Contract Documents. 1. Use of MBE and WBE Vendors (Form I) 2. Summary of bid Activity with MBE and WBE Subcontractors and Vendors (Form II) 3. Affirmative Action Workforce Report (Form III) 4. Minority -Women Utilization Report (Form IV) This Plan is supplementary to all federal and state nondiscrimination requirements. Cornell University is an Equal Employment Opportunity Employer. 26 Rev 07-2014 F. The goals for participation (minority and female), expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate work force in each trade on all construction work, are as follows: Carpenters 4.8% Electricians 14.1% Laborers 7.8% Masons 2.8% Painters 25.7% Plumbers 5.9% Sheetmetal Workers 4.0% G. The Contractor shall demonstrate compliance with these goals by submission of the Affirmative Action Workforce Report (Exhibit F — Form III) on a monthly basis. The Prime Contractor shall provide a single monthly report inclusive of all subcontractor information for the project labor. On-site office personnel should not be included in the "workforce" totals. Such forms shall be submitted to: Facilities Contracts 121 Humphreys Service Building Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 Section 15.07 - Limitation on Actions No action or proceeding shall be filed or shall be maintained by the Contractor against the Owner unless said action shall be commenced within six (6) months after receipt by the Owner of the Contractor's final requisition or, if the Contract is terminated by the Owner, unless said action is commenced within six (6) months after the date of said termination. Section 15.08 - Owner's Representative The Owner shall designate a representative authorized to act in its behalf with respect to the Project. The Owner or its representative shall examine documents and shall render approvals and decisions pertaining thereto promptly, to avoid unreasonable delay in the progress of the Contractor's work. Only directives from Cornell University's designated representative (Chris Wayman) shall be recognized by the Contractor. 27 Rev 07-2014 ARTICLE 16 -- ACCOUNTINGS, INSPECTION AND AUDIT The Contractor agrees to keep books and records showing the actual costs incurred for the Work. Such books and records (including, without limitation, any electronic data processing files used by the Contractor in analyzing and recording the Work) shall be open for inspection and audit by the Owner and its authorized representatives at reasonable hours at the Contractor's local office or at the Owner's office, if necessary, and shall be retained by the Contractor for a period of seven years after the Work has been completed, except that if any litigation, claim or audit is started before the expiration date of the seven year period, the records shall be retained until all litigation, claims or audit findings involving the records have been resolved.. Each Sub - Contractor shall be similarly obligated to maintain, for inspection and audit by the Owner, books and records respecting the Work. If requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish copies of any and all subcontracts, purchase orders and/or requisitions of any nature associated with the project. ARTICLE 17 — CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATION The Owner shall schedule a meeting at fifty percent (50%) based on project invoicing and at project completion to review with the Contractor their performance for the project unless performance warrants additional reviews. The Owner shall present its review based on the attached "Contractor Performance Evaluation", Exhibit I. The Contractor shall be given the opportunity to provide input as to the findings of the evaluation after completion by the Owner. ARTICLE 18 -- ROYALTIES AND PATENTS The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patents, and shall save Cornell University harmless from loss on account thereof; except that Cornell University shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular process or product is specified by Cornell University unless the Contractor shall have reason to believe that the particular process or product infringes a patent, in which event it shall be responsible for loss on account thereof unless it promptly provides such information to Cornell University. ARTICLE 19 -- CONFIDENTIALITY AND USE OF OWNER'S NAME Section 19.01 - Release of Information The Contractor shall not divulge information concerning the Work (including news releases, internal house organs, applications for permits, etc.) to anyone without Cornell University's prior written approval, except to subcontractors and suppliers to the extent that they need such information to perform their work. The Contractor shall require a similar agreement from each such subcontractor and supplier, requiring their compliance with the foregoing. Cornell University reserves the right to release all information, as well as to time its release and specify its form and content. The Contractor may obtain Cornell University's approval to release information by submitting such request to the Cornell University Project Manager. 28 Rev 07-2014 Section 19.02 - Confidential Information The term "Confidential Information" means all unpublished information obtained or received from Cornell University during the term of this Contract which relates to Cornell University's research, development, manufacturing and business affairs. The Contractor shall not disclose confidential information to any person, except to its employees and subcontractors to the extent that they require it in the performance of their Work, during the term of this Contract and until authorized by Cornell University in writing. The Contractor and its subcontractors shall hold all confidential information in trust and confidence for Cornell University, and shall use confidential information only for the purpose of this Contract. The Contractor and its subcontractors shall require all of their employees to whom confidential information is revealed to comply with these provisions. The Contractor shall have an agreement with each subcontractor, requiring their compliance with the foregoing. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to defend in case of litigation related to its services rendered, permission shall be sought from Cornell University, who shall not unreasonably withhold such permission, before any disclosures are made. This Section does not apply to information which (1) is or becomes known in public domain or (2) is learned by the Contractor from third parties. Section 19.03 - Use of Owner's Name The Contractor shall not use, in its external, advertising, marketing program, or other promotional efforts, any date, pictures, or other representation of the Owner except on the specific written authorization in advance of the Owner's Representative. ARTICLE 20 - CO ELL UNIVERSITY STANDARDS OF ETHICAL CONDUCT Cornell University expects all executive officers, trustees, faculty, staff, student employees, and others, when acting on behalf of the university, to maintain the highest standard of ethical conduct as per Cornell University's Policy 4.6 - Standards of Ethical Conduct, a copy of which is available at http://finance.fs.cornell.edu/contracts/forms/contractors.cfm. This includes treating equally all persons and firms currently doing business with or seeking to do business with or for Cornell University, whether as contractors, subcontractors, or suppliers. Such persons and firms are respectfully reminded that Cornell University employees and their families may not personally benefit from Cornell University's business relationships by the acceptance of gifts or gratuities, defined as a gift in excess of $75.00 given to a Cornell employee for personal use. Items not considered gifts/gratuities include occasional business meals, items of an advertising nature, and items that are generally distributed to all potential customers. - In addition, it is expected that the Contractor's officers and employees shall conduct all business related to this Contract within the highest ethical standards, observing applicable policies, practices, regulations, law, and professional 'standards. All parties are expected to report violations of this policy to appropriate university personnel. You may file a report to on the web https//secure.ethicspoint.com/domain/en/report_custom.asp?clientid=6357 or contact Cornell University through EthicsPoint by dialing toll-free 1-866-293-3077. Cornell University Facilities Services CHANGE ORDER Cornell University Facilities Contracts 121 Humphreys Service Building Ithaca, New York 14853 EXHIBIT "A" Distribution to: OWNER ARCHITECT" CONTRACTOR FIELD OTHER PROJECT: TO (Contracto You are directed to make the following changes in this Contract: CHANGE ORDER NUMBER: INITIATION DATE: OWNER'S CONTRACT NO: CONTRACT DATE: Item No. Description Reference Amount Not valid until signed by both the Owner and Contractor. Signature of the Contractor indicates the Contractor's agreement herewith, including any adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Time The original (Contract Price) was $ Net change by previously authorized Change Orders__ $ The (Contract Price) prior to this Change Order was ____ The (Contract Price) will be (increased) (decreased) (unchanged) by this Change Order The new (Contract Price) including this Change Order will be____ _ _ $ The Contract Time will be (increased) (decreased) (unchanged) by The Date of Substantial Completion as of the date of this Change Order therefore is AUTHORIZED SIGNATURES: CONTRACTOR CORNELL UNIVERSITY Days. OWNER BY BY TITLE TITLE DATE DATE EXHIBIT "A -l" CORNELL UNIVERSITY Division of Facilities Services Construction Contract Change Order Forms Instructions to Change Order Documentation Facilities Services ("FS") has created this Standard Change Contract Change Order Request and Change Order Summary Forms to facilitate preparation of contract change orders in conformity with construction contract requirements. The forms have been prepared to comply with contract requirements presented in the General Conditions, dated July 2014. The Change Order Request form shall be used by the Contractor and by all Subcontractors in preparing their cost estimates for services associated with the Changed Work. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner the Change Order Summary Form with all associated back-up documentation. Direct Cost of the Work: 1. Direct Labor — Include the "wages paid" hourly direct labor and/or foreman necessary to perform the required change. "Wages paid" is the burdened labor rate documented in accordance with Section 2.14 — Project Labor Rates of the General Conditions. "Assigned Personnel or Work Crews" should be stated by trade or type of work performed not by name of person or company title. For example carpenter, mason, backhoe operator, etc. Supervisory personnel in district or home office shall not be included. Supervisory personnel on the job -site, but with broad supervisory responsibility and paid as salaried personnel, shall not be included as Direct Labor 2. Direct Material — Include the acquisition cost of all materials directly required to perform the required change. Examples of "Unit of Measure" include square feet, cubic yards, linear feet, days, gallons, etc. 3. Equipment — Include the rental cost of equipment items necessary to perform the change. For company-owned equipment items, include documentation of internal rental rates. Charges for small tools, and craft specific tools are not allowed. Bond Premiums The Contractor's actual documented bond premium rate shall be added to all direct and indirect costs of the proposed change. Overhead & Profit The Contractor's overhead & profit rate shall be added to all direct and indirect costs of the proposed change in accordance with the Contract. EXHIBIT "A-1" CO ELL ES TE• IT : FACILITIES ERVIC'ES CONSTRUCTION C T C; A. GT COST t F' VO Irak ASSIGNED UNIT OF MEASURE TOTAL C01 . QCT DED/D D ©M EXHIBIT "B" E1 z a, E• U � o w U 73 a .s O .51) Wo • O TJ w•••••' 0 cn Q H U N •O Name of Contractor U ° E.1 o ovo U ~" r O5 S U" U'° -fl 0 kr) U .. 64 6R H 0 Each Allowance must be listed as a Separate Item 0 0) Ct • U O 0 FINAL RELEASE FINAL WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND LIENS AND RELEASE OF RIGHTS Date Contract Date EXHIBIT "C" Project Contract Price Address Net Extras and Deductions City Adjusted Contract Price County Amount Previously Paid State Balance Due - Final Payment The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the above Balance Due when paid represents payment in full for all labor, materials, etc., furnished by the below named Contractor or Supplier in connection with its work on the above Project in accordance with the Contract. In consideration of the amounts and sums previously received, and the payment of $ being the full and Final Payment amount due, the below named Contractor or Supplier does hereby waive and release the Owner from any and all claims and liens and rights of liens upon the premises described above, and upon improvements now or hereafter thereon, and upon the monies or other considerations due or to become due from the Owner or from any other person, firm or corporation, said claims, liens and rights of liens being on account of labor, services, materials, fixtures or apparatus heretofore furnished by the below named Contractor or Supplier to the Project. The premises as to which said claims and liens are hereby released are identified as follows: The undersigned further represents and warrants that he/she is duly authorized and empowered to sign and execute this waiver on his/her own behalf and on behalf of the company or business for which he/she is signing; that it has properly performed all work and furnished all materials of the specified quality per plans and specifications and in a good and workmanlike manner, fully and completely; that it has paid for all the labor, materials, equipment and services that it has used or supplied, that it has no other outstanding and unpaid applications, invoices, retentions, holdbacks, expenses employed in the prosecution of work, chargebacks or unbilled work or materials against the Owner as of the date of the aforementioned last and final payment application; and that any materials which have been supplied or incorporated into the above premises were either taken from its fully -paid or open stock or were fully paid for and supplied on the last and final payment application or invoice. The undersigned further agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner for any losses or expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees) should any such claim, lien or right of lien be asserted by the below named Contractor or Supplier or by any of its or their laborers, material persons or subcontractors. In addition, for and in consideration of the amounts and sums received, the below named Contractor or Supplier hereby waives, releases and relinquishes any and all claims, rights or causes of action in equity or law whatsoever arising out of through or under the above mentioned Contract and the performance of work pursuant thereto. The below named Contractor or Supplier further guarantees that all portions of the work furnished and installed are in accordance with the Contract and that the terms of the Contract with respect to this guarantee will remain in effect for the period specified in said Contract. Sworn to before me this Corporation or Business Name Day of 20 By: Title: (Instructions on reverse side) PAGE ONE OF APPLICATION NO.: TO OWNER: PERIOD TO: PROJECT NOS.: CONTRACT DATE: VIA ARCHITECT: FROM CONTRACTOR: CONTRACT FOR: . 'O O Q> O 9 .x. v 3 p v a.ro • n.�v3 41 5;o�[. a o v - A2) ..0 u u o as u Ut-• O sC L «5 WC O K O O 6Ni v � s . a .L a Q C u u O 4.1 u VVs . 4 C?c°iC0 A O• -'b r) .0 • y R .o 8 C 2 o. 8• 0 4) • 30 o .0 v 353 °a' D u 0 'a w Ts • K b 0 v. 2 O .c ca alo ¢Ci r85U5 1. ORIGINAL CONTRACT SUM CONTRACTOR: 2 . Net change by Change Orders 3 . CONTRACT SUM TO DATE (Line 1 ± 2) w s. CHITECT'S CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT M M O• Y • ono r ro�v,O °:is< u'" 0( 0 C 0 .2 o u o o k 4V C C C O O 8. CURRENT PAYMENT DUE AMOUNT CERTIFIED EXHIBIT "D" u Q N 0 DEDUCTIONS ADDITIONS CHANGE ORDER SUMMARY 8 .o ay ,v v o C g O 2 01 t b 0 a K 1-1 TE. F C H 0 N 0 C7 AIA DOCUMENT G703 (Instructions on reverse side) CONTINUATION SHEET APPLICATION NO.: APPLICATION DATE: PERIOD TO: ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO.: EXHIBIT "D" RETAINAGE (IF VARIABLE) RATE) x w c...) xa ._ N m tzv 0 v Qe .1. TOTAL COMPLETED AND STORED TO DATE (D+E+F) MATERIALS PRESENTLY STORED (NOT IN D OR E) . w WORK COMPLETED THIS PERIOD FROM PREVIOUS APPLICATION (D + E) V SCHEDULED VALUE m DESCRIPTION OF WORK .d w O GUARANTEE Date: EXHIBIT "E" In accordance with plans and specifications and the terms and conditions of our contract with Cornell University dated , we hereby guarantee the as found in the specifications for , Ithaca, New York to be free (Project Title) from defects in materials and workmanship for the period of year(s) from , the date of acceptance by the Owner. (Date) By: Title: (COMPANY) EXHIBIT "F" FORM I COIRIRTIEJLI UNINZIMITY CONTRACTOR'S AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN Use of MBE and WBE Vendors Please print or type all information, except where a signature is required. PROJECT: Amount of Contract: $ Name of Prime Contract Bidder: Address (Street, City, State and Zip Code): Telephone Number (Including Area Code): Trade: 1. List previous Cornell University work done by your firm: 2. Do you intend to subcontract any work on this project? Yes No A. What is the total dollar value of work you intend to subcontract? Amount $ AND Range: From $ to $ 3. Do you intend to purchase supplies and/or use vendor services? A. What is the total dollar value of your intended purchase and/or vendor? Amount $ AND Range: From $ to $ 4. List the work you plan to subcontract in area A. below and list the items you propose to purchase and/or vendor services you propose to use in area B. Use additional sheet(s) if required. A. Trade Amount of Work to be B. Supplies and/or Vendor Services Subcontracted Trade Amount $ 1 Item Amount EXHIBIT "F" FORM I 5. Indicate by dollar value and percentage of contract, the total of your goal for minority and female vendors and subcontractor participation including your goal for purchases and services. (The percentage given should be a percentage of your total contract amount. MBE Amount $ AND Percentage WBE Amount $ AND Percentage % % 6. Indicate your goal for minority participation in the labor force by dollar value and percentage of total monthly manpower per trade. MBE Amount $ AND Percentage WBE Amount $ AND Percentage 7. List MBE and WBE vendors utilized by your firm over the past five (5) years: % % MBE or WBE Vendor CONTRACT (Indicate which) ADDRESS PROJECT TRADE AMOUNT This space provided for any comments your organization may have regarding the utilization of MBE and WBE vendors: OFFICER OF PRIME CONTRACT BIDDER: Name and Title: Date: Signature: 2 EXHIBIT "F" FORM II CONTRACTOR'S AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN Summary of Bid Activity with MBE and WBE Subcontractors and Vendors Please print or type all information, except where a signature is required. PROJECT: Name of Prime Contract Bidder: Address (Street, City, State and Zip Code): Contact Person (Name, Title and Telephone Number): MBE and WBE Subcontractor/Vendor Item/ Bid Submitted: Award Status Date of (Indicate which) Trade Date Amount Date Amount Elimination EXPLANATION OF ELMINATION: Include meetings held for negotiation, etc. (Use additional sheet if necessary) OFFICER OF FIRM: Name and Title: Date: Signature: EXHIBIT "F" 0 42 a L., It; " ta, IA if Ei r8, T.' ii., 0'... F-, 0 It 4-, UJ11 LU 4, ri1J Fl . ... .q: ,,,, 4, R 0 A ,.. S ,..., ...., 0 a . , r ,9 V A a 0 ift y r. . 41 . k)• . .., iq .. . • : , 4 V.-". . M A ... — a N a 0 ii, w 1-, 7-4 g 'S 111 ,-- lata 'A:: 0 .1.., 2 0 4,3. E• P ° 0 inclu.iiTe of all 5 1. 0 EXHIBIT "F" Please print or type all i 11 N 11 in 11 INI Women Firm Name - Awards 11 111 I1111 ii ii 11111 ipl Ern Minority Firm Name - Awards i i 1 i Dollar Amount of Subcontract 1 A 1 Prime Contractor, Craft Subcontractor and and/or Sub -Subcontractor's Name Trade 111-11 EXHIBIT "G" Corn 11% ivy Fncili Services rrati Taxes and Innraace a per Hour FLC.A. Federal Unemployment State Unemployment 6 ssgkeis Compensation # Bodily Injury & Pmperry Damage Disability EXHIBIT "H" Cornell University Facilities Services STORED MATERIALS INVOICING PROTECT TITLE: CONTRACT \O ONTRAC'TOR: SUBCONTRACTOR: APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT NO. DATE: Provide Specific Location of MateStored: r Quantified Statement of Value: Attach a C`ertiticate oflttstuance for the above specified materials. t;ertitreate shall t arsi Cornell Univeross payee with respect' to the specified uaterials, She C'nntractor hereby agrees fel transfercotuplete o nership of all listed nv time I>ttyineut is made to Contractor for the above refere iced Apphcatiora for Paytttent. The Contra responsible for all contractual requirements for the above listed materials iatclueiitst complete instal'. provid ne of warranties. EXHIBIT " Performance Eva Please give one ratng Eusdi Average I Miy Goad 1 Excellent 2 . 3 4 u.� Sheet Project, ntractor: Performance li hip :chederling Subcontractor Management E Pa 'ration Sa Contract Administration g Relation On -Sit p Pe reel Rutin Contract Clcrose-Out Corrtrrients: Rating per Category Weight (4) 10 10 0.130 0.130 0.DD 0.00 Rating R ence Cornet t#Contrabtor Evaluation Review Input (Page 5 to be filled by the Contractor to in} GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY ITHACA, NEW YORK 2/12/16 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS 2 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 2 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 2 SECTION 01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1 1.2 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES 1 1.3 PARKING 2 1.4 CHANGEOVERS AND CONTINUITY OF SERVICES 3 1.5 OBSTACLES, INTERFERENCE AND COORDINATION 3 1.6 EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENTS 4 1.7 EXISTING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, FIXTURES, ETC. 4 1.8 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES, DRAWINGS, ETC 5 1.9 STAND DOWN DATES 6 1.10 WORKING HOURS 7 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 7 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 7 SECTION 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 DEFINITIONS 1 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS 2 1.4 PRODUCTS LIST 2 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 2 1.6 PROCEDURES 3 1.7 EQUIVALENTS - APPROVED EQUAL 3 1.8 CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS 4 1.9 SUBSTITUTIONS 6 1.10 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS 7 1.11 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION 8 1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES 8 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 8 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 8 DATE SECTION 01 31 19 PROJECT MEETINGS 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING 1 1.3 PROGRESS MEETINGS 3 1.4 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE(S) 4 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 4 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 4 SECTION 01 31 50 ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 SUMMARY 1 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS 1 1.3 DEFINITIONS 1 1.4 PROCEDURES 1 1.5 PROCESS OVERVIEW 2 1.6 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 4 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 4 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 4 SECTION 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 SUMMARY 1 1.2 FORM OF SCHEDULES 1 1.3 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES 1 1.4 PROGRESS REVISIONS 2 1.5 SUBMISSIONS 3 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3 3.0 EXECUTION 3 3.1 DISTRIBUTION 3 SECTION 01 32 33 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 SUBMITTALS 1 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 1 3.0 EXECUTION 1 3.1 EXISTING CONDITION PHOTOGRAPHS 1 3.2 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS 1 3.3 FINAL COMPLETION PHOTOGRAPHS 2 2/12/16 SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 SUBMITTAL REGISTRY AND SCHEDULE 1 1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS 2 1.4 PRODUCT DATA 3 1.5 SAMPLES 4 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS 5 1.7 COORDINATION DRAWINGS 6 1.8 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES 9 1.9 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 10 1.10 RECORD SUBMITTALS 12 1.11 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS 12 1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES 12 1.13 DISTRIBUTION 13 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 13 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 13 SECTION 01 35 29 GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 CONTRACTOR'S SAFETY PLAN 1 1.3 ASBESTOS 1 1.4 LEAD 2 1.5 SITE VISITS 2 1.6 CONFINED SPACE 2 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 2 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 2 SECTION 01 35 43 GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS 1 1.3 SUBMITTALS 1 1.4 JOB SITE ADMINISTRATION 1 1.5 CLEARING, SITE PREPARATION AND SITE USE 2 1.6 SPOIL AND BORROW 2 1.7 NOISE AND VIBRATION 3 1.8 DUST CONTROL 3 1.9 PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 3 1.10 HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC MATERIALS 4 1.11 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL AND TITLE 4 2/12/16 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 5 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 5 SECTION 01 35 44 SPILL CONTROL 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 SPILL PREVENTION 1 1.2 SPILL CONTROL PROCEDURES 1 1.3 SPILL REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION 4 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 5 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 5 SECTION 01 41 00 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 PERMITS AND LICENSES 1 1.2 INSPECTIONS 1 1.3 COMPLIANCE 2 1.4 OWNER'S REQUIREMENTS 2 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 2 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 2 SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCES 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1 1.3 DEFINITIONS 1 1.4 OWNER AGREEMENTS 3 1.5 INDUSTRY STANDARDS 4 1.6 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS 5 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 17 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 17 SECTION 01 45 00 QUALITY CONTROL 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 CONTROL OF ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION 1 1.3 CONTROL OF OFF-SITE OPERATIONS 2 1.4 TESTING 3 1.5 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE 3 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 3 2/12/16 SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES 1 2.0 PRODUCTS 1 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL 1 2.2 TEMPORARY FIRST AID FACILITIES 1 2.3 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION 1 2.4 CONSTRUCTION AIDS 3 2.5 SUPPORTS 3 2.6 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES 3 2.7 TEMPORARY WATER CONTROL 4 2.8 TREE, PLANT AND LAWN PROTECTION 4 2.9 GUARDRAILS AND BARRICADES 5 2.10 ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING AREAS 6 2.11 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS 6 2.12 SECURITY 6 2.13 FIELD OFFICES 6 3.0 EXECUTION 6 3.1 PREPARATION 6 3.2 GENERAL 6 3.3 REMOVAL 7 SECTION 01 57 13 SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 SUBMITTALS 1 1.3 PLAN AND IMPLEMENTATION GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1 1.4 PERFORMANCE STANDARDS 1 1.5 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN COMPONENTS 2 1.6 INSPECTIONS 3 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 3 SECTION 01 51 00 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES 1 2.0 PRODUCTS 1 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL 1 2.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY, LIGHTING AND WATER 1 2.3 TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION 2 2/12/16 2.4 TEMPORARY CONTRACTOR TELEPHONE SERVICE 3 2.5 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES 3 2.6 TEMPORARY, PORTABLE GENERATOR 3 3.0 EXECUTION 3 3.1 REMOVAL 3 SECTION 01 66 00 STORAGE AND PROTECTION 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING 1 1.3 ON-SITE STORAGE 1 1.4 PALM ROAD STORAGE 2 1.5 PROTECTION 3 1.6 PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION 4 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 4 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 4 SECTION 01 73 29 CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 SUBMITTALS 2 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 2 1.4 WARRANTIES 4 2.0 PRODUCTS 4 2.1 MATERIALS 4 3.0 EXECUTION 4 3.1 INSPECTION 4 3.2 PREPARATION 5 3.3 PERFORMANCE 5 3.4 CLEANING 7 SECTION 01 77 00 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 INSPECTIONS 1 1.2 SUBMITTALS 2 1.3 FINAL CLEAN UP 3 1.4 MAINTENANCE STOCK 4 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 4 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 4 2/12/16 SECTION 01 78 22 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 1 1.2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 2 2.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 2 SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 FORM OF SUBMITTALS 1 1.3 CONTENT OF MANUAL 2 1.4 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES 4 1.5 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS 4 1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 6 1.7 INSTRUCTIONS OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL 7 1.8 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 7 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 7 SECTION 01 78 36 WARRANTIES AND BONDS 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 1 1.3 FORM OF SUBMITTALS (HARD COPY) 2 1.4 FORM OF SUBMITTALS (ELECTRONIC COPY) 2 1.5 TIME OF SUBMITTALS 2 1.6 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED 2 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 2 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 2 SECTION 01 78 39 RECORD DOCUMENTS 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES 1 1.3 RECORDING 2 1.4 SUBMITTAL 6 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 6 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 6 2/12/16 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 11 00 Ithaca, New York SUMMARY OF THE WORK SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work to be Done 1. Demolish the 500 -kVA padmount transformer and remove the primary and secondary feeders. 2. Demolish (2) concrete pad/vaults and restore surfaces. 3. Provide a 25 -kW standby diesel generator with sub -base fuel tank, weatherproof and sound attenuated (Level II) enclosure, control panel, unit -mounted circuit breaker, battery charger, water jacket heater, ATS, EPO switch, and remote annunciator. Includes precast concrete pad. 4. Provide a standby power panelboard and distribution. 5. Refeed the existing 15 -kVA UPS from standby power. 6. Interface generator with fire alarm for central station monitoring. 7. Provide LED luminaires in select areas and refeed from standby power. 8. Refeed select loads from standby power. 9. Provide receptacles connected to standby power. 10. Provide chain link fence with all new hardware, gates, and fencing (with privacy slats). 11. Provide a 125 -kW temporary, portable diesel generator to backup building for the duration of construction and whenever there is a power interruption. Includes temporary feeders, controls, and diesel fuel. B. The Scope of the Work 1. The scope of the WORK in all SECTIONS of this Specification shall consist of the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment and appliances and the performance of the Work required by the Contract Documents and/or by the conditions at the site, joining all parts of this Work with itself and the Work of others to form a complete, functioning entity. 2. Items not specifically mentioned in the Specifications or shown on the drawings, but which are inherently necessary to make a complete working installation, shall be included. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD SUMMARY OF 01 11 00 - 1 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 THE WORK 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 11 00 Ithaca, New York SUMMARY OF THE WORK 3. It is the intent and purpose of the Contract Documents to cover and include under each item all materials, machinery, apparatus, and labor necessary to properly install materials and equipment, adjust and put into perfect operation the respective portions of the installation specified and to so interconnect the various items or sections of the work as to form a complete and operating whole. Any equipment, apparatus, machinery, material and small items not mentioned in detail, and labor not hereinafter specifically mentioned, which may be found necessary to complete or perfect any portion of the installation in a substantial manner, and in compliance with the requirements stated, implied, or intended in the Contract Documents, shall be furnished without extra cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall provide the greatest quantity, highest quality, highest degree of safety, and most stringent material, equipment or Work. Should the Drawings or the Specifications disagree in themselves or with each other, the Contractor shall provide the better quality or greater quantity of work and/or materials unless otherwise directed by written addendum to the Contract. 1.2 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS A. The Contractor shall cooperate with other contracts performing related work, including providing labor, materials and other costs necessary to satisfactorily coordinate the Contract work with work performed under others contracts. B. Preceding Work: 1. Asbestos abatement. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 11 00*** JULIUS F. WEINHOLD SUMMARY OF 01 11 00 - 2 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 THE WORK 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS SECTION 01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES A. The Contractor shall carry on the Work in the manner which will cause the least interruption to pedestrian and vehicular traffic and permit access of emergency vehicles at all times. B. The Work shall be scheduled and performed in such a manner that at least one lane of traffic will be maintained on all public streets. Two flag persons, equipped with radio communication devices, must be provided for any activity blocking a traffic lane. One lane of traffic must be maintained at all times. Where traffic must cross open trenches, the Contractor shall provide suitable bridges and railings; including pedestrian bridges. C. The Contractor shall maintain 20' minimum fire lane access. D. The Contractor shall post flag persons and suitable signs indicating that construction operations are under way and other warning signs as may be required. E. The Contractor shall safeguard the use by the public and Owner of all adjacent highways, roadways and footpaths, and shall conform to all laws and regulations concerning the use thereof, especially limitations on traffic and the movement of heavy equipment. Access to the site for delivery of construction materials and/or equipment shall be made only at the locations shown in the Contract Documents or approved by the Owner's Representative. F. The Contractor shall make every effort to keep dirt and debris from making its way to roadways. The Contractor shall immediately remove dirt and debris which may collect on permanent roadways due to the Work. G. The Contractor shall limit the extent of its activities to that area of the site defined on the Contract Drawings as being within the Contract Limit Lines. H. For that portion of the Work required under this Contract which must be performed in other than the defined areas both on-site and off, including operations involving delivery and removal of materials, the Contractor shall schedule and coordinate its activities through the Owner's Representative, to meet the approval of the Owner and minimize disruption of the normal scheduled activities of the occupants of adjacent spaces. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00 - 1 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS I. It is the Owner's expectation that the Contractor will take protective measures to minimize damage caused by construction activities including, but not limited to, the use of personal lifts, material handling equipment, on-site material storage, etc. All portions of the site, including the staging area and those areas affected by the work, shall be returned to their original condition after completion of Work. Such repair work shall include lawn restoration and reseeding, if required, and shall be included in the Contractor's Guarantee of Work. J. Routes to and from the location of the Work shall be as indicated in the Contract or as directed by the Owner's Representative. Temporary roadways shall be closed only with prior approval of the Owner's Representative. 1.3 PARKING A. The Owner will designate an area for Contractor parking. The Contractor shall make all arrangements, and bear the cost, for transportation of all trade persons from the designated parking area to the construction site as necessary. B. It should be noted that there is a fee for all parking on the Cornell University campus. The Contractor is responsible for the payment for all parking costs imposed by the Owner. The Contractor should contact the Project Manager (Chris Wayman) for additional information. The Contractor will be required to complete a "New Construction Employee Form" for each permit requested. This form may be found at http://finance.fs.cornell.edu/contracts/forms/contractors.cfm. C. Contractor shall cooperate with Cornell Police and/or other police authorities having jurisdiction, as follows: 1. Ensure parking by all employees of the Contractor, subcontractors, material suppliers, and others connected with this project only within construction fence or the designated parking area. 2. Prohibit employees from parking in any other areas, roads, streets, grounds, etc. 3. Discharge any employee refusing to comply with these requirements. 4. Ensure proper transportation of personnel between the designated parking area and the construction site. D. The Contractor shall remove from the parking area and staging area all temporary trailers, rubbish, unused materials, and other materials belonging to the Contractor or used under the Contractor's direction during construction or impairing the use or appearance of the property and shall restore such areas affected by the work to their original condition, and, in the event of its failure to do so, the same shall be removed by the Owner at the expense of the Contractor, and the Contractor shall be liable therefore. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00 - 2 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS 1.4 CHANGEOVERS AND CONTINUITY OF SERVICES A. Make all changeovers, tie-ins and removals, etc., of any part of the Work that would affect the continuity of operation of the adjacent services at approved times that will not interfere with the Owner's operations. Secure approval of Owner before proceeding. B. Make all necessary temporary connections required to permit operation of the building services and/or equipment. Remove the connections after need has ceased. C. The Contractor may be permitted to make changeovers during normal working hours at the Owner's discretion. Should the Contractor perform this Work outside of normal working hours, no extra payment will be made for resulting overtime expenses. D. When connecting new facilities do not shut off any existing Mechanical/Electrical facilities or services without prior written approval of Owner's Representative. E. The Contractor shall not, except in an emergency condition, shutdown any utility without the express pennission of the Owner's Representative. Major, affecting life safety or outside contract limit lines, shutdowns of utilities will be performed by Cornell University to enable Contractor to perform required work. Major shutdowns shall be defined as those affecting life safety or which are outside the project site limits. F. Maintain domestic water and firewater in service at all times. No service may be out for more than twenty-four (24) hours. Maintain firewater flow capability (hose, if necessary) to all buildings and coordinate with Cornell Utilities, Cornell Environmental Health and Safety (EH&S), and City of Ithaca Fire Department. G. All shutdowns to be scheduled a minimum of seven (7) calendar days in advance and requests shall be submitted via ePM system to the Owner's Representative. H. IN THE EVENT OF AN EMERGENCY WHERE THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IS NOT AVAILABLE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DIAL 911 IMMEDIATELY. 1.5 OBSTACLES, INTERFERENCE AND COORDINATION A. General 1. Plans show general design arrangement. Install work substantially as indicated and verify exact location and elevations; DO NOT SCALE PLANS. 2. Due to small scale of Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, changes in elevations, interferences, etc. Make necessary changes in the Work, equipment locations, etc., after notification to the Owner's Representative and Architect. Obtain approval from same, as part of Contract, to accomrnodate work to obstacles and interferences encountered. 3. Obtain written approval for all major changes before installing. If requested, submit drawings, detailing all such deviations or changes. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00 - 3 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS 4. Exposed to view mechanical units, ductwork, conduit, pipes or other building equipment are essential parts of the artistic effect of the building design and shall be installed in locations as shown on the drawings. Conformance to given dimensions and alignments with the structural system, walls, openings, indicated centerlines are a requirement of the Contract and the Contractor shall familiarize himself with the critical nature of proper placement of these items. The Contractor shall notify the Architect of conflicts which would cause such equipment to be installed in locations other than as indicated on the Drawings. The Contractor shall not proceed with the installation of exposed to view mechanical units, ductwork, conduit, pipes, etc. until all conflicts have been identified by the Contractor and resolutions to conflicts approved by the Architect. B. Interference 1. Install work so that all items are operable and serviceable and avoid interfering with removal of rails, filters, belt guards and/or operation of doors, etc. Provide easy and safe access to valves, controllers, motor starters and other equipment requiring frequent attention. 1.6 EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENTS A. Since all equipment of equal capacity is not necessarily of same arrangement, size of construction, these Plans are prepared on basis of one manufacturer as "basis -of -design equipment", even though other manufacturers' names are mentioned. B. If Contractor elects to use specified equipment other than "design equipment" which differs in arrangement, size, etc., the Contractor does so subject to following conditions: 1. Submit detailed drawings indicating proposed installations of equipment and showing maintenance and service space required. 2. If revised arrangement meets approval, make all required changes in the work of all trades, including but not limited to louvers, panels, structural supports, pads, etc. at no increase in Contract. Provide larger motors and any additional control devices, valves, fittings and other miscellaneous equipment required for proper operation of revised layout, and assumes responsibility for proper location of roughing in and connections by other trades. 3. If revised arrangement does not meet approval because of increase in pressure loss, possibility of increase in noise, lack of space or headroom, insufficient clearance for removal of parts, or for any other reason, provide equipment which conforms to Contract Drawings and Specifications. 1.7 EXISTING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, FIXTURES, ETC. A. Where existing equipment, piping, fittings, etc. are to be removed, Contractor shall submit complete list to Owner. All items that Owner wishes to retain shall be carefully removed and salvaged and delivered to building storage where directed by Owner. Items that Owner does not wish to retain shall be removed from the site and legally disposed. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00 - 4 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (FMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York 1.8 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES, DRAWINGS, ETC. A. B. Before Submitting Proposal 1. Examine all Drawings and Specifications scope and relation to other work. 2. Examine all existing conditions affecting by visiting site and/or building. 3. Ascertain access to site, available storage and delivery facilities. Before Commencing Work on Any Phase or in any Area SECTION 01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS relating to Work of all trades to determine compliance with Plans and Specifications, 1. Verify all governing dimensions at site and/or building. 2. Inspect all adjacent work. 3. All work is to be conducted in such a manner as to cause a minimum degree of interference with the Campus' operation and academic schedule. Prior to the commencement of each phase, submit Shutdown / Demo action plans that clearly describe the steps required to safely shut down utilities, systems and infrastructure that are within the work area (or effecting the work area); and those outside the work area and within approximately 25 feet of the work area limits, as approved by the Owner. The Shutdown / Demo action plan shall identify the shut off point(s) for each utility, system and infrastructure as well as the secondary shut off point(s) to account if the primary points fail or are otherwise inaccessible. To identify shutoff points, trace each utility, system and infrastructure in the presence of the campus representative from the work area to the shutoff points and place clear label on same indicating what the shutoff point is and what it effects and whether it is the primary or secondary shut off. The Shutdown / Demo action plan shall describe the shutdown procedure, identify tools and material required for shutdown, sequence of activities required for proper shutdown, the name of the person(s) or trade(s) deemed competent to perform each activity in the shutdown sequence and names and telephone numbers of the campus staff required to provide access to shut off points, assist in the shut off or perform portions of the shutdown activities. Additionally, the plan will address the Contractor's plan for maintaining MEP to adjacent occupied areas, inclusive of planned tie-in points for any and all necessary, temporary infrastructure, alarming, monitoring etc. Submit the Shutdown / Demo action plan for review and approval at least two weeks prior to field work in the work area. Field work shall not begin until the Shutdown / Demo action plan is reviewed. Contractor is to assign and include a competent crew, knowledgeable of each unique system involved (i.e. Mechanic, Electrician, Sheet metal, Plumber, Controls, IT, etc.). Field investigation is to include any and all necessary ladders, scaffold, temp lighting, cutting tools, photos, labels, PPE, etc. needed to properly locate, access and label shut off points. The University is explicitly requesting heightened awareness and an earnest mitigation of impact. This requirement supplements all other contractual obligations, and requires the dedication of no less than an aggregate 24 hours for the planned effort. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 1400-5 2/12/16 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS Tender of Proposal Confirms Agreement 1. All items and conditions referred to herein and/or indicated on accompanying Drawings. 2. No consideration, additional monies or time extensions will be granted for alleged misunderstanding. D. Existing or Archived Drawings 1. Existing or Archived drawings of impacted buildings are appended in electronic format only for reference and informational purposes. These historic drawings are not to be considered contract drawings and are provided "FOR INFORMATION ONLY". The Owner makes no representation as to the accuracy of the drawings as representing current conditions. 1.9 STAND DOWN DATES A. Strict and effective enforcement by Contractor's management and supervision of the following dates and hours is required. 1. Stand -Down Dates (No construction work and no deliveries on site): a. Commencement Weekend • Saturday, May 28, 2016 • Sunday, May 29, 2016 b. Reunion Weekend • Saturday, June 11, 2016 • Sunday, June 12, 2016 c. Study and Exam Periods: ■ May 12 - 15, 2016 d. Student Related Activities: ■ Residence Halls Open • Greek Rush (Greek Housing only) August 19, 2016 January 20 — January 26, 2016 2. Restricted Work Dates (delivery & demolition restrictions but otherwise work as usual): Friday, May 27, 2016 Commencement weekend- deliveries and work outside fence stop at noon Thursday, Friday June 9 - 10, 2016 Reunion guest arrivals- no work outside fence; no demo or utility work inside fence Friday, June 10, 2016 Reunion weekend- deliveries and work outside fence stop at noon JULIUS F. WEINHOLD WORK RESTRICTIONS CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) 01 1400-6 2/12/16 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS 1.10 WORKING HOURS A. Normal work hours are 7AM-dusk Monday -Saturday except during above noted restrictions. This means that Contractor shall not permit any noise generating activities that could disturb residents to take place outside of these hours. Should any conditions necessitate work to extend beyond these hours — Contractor may submit a detailed request with reasonable advance notice to Cornell. Cornell (at its sole discretion) may issue a written relaxation of the above but Contractor is advised never to assume that it will be granted. B. During Construction periods, no work shall take place prior to 9AM in a Residence Hall, Fraternity, Co -Op, Sorority, or any type of Housing Unit. Residence Halls requires 72 hours notification to the Student & Academic Services representative prior to entering a Residence Hall or Student Room. This does not apply to Fraternity, Co -Op or Sorority House which require 24 hours notification to the Facilities Manager. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 14 00*** JULIUS F. WEINHOLD WORK RESTRICTIONS CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) 01 1400-7 2/12/16 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS SECTION 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall furnish and install the products specified, under the options and conditions for substitutions stated in this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. 1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions that are beyond the Contractor's control, such as unavailability of product,'or regulatory changes. a. Products that are not available from Contractor's preferred suppliers does not constitute unavailability of product. 2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner. B. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Items salvaged from other projects are not considered new products. Items that are manufactured or fabricated to include recycled content materials are considered new products, unless indicated otherwise. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 012500-1 2/12/16 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS C. Basis -of -Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis -of -design product," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Substitution Requests: Submit indicated number of copies of each Substitution Request Form, attached hereto, for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. In addition to submission of Substitution Request Form, substitutions shall be listed on the Bid Form with description, specification references, and corresponding change in base bid 1.4 PRODUCTS LIST A. Within thirty (30) days after the award of Contract, submit to the Architect five copies of a complete list of products which are proposed for installation. B. Tabulate the products by listing under each specification section title and number. C. For products specified only by reference standards, list for each such product: 1. Name and address of the manufacturer. 2. Trade name. 3. Model or catalog designation. 4. Manufacturer's data: a. Reference standards. b. Performance test data. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers. B. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 012500-2 2/12/16 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 1. Contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods compatible with other products and construction methods. 2. If a dispute or compatibility issue arises over concurrently selectable but incompatible products, Architect will determine which products shall be used. 1.6 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of accepted substitutions and approved comparable products. 1.7 EQUIVALENTS — APPROVED EQUAL A. Equivalents or Approvals - General 1. The words "similar and equal to", or "or equal", "equivalent" and such other words of similar content and meaning shall for the purposes of this Contract be deemed to mean similar or equivalent to one of the named products. For the purposes of Paragraph A and B of this Section 1.4 and for the purposes of Bidding Documents, the word "products" shall be deemed to include the words "articles", "materials", "items", "equipment" and "methods". Whenever in the Contract documents one or more products are specified, the words "similar and equal to" shall be deemed inserted. 2. Whenever any product is specified in the Contract documents by a reference to the name, trade name, make or catalog number of any manufacturer or supplier, the intent is not to limit competition, but to establish a standard of quality which the Architect has determined is necessary for the Project. The Contractor may at its option use any product other than that specified in the Contract Documents provided the same is approved by the Architect in accordance with the procedures set forth in Paragraph B of this Section 1.4. In all cases the Architect shall be the sole judge as to whether a proposed product is to be approved and the Contractor shall have the burden of proving, at its own cost and expense, to the satisfaction of the Architect, that the proposed product is similar and equal to the named product. In making such determination the Architect may establish such objective and appearance criteria as it may deem proper that the proposed product must meet in order for it to be approved. 3. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall be construed as representing, expressly or implied, that the named product is available or that there is or there is not a product similar and equal to any of the named products and the Contractor shall have and make no claim by reason of the availability or lack of availability of the named product or of a product similar and equal to any named product. 4. The Contractor shall have and make no claim for an extension of time or for damages by reason of the time taken by the Architect or by reason of the failure of the Architect to approve a product proposed by the Contractor. 5. Request for approval of proposed equivalents will be received by the Architect only from the Contractor. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 25 00 - 3 2/12/16 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS B. Equivalents or Approvals After Bidding 1. Request for approval of proposed equivalents will be considered by the Architect after bidding only in the following cases: (a) the named product cannot be obtained by the Contractor because of strikes, lockouts, bankruptcies or discontinuance of manufacturer and the Contractor makes a written request to the Architect for consideration of the proposed equivalent within ten (10) calendar days of the date it ascertains it cannot obtain the named product; or (b) the proposed equivalent is superior, in the opinion of the Architect, to the named product; or (c) the proposed equivalent, in the opinion of the Architect, is equal to the named product and its use is to the advantage of the Owner, e.g., the Owner receives an equitable credit, acceptable to it, as a result of the estimated cost savings to the Contractor from the use of the proposed equivalent or the Owner determines that the Contractor has not failed to act diligently in placing the necessary purchase orders and a savings in the time required for the completion of the construction of the Project should result from the use of the proposed equivalent; or (d) the proposed equivalent, in the opinion of the Architect, is equal to the named product and less than ninety (90) calendar days have elapsed since the Notice of Award of the Contract. 2. Where the Architect pursuant to the provisions of this Section 1.4 approves a product proposed by the Contractor and such proposed product requires a revision or redesign of any part of the work covered by this Contract, all such revision and redesign and all new Drawings and details required therefore shall be subject to approval of the Architect and shall be provided by the Contractor at its own cost and expense. 3. Where the Architect pursuant to the provisions of this Section approves a product proposed by the Contractor and such proposed product requires a different quantity and/or arrangement of duct work, piping, wiring, conduit or any other part of the work from that specified, detailed or indicated in the Contract Documents, the contractor shall provide the same at its own cost and expense. 1.8 CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS A. For products specified only by reference standard, select any product meeting that standard, by any manufacturer. B. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any one of products and manufacturers named. 1. Products: a. Restricted List (Products): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Products" or that include the phrase "provide one of the following", and include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (FMCS) SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 25 00 - 4 2/12/16 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS b. Non -restricted List (Available Products): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Available Products" or that include the phrase "include, but are not limited to, the following", and include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product. 2. Manufacturers: a. Restricted List (Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Manufacturers" or that include the phrase "provide products by one of the following", and include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated. b. Non -restricted List (Available Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Available Manufacturers" or that include the phrase "include, but are not limited to, the following", and include a list of available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a product by an unnamed manufacturer, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's product. 3. Basis -of -Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. a. Restricted List (List of Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Basis -of -Design Product", and include a list of other manufacturers' names, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers. Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated. b. Non -restricted List (No List of Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Basis -of -Design Product", and do not include a list of other manufacturers' names, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by another manufacturer that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's product. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 25 00 - 5 2/12/16 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS C. For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers and stating "or equal", the Contractor shall submit a request as for substitutions, for any product or manufacturer not specifically named. Such substitution shall have been listed on Bid Form as required in Instructions to Bidders. If not so listed, no substitution will be allowed. D. For products specified by naming only one product and manufacturer, no option and no substitution will be considered unless listed on the Bid Form as provided in the Instructions to Bidders. 1.9 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 21 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals. B. Substitutions for Convenience: Submit requests for substitution within thirty (30) days of contract award. C. Submit a separate request for each substitution in triplicate. Support each request with: 1. Completed "Substitution Request Form" in approved format attached at end of this Section. 2. Complete data substantiating compliance of the proposed substitution with requirements stated in Contract Documents: a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address. b. Manufacturer's literature; identify: - Product description. Reference standards. - Performance and test data. c. Samples, as applicable. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product has been used, and the date of each installation. 3. An itemized comparison of the proposed substitution with the product specified listing any variations. 4. Data relating to any changes in the construction schedule. 5. The effect of the substitution on each separate contract of the Project. 6. List any changes required in other work or projects. 7. Designate any required license fees or royalties. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 012500-6 2/12/16 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 8. Designate availability of maintenance services, and source of replacement materials. D. Substitutions shall not result in additions to the Contract Sum. E. Substitutions will not be considered as having been accepted when: 1. They are indicated or implied on shop drawings or product data submittals without a formal request from the Contractor. 2. They are requested by a subcontractor or supplier. 3. The acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents. F. Substitute products shall not be ordered or installed without written acceptance of the Owner. G. The Owner and the Architect shall be the sole judges of the acceptability of a proposed substitution. 1.10 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Conditions for Consideration: Contractor's request for approval of comparable product will be considered when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may reject or return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements. Where products or manufacturers are specified by name, submit the following, in addition to other required submittals, to obtain approval of an unnamed product or manufacturer: 1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work. 2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the product specified. 3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 5. Samples, if requested. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 012500-7 2/12/16 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 1.11 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION A. In making a formal request for a substitution the Contractor represents that: 1. By submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor thereby represents that he has determined and verified all dimensions, quantities, field dimensions, relations to existing work, coordination with work to be installed later, coordination with information on previous Shop Drawings, Product Data, or Samples and compliance with all the requirements of the Contract Documents. The accuracy of all such information is the responsibility of the Contractor. 2. The Contractor has personally investigated the proposed product and has determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to that specified. 3. The Contractor will provide the same warranties or bonds for the substitution as for the product specified. 4. The Contractor will coordinate the installation of an accepted substitution into the Work, and will make such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects. 5. The Contractor waives all claims for additional costs related to the substitution which may subsequently become apparent. 1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES A. Review Contractor's requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness. B. Transmit evaluations and recommendations to the Owner, so that the Owner can notify the Contractor of the decision for acceptance or rejection of the request for substitution. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 25 00*** JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 25 00 - 8 2/12/16 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM Project. Substitution Request Number: From: To: Date: Project Number. RE: Contract For: Specification Title: Section # Page: Article/Paragraph: Proposed Substitution: Address: Phone Manufacturer: Trade Name: Model #: Installer: Address: Phone #: History: LJ New product u 2-5 years old LJ 5-10 years old LJ More than 10 years old Differences between proposed substitution and specified product: Li Point -by -point comparison data as evidence of equivalency attached - REQUIRED BY ARCHITECT Reason(s) for Not Using Specified Item: Similar Installation(s): (Attach separate sheet if required) Project Architect Address: Owner: Date installed: Proposed substitution affects other parts of Work: LJ No LJ Yes; explain LIST SAVINGS IN SPACES PROVIDED ON BID FORM Savings to Owner for accepting substitution: ($ Proposed substitution changes Contract Time: LJ No LJ Yes; Add/Deduct days. Supporting Data Attached (Include documentation required under Section 012500, Article Action Submittals') LJ Product Data LJ Drawings LJ Tests LJ Reports LJ Samples LJ Cost Info Annotated Spec LJ Certificates LJ Qualification Data LJ Schedule LJ Reports CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION Undersigned certifies: • Proposed substitution has been fully investigated and determined to be equal or superior in all respects to specified product. • Same warranty will be provided for proposed substitution as would have been provided for specified product. • Same maintenance service and source of replacement parts, as applicable is available. • Proposed substitution will not affect or delay Construction Progress Schedule. • Cost data as stated above is complete and includes all related costs for the substitution and for other portions of the Work that must be changed as a result of the substitution. Claims for additional costs related to accepted substitution which may subsequently become apparent shall be waived. • Proposed substitution does not affect dimensions and functional clearances. • Payment will be made for changes to building design, including architectural or engineering design (unless indicated otherwise), detailing, and construction costs caused by the requested substitution as stated in General Conditions Article 2, Section 2.03. • Coordination, installation, and changes in the Work will be made as necessary for accepted substitution to be complete in all respects. • Proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents (except deviations as indicated in substitution request), is compatible with related materials, and is appropriate for applications indicated. Submitted by (Contractor): Contractor Signature: irm on rac or : Address: Dated: Telephone: Fax: Email: Comments: Originated by (Subcontractor, Supplier, or Other): Subcontractor or Supplier Signature: Firm: Dated: Address: Telephone: Fax: Email: Comments: ARCHITECT'S EVALUATION AND RECOMMENDATION Recommend Acceptance of Substitution — Owner consent (below) and execution with the 'Agreement', or execution of a Change order or Construction Change Directive, is required for final acceptance. Recommend Acceptance of Substitution as Noted — Owner consent (below) and execution with the 'Agreement', or execution of a Change order or Construction Change Directive, is required for final acceptance. Recommend Rejection of Substitution - Use specified products. Substitution Request Received Too Late - Use specified products. Consideration of Substitution Request Not Allowed - Use specified products. Signed by: Dated: Comments: OWNER'S REVIEW AND ACTION (Acceptance of Substitution not valid without Owner's signature, and not valid without Owner's execution with Agreement or execution of a Change order or Construction Change Directive). Substitution Accepted - Make submittals in accordance with Specification Section 013300. Substitution Accepted as Noted - Make submittals in accordance with Specification Section 013300. Substitution Rejected - Use specified products. Signed by: Dated: Comments: CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS SECTION 0131 19 PROJECT MEETINGS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Owner will schedule and administer pre -construction meeting, periodic progress meetings, and specially called meetings throughout the progress of the work. 1. Prepare agenda for meetings. 2. Distribute written notice of each meeting four days in advance of meeting date. 3. Make physical arrangements for meetings. 4. Preside at meetings. 5. Record the minutes; include all significant proceedings and decisions. 6. Duplicate and distribute copies of minutes after each meeting. a. To all participants in the meeting. b. To all parties affected by decisions made at the meeting. c. To the Architect. B. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending the meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. 1.2 PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Schedule at least fifteen (15) days after date of Notice to Proceed. B. Location: A central site, convenient for all parties. C. Attendance: 1. Owner's Representative(s) 2. Contractor(s) 3. Architect and its professional consultants 4. Major Subcontractors 5. Major suppliers JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) PROJECT MEETINGS 013119-1 2/12/16 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0131 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS 6. Safety Representatives for the Owner and Contractor D. Minimum Agendum: 1. Distribution and discussion of: a. List of major subcontractors and suppliers b. Projected Construction Schedules 2. Critical work sequencing a. Identification of major shut downs and approximate schedule 3. Major equipment deliveries and priorities 4. Project Coordination a. Designation of responsible personnel 5. Procedures and processing of: a. Field decisions b. Proposal requests c. Submittals d. Change Orders e. Applications for Payment f. Requests for Information g. Daily Reports 6. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents 7. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents 8. Use of premises: a. Office, work and storage areas b. Owner's requirements c. Job site personnel conduct d. Building access and security 9. Temporary facilities, controls and construction aids JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19 - 2 2/12/16 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0131 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS 10. Temporary utilities 11. Safety and first-aid procedures a. Site specific safety plan 12. Security procedures 13. Housekeeping procedures 14. Affirmative Action Plan and Reporting requirements 1.3 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Schedule regular periodic meetings on the site, not less than once every two weeks throughout the Construction period. B. Attendance: 1. Engineer 2. Prime Contractor, including Site Superintendent 3. Owner's Representatives 4. Subcontractors as appropriate to the agenda 5. Suppliers as appropriate to the agenda 6. Safety Representative C. Minimum Agenda: 1. Review, approval of minutes of previous meeting 2. Review percentage of work to be in place by next meeting by individual trades 3. Review of work progress since previous meeting 4. Field observations, problems, and conflicts 5. Problems which impede Construction Schedule 6. Review of off-site fabrication, delivery schedules 7. Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule 8. Revisions to Construction Schedule 9. Planned progress and schedule, during succeeding work period 10. Coordination of schedules JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19 - 3 2/12/16 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0131 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS 1 1. Review submittal schedules; expedite as required 12. Maintenance of quality standards 13. Building Commissioning 14. Review status of all issued proposal requests and change orders 15. Review proposed changes for: a. Effect on Construction Schedule and on completion date b. Effect on other contracts of the Project 16. Other business D. All decisions, instructions, and interpretations given by the Architect/Engineer or its representative at these meetings shall be binding and conclusive on the Contractor. 1.4 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE(S) A. The Contractor to hold pre -installation conferences where required by individual specification sections or others at the discretion of the Owner. Minimum attendees would be Architect and/or their specific sub -consultant, Owner, Contractor, Subcontractor, key Suppliers, testing & inspection firm, Facilities Engineering subject matter expert, etc. Minimum agenda would include review of key submittals, RFI's, safety, logistics, material procurement, quality control, etc. Contractor to assemble and distribute the Agenda minimum 48 hours prior to meeting as well as distribute meeting minutes a minimum of seven (7) calendar days after the meeting. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ****END OF SECTION 01 31 19*** JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19 - 4 2/12/16 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0131 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT SECTION 01 31 50 ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Owner Provided System: The Contractor will utilize the Owner's electronic Project Management (e -PM) system eBuilder on this project. 1. The Owner shall manage the day to day use of the Owner provided ePM system and organize the training, support and maintenance of the ePM Website System for the entire project team for the period of its use on the Project. B. There are no fees to utilize this system. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. General Conditions Article 9 — Coordination and Cooperation. B. Section 01 33 00 — Submittal Procedures 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. ePM: defined as an internet-based information and project communication system that allows the entire project team to collaborate in a centralized and secured repository. All project -specific correspondence, workflow processes, and documentation will be stored and routed within the ePM system. 1.4 PROCEDURES A. Users will be provided a username and password. The Contractor shall log into the e -PM system to enter the Project Documentation listed in section 2.0. All correspondence should be communicated through the e -PM system. B. Training 1. The Owner will hold training sessions to familiarize team members with the system, and all Contractor staff are expected to attend one of these sessions or otherwise receive proper training on the system's use. All cost for personnel time and travel to attend the training as needed shall be included in the Contractor's proposal C. The Contractor shall provide on-site his or her own personal computer(s) and personal computer equipment that will allow the Contractor and his/her staff to access and use the ePM Website System in a timely and efficient manner. At a minimum the Contractor is to provide the following equipment and software: JULIUS F. WEINHOLD ELECTRONIC PROJECT 01 31 50 - 1 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 MANAGEMENT (ePM) 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) SYSTEM CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 1. Web Browser: with high-speed connection, up/down loading capability 2. Color printer and plotter capable of full-size document production 3. Scanner: capable of scanning a high volume of project documents clearly and quickly 4. Digital Camera: (1) single lens reflex (SLR) type camera 5. Portable Document Format (PDF) Reader/writer software D. Contractor shall log on to the ePM Website System on a daily basis, and as necessary to be kept fully appraised of the project developments, correspondence, assigned tasks and other matters that occur on the site. These may include but are not limited to RFI's, action items, meeting minutes, discussion threads, schedule updates, submittals, submittal log, punch list items, daily reports, site photos and/or videos and pre - construction surveys. 1.5 PROCESS OVERVIEW A. The Contractor is required to timely and accurately post, review, respond, and collaborate with other team members using the following features and/or workflow processes within the ePM system. B. Project Team Directory — Contractor shall provide an updated directory of contact information for all companies, subcontractors and project team members who are engaged on this project. C. Request for Information (RFI): All project RFI's will be submitted using the ePM Website System. Attachments to RFI's (which may include sketches, photographs, documentation, and the like, will be uploaded to the ePM Website System and attached to the RFI electronically. D. Meeting Minutes: Contractor shall enter meeting agendas, records and minutes in the system for all applicable meetings as designated by the Owner. E. General Communications, memorandums and Letters (Project Correspondence): Shall be created in or posted to the ePM Website System in PDF format electronically linked to action items. These action items shall include names of party (ies) required to respond, time frame within which action is to be taken and any solutions the Contractor recommends. F. Drawings and Specifications: The Contract Documents will be posted to the ePM Website System as directed by the Owner. The Owner shall retain the right to assign download rights to active CAD or model files. CAD or model files, in any format, posted to the ePM Website System are for viewing and printing only and cannot be edited. G. Submittals: All submittals shall be fully electronic. Reference Section 01 33 00. H. Submittal Schedule and Log: Contractor shall post and/or update on a daily basis. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD ELECTRONIC PROJECT 01 31 50 - 2 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 MANAGEMENT (ePM) 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) SYSTEM CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0131 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT Field Reporting: The Contractor shall post and/or update on a daily basis all reports required by other specification sections. These reports include, but are not limited to, daily construction reports, material location reports, unusual event reports, safety and accident reports. J. Project Photographs: Contractor shall upload project photographs to the ePM system, field by date and type including but not limited to: 1. General Progress Photographs 2. RFI Issues 3. Non -Conforming Work 4. Special Events 5. As required by individual Specification Sections K. Project Schedule: The contractor shall post, distribute, review, and/or respond to the project schedule, monthly updates, and any other schedule submittals onto the ePM in both native and PDF formats. L. Pe, & Approvals: Contractor shall upload and maintain current copies of all permits and agency approvals that relate to the project. M. Issue Tracking: Contractor to log and respond to issues that are related and affect other stakeholders within the project team. N. Quality Assurance: The Owner and/or Architect will issue reports on conforming items in the ePM system. The Contractor is required to review and respond with corrective actions in the system. O. Change Management — Cost Events and Change Orders will be managed by the e -PM system and the Contractor shall be responsible for reporting potential changes and logging Requests for Change Orders in the system. The Contractor shall also upload and manage all documentation supporting Requested Change Orders. P. Pay Applications Requests (Invoices) — The Contractor shall create and submit invoices for review by the Owner. Once the invoices are agreed to by the Owner then the invoices should be submitted electronically per the instructions for the ePM system. Q. Budget and Cost Management — Contractor to provide estimates and work breakdown structure (WBS) to provide Owner with accurate budget/cost analysis. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD ELECTRONIC PROJECT 01 31 50 - 3 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 MANAGEMENT (ePM) 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) SYSTEM CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0131 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 1.6 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION A. The Owner may change the standards for distribution and process prescribed above as required to suit the project. B. The Owner shall retain ownership of all data entered into either system and shall administrate and distribute all information contained therein. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ****END OF SECTION 01 31 50*** JULIUS F. WEINHOLD ELECTRONIC PROJECT 01 31 50 - 4 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 MANAGEMENT (ePM) 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) SYSTEM CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0132 16 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE SECTION 0132 16 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The Contractor shall, within fourteen (14) calendar days of Notice to Proceed, prepare and submit to the Owner estimated construction progress schedules for the entire Work, with sub -schedules of related activities which are essential to the progress of the Work. B. Conferences will be held with the Architect, Owner and Contractor at the start of the project to agree mutually on a progress schedule which must be diligently followed. C. Submit revised progress schedules periodically and when requested to do so by Owner. D. Submit to Owner and Architect a cash flow projection in accordance with Schedule of Values. E. Submit electronic versions of all schedules, including updates, as well as all back-up to the submitted schedules. 1.2 FORM OF SCHEDULES A. Prepare Network Analysis system, or prepare schedules in the form of a horizontal bar chart. 1. Provide separate horizontal bar for each trade or operation. 2. Horizontal time scale: Identify the first work day of each week. 3. Scale and spacing: To allow space for notations and future revisions. B. Foil iat of listings: The chronological order of the start of each item of work. C. Identification of listings: By specification section numbers. 1.3 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES A. Construction Progress Schedule: 1. Show the complete sequence of construction by activity. 2. Show the dates for the beginning, and completion of, each major element of construction. Specifically list: a. Site clearing JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01 32 16 - 1 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 16 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE b. Site utilities c. Foundation work d. Structural framing e. Subcontractor work f. Equipment installations g. Finishes h. Pre -Installation meetings 3. Show projected percentages of completion for each item, as of the first day of each month. 4. Show estimated dates for the beginning and completion of work which must be completed by or coordinated with the Owner such as hazardous materials abatement, moving, training and other such items as they are identified. B. Submittals Schedule for Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples: Confer with the Architect and agree on all elements of the Submittals Schedule. The schedule will be based on the understanding that minimum turn -around time in the Architect's office is ten (10) working days. Some submittals or groups of submittals may take longer to review. Submittals which do not conform to the agreed schedule may be subject to delays in processing. Show: 1. The dates for Contractor's submittals. 2. The dates reviewed submittals will be required from the Architect. 3. Confirmed lead time for manufacturing, production, fabrication and shipment to the project site of all materials which have an impact on the critical path of the Project's construction schedule. 1.4 PROGRESS REVISIONS A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submission. B. Show changes occurring since previous submission of schedule: 1. Major changes in scope 2. Activities modified since previous submission 3. Revised projections of progress and completion 4. Other identifiable changes C. Provide a narrative report as needed to define: JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01 32 16 - 2 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 16 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 1. Problem areas, anticipated delays, and the impact on the schedule. 2. Corrective action recommended, and its effect. 3. The effect of changes on schedules of other prime contractors. 1.5 SUBMISSIONS A. Submit initial Construction Progress Schedules within fifteen (15) calendar days after award of Contract. 1. Owner will review schedules and return review copy within ten (10) days after receipt. 2. If required, resubmit within seven (7) days after return of review copy. B. Submit progress revision schedules to accompany each application for payment. C. Submit Submittals Schedule within thirty (30) calendar days after date of commencement of work. D. Submit one reproducible transparency and one opaque reproduction. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 DISTRIBUTION A. Distribute copies of the reviewed schedules to: 1. Owner Job Site personnel 2. Subcontractors 3. Other concerned parties B. Instruct recipients to report to the Contractor, in writing, any problems anticipated by the projections of the schedule. ***END OF SECTION 01 32 16*** JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01 32 16 - 3 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 33 Ithaca, New York PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION SECTION 0132 33 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall provide existing condition photographs taken before commencement of Work, progress photographs taken periodically during progress of the Work, and final photographs upon completion and full occupancy of the building. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Progress Submittals 1. Key Plan: Submit key plan of Project area and building with notation of vantage points marked for location and direction of each photograph. 2. Submit digital photograph electronic files, organizationally filed by week. 3. Submit image files within five (5) days of taking photographs. 4. Each photograph shall be identified with project title, date, and a description of the view. B. Closeout Submittals 1. Record Photograph Submittal Format: Compile all photographs taken throughout the work and submit in CD format. Submit one CD to Architect and one CD to Owner. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 EXISTING CONDITION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Before commencement of selective demolition, take photographs of Project area and surrounding areas, including existing items to remain during construction. 3.2 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS A. Photographs shall be taken weekly in a manner which completely documents the work. B. The photographs shall be submitted to the Owner at the end of the first week for review. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD PHOTOGRAPHIC 01 32 33 - 1 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 DOCUMENTATION 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0132 33 Ithaca, New York PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION C. Provide photographs of any wall, ceiling or floor assembly containing MEP, A/V or any infrastructure that will thereafter become concealed -prior to closure. Note location on Key Plan. 3.3 FINAL COMPLETION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Photographs shall be taken in a manner which completely documents the completed work, for submission as project record documents. ***END OF SECTION 0132 33*** JULIUS F. WEINHOLD PHOTOGRAPHIC 01 32 33 - 2 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 DOCUMENTATION 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SECTION 0133 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submittals, including the following: 1. Shop Drawings 2. LEED Submittals 3. Product Data 4. Samples 5. Quality Assurance and Quality Control Submittals 6. Coordination Drawings 7. Certification of Asbestos free products B. Designate in the construction schedule, and/or in a separate Submittals Schedule, the dates for submission and the dates reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples will be needed. C. With the exception of physical samples and color charts, or as otherwise approved by the Owner, all submittals shall be electronic images in PDF format created electronically (saved with commenting allowed) which shall be submitted for review and approval via the electronic project management web site. PDFs shall be created directly from the native file format electronically. Scanning of paper to PDF shall be used minimally. Any non- electronic submittals shall be approved on a case by case basis and logged into the electronic management system as directed by a Cornell representative. 1.2 SUBMITTAL REGISTRY AND SCHEDULE A. The submittal registry and schedule shall list all submittals required by the specifications, listed in order by the specification section in which they are required. Coordinate the Submittal Schedule with the Contractor's Critical Path Method Construction Schedule and other related documents. The Submittal Schedule shall include the following information: 1. Title 2. Related specification section and paragraph numbers 3. Subsection JULIUS F. WEINHOLD SUBMITTAL CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 PROCEDURES GENERATOR (EMCS) 2/12/16 013300-1 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0133 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 4. Category of Submittal (Certification, Mock -Up, Operations/Maintenance Manual, Product Data, Sample, Shop Drawing, Test Report, As Built, etc.) 5. Submittal Description including description of the part of the Work covered by the submittal 6. Name of Subcontractor, if applicable 7. Corresponding activity or event number on the Contractor's Construction Schedule 8. Date due from Subcontractor 9. Date due to be submitted for review 10. Date due for submittal review to be completed 11. Date for transmittal to Subcontractor 12. Date for material or product delivery to project 13. Priority. Low, normal or high 14. Schedule dates for resubmittal of disapproved submittals B. Schedule a resubmittal for each major submittal. Except where specified otherwise in the contract documents, provide review times for submittals in accordance with Submittal Procedures and Architect's Duties below. C. Distribution: Initially submit the Submittal Schedule to the Owner for review via the electronic Project Management system. A submittal schedule compliant with the requirements of this section showing all submittals for the preliminary schedule submission duration shall be submitted with the Contractor's preliminary schedule submittal described in Section 01 32 16. The schedule shall also enumerate all submittals to be processed after the initial preliminary schedule submission duration period, although the date for these submittals does not have to be indicated. A final baseline submittal schedule showing all submittals for the entire project shall be included in the baseline schedule submittal described in section 01 32 16. D. Updating: The Submittal Schedule shall be kept up-to-date by the Contractor until all submittals are approved. Failure to provide the requested information, or delay in submitting required submittals may result in the payment request being returned to the Contractor until the required schedule or submittals are received. 1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Drawings shall be newly prepared information drawn accurately to scale by skilled draftsmen and presented in a clear and thorough manner. 1. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from Contract Documents. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD SUBMITTAL CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 PROCEDURES GENERATOR (EMCS) 2/12/16 01 33 00 - 2 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0133 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 2. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as basis of Shop Drawings. 3. Standard information prepared without specific reference to Project is not Shop Drawing. B. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation Drawings, setting diagrams, schedules, patterns, templates and similar Drawings. Include the following information: 1. Dimensions. 2. Identification of products and materials included by sheet and detail number. 3. Compliance with specified standards. 4. Notation of coordination requirements. 5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurements. 6. Submittal: a. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned electronically marked with action taken. b. Maintain returned document as a "Record Document". 1.4 PRODUCT DATA A. Product Data includes brochures, diagrams, standard schedules, performance charts, and instructions that illustrate physical size, appearance and other characteristics of materials and equipment. All submittals shall identify all products as being asbestos free, see Section 01 35 29. B. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. 1. Clearly mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Failure to do so with result in rejection of the submission. 2. Show performance characteristics and capacities. 3. Show dimensions and clearances required. 4. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls. 5. Where Product Data includes information on products that are not required, eliminate or mark through information that does not apply. 6. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the Work. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD SUBMITTAL CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 PROCEDURES GENERATOR (EMCS) 2/12/16 01 33 00 - 3 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York 7. Preliminary Submittal: Submit options by Architect is required. 8. Submittals: SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES single copy of Product Data where selection of a. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned electronically marked with action taken. b. Maintain one (1) copy as a "Record Docume 1.5 SAMPLES A. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or containers of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture, and pattern. B. Office samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate: 1. Functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices. 2. Full range of color, texture and pattern. C. Field samples and mock-ups: 1. Contractor shall erect, at the Project site, at a location acceptable to the Architect. 2. Size or area: that specified in the respective specification section. 3. Fabricate each sample and mock-up complete and finished. 4. Remove mock-ups when directed by the Architect. 5. Perform necessary work to bring any area disturbed by mock-ups to the areas original condition. D. Submit fully fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical with material or product proposed. 1. 2. Mount or display Samples in manner to facilitate review of qualities indicated. Identify Samples with generic description, product name, and name of manufacturer. 3. Submit Samples for review and verification of size, kind, color, pattern, and texture. 4. Where variation in color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics is inherent in material or product represented, submit at least three (3) multiple units that show approximate limits of variations. 5. Preliminary Submittals: Submit one (1) full set of choices where Samples are submitted for Architect's selection of color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics from a range of standard choices. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 2/12/16 01 33 00 - 4 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 6. Submittals: a. Submit four (4) sets for Architect's review. Architect will return at least one (1) set marked with action taken. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at Project Site, for quality comparisons throughout course of construction. Additionally, for electronic transmittal, photograph sample and its label and attached to the submittal item electronically via the electronic project management. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS A. Quality assurance and quality control submittals include design data, test reports, certifications, manufacturer's instructions, and manufacturer's field reports. B. Professional design services or certifications: Where Contract Documents require professional design services or certifications by a design professional, Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a qualified design professional, whose registration seal shall appear on drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings, and other submittals prepared by such professional. Architect shall be entitled to rely upon adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of services, certifications, or approvals performed by such design professionals. C. Inspection and Test Reports: Requirements for submittal of inspection and test reports from independent testing agencies as specified in the Contract Documents. D. Manufacturer's instruction: Preprinted instructions concerning proper application or installation of system or product. E. Manufacturer's field reports: Reports documenting testing and verification by manufacturer's field representative to verify compliance with manufacturer's standards or instructions. F. Submittals: 1. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned electronically marked with action taken. 2. Maintain one (1) additional copy as "Record Document". JULIUS F. WEINHOLD SUBMITTAL CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 PROCEDURES GENERATOR (EMCS) 2/12/16 013300-5 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1.7 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall coordinate and manage the preparation and submittal of coordinated layouts of the mechanical, electrical and fire protection systems and equipment for all areas; drawn at a scale not less than 1/4" per foot showing on both plan and elevation including but not limited to all equipment, ducts, pipe sleeves, piping including plumbing and, sprinkler system, lighting, special supports and other items contained within the space. Show mechanical and electrical services as well as architectural and structural features drawn to scale. Provide electronic record of each coordination drawing submitted in TIFF and PDF formats to the Owner. Provide coordination drawings for all corridors, laboratories, offices, mechanical rooms, boiler room, shafts, tunnels, and all congested areas. Copies of coordination drawings shall be distributed to all trades to assure a complete, coordinated installation of work within the space available. B. Submittal and review of coordination drawings will be required thirty (30) days prior to commencement of fabrication and/or installation of any work item. C. Prepare and submit coordinated layouts of the mechanical and electrical systems and .equipment for all areas; drawn at a scale not less than 3/8 inch =1 foot (1:32) showing on both plan and elevation including but not limited to all equipment, ducts, pipe sleeves, piping including plumbing and, sprinkler system, lighting, special supports and other items contained within the space. Show mechanical and electrical services as well as architectural and structural features drawn to scale. Provide copies of each coordination drawing submitted. Provide coordination drawings for all spaces, including but not limited to, corridors, laboratories, offices, mechanical rooms, boiler room, shafts, tunnels, and other areas. Copies of coordination drawings shall be distributed to all trades to assure a complete, coordinated installation of work within the space available. 1. Show architectural, structural and other adjacent work requiring coordination with services. Show items, including but not limited to, access doors, ceiling grids, ceiling construction, structural decks and framing, fixtures, devices, and other adjacent work coordinated with services and architectural layouts shown on Drawings. 2. Prepare plans, sections, elevations, and details as needed to describe relationship of various systems and components. Supplement plan drawings with section drawings where required to adequately represent the Work. 3. Include room names and numbers of each space. 4. Coordinate the addition of trade -specific information to the coordination drawings by multiple entities in a sequence that best provides for coordination of the information and resolution of conflicts between installed components before submitting for review. 5. Contract drawings are diagrammatic. Exact location of receptacles, light fixtures, exit signs, fire alarm devices, and other devices shall be coordinated with the Architectural Drawings and shall not be scaled from locations indicated on the Mechanical and Electrical Drawings. Coordinate modifications in layout as necessary to complete the Work in accordance with the design intent. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD SUBMITTAL CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 PROCEDURES GENERATOR (EMCS) 2/12/16 013300-6 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0133 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 6. Coordinate modifications in layout and components necessary to ensure maintenance accessibility and prevent conflict between each portion of the Work. 7. Maintain maximum headroom at all locations. Unless indicated otherwise, all mechanical and electrical systems and associated components are to be installed as tight to underside of structure as possible. 8. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural, structural, mechanical, plumbing, fire protection, electrical systems, communications systems, security systems, and other portions of the Work. Drawings shall indicate dimensions, to avoid interference with existing conditions, structural frame, ceilings, partitions, services, and other portions of the Work. Where conflicts occur with placement of materials of various portions of the Work, Contractor shall be responsible to resolve conflicts and coordinate the available space to accommodate each portion of the Work. Adjustments resulting from coordination shall be initialed and dated by the entity(s) affected by the adjustments. 9. Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipated replacement of components during the life of the installation. 10. Show location and size of access doors and access panels required for access to concealed dampers, valves, and other controls. 11. Indicate required installation sequences. 12. Indicate dimensions, elevations, and alignments shown on the Drawings. Specifically note dimensions, elevations, and alignments that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements and notify Architect. Provide alternate sketches to Architect indicating proposed resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract. 13. Indicate suspended ceiling heights and show locations of visible ceiling -mounted devices relative to acoustical ceiling grid. 14. Indicate locations of fire -rated partitions, smoke partitions, and other required barriers. 15. Plenum Space: Indicate sub -framing for support of ceiling and wall systems, mechanical and electrical equipment, toilet partitions, overhead -mounted equipment, and related Work. Locate components within ceiling plenum to accommodate layout of light fixtures indicated on Drawings. Indicate areas of conflict between light fixtures and other components and notify Architect. 16. Exposed Ceiling Construction: In addition to other indicated information, show fully -dimensioned locations of all items exposed at ceiling space. Indicate aligmnent requirements and centerline locations of light fixtures, ducts, piping, conduit, and other services. Show dashed outline locations of laboratory casework, shelving, and other items that extend 7 feet or more above the floor. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD SUBMITTAL CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 PROCEDURES GENERATOR (EMCS) 2/12/16 013300-7 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 17. Mechanical and Electrical Rooms: Provide coordination drawings for mechanical and electrical rooms showing plans and elevations of mechanical, plumbing, fire - protection, fire -alarm, and electrical equipment. Indicate paths of egress from rooms. Indicate paths for equipment removal from rooms. Indicate clear areas required for access and maintenance. 18. Structural Penetrations: Indicate scheduled and requested penetrations and openings required for all disciplines. Request un -scheduled penetrations and openings where Contractor has reviewed, analyzed, and coordinated all possible routing options and structural penetrations are only feasible option to accommodate indicated ceiling heights. Refer to the drawings for general guidelines and request confirmation by Architect for structural penetrations. 19. Mechanical and Plumbing Work: Show dimensioned locations, sizes and bottom elevations of ductwork, piping, and conduit runs, including insulation, bracing, flanges, accessories, and support systems. Show locations of major components, such as dampers, valves, diffusers, access doors, cleanouts and electrical distribution equipment. 20. Electrical Work: Show electrical distribution, systems, equipment, and runs of vertical and horizontal conduit 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) in diameter and larger. Show light fixture, exit light, emergency battery pack, smoke detector, fire alarm, and other device locations. Show panel board, switch board, switchgear, transformer, bus way, generator, and motor control center locations. Show location of pull boxes and junction boxes, dimensioned from column center lines. Show lighting control systems. Show cable tray layouts including vertical and horizontal offsets and transitions, clearances for access above and to side of cable trays, and vertical elevation of cable trays above the floor or bottom of ceiling structure. 21. Fire Suppression System: Show locations of standpipes, mains piping, branch lines, pipe drops, and sprinkler heads. 22. Refer to individual Sections for additional Coordination Drawing requirements for Work in those Sections. 23. Contractor Sign -Off: Contractor and each entity performing portions of the Work shall sign and date coordination drawings. 24. Review: Architect will review coordination drawings to confirm that the Work is being coordinated, but not for the details of the coordination, which are Contractor's responsibility. If Architect determines that coordination drawings are not being prepared in sufficient scope or detail, or are otherwise deficient, Architect will so inform Contractor, who shall make changes as directed and resubmit. Review of coordination drawings shall not reduce Contractor's responsibility for final coordination of installation and maintenance clearances of systems and equipment with existing conditions and each portion of the Work. D. Submittal and review of coordination drawings will be required before work can start in any given area of the building. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD SUBMITTAL CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 PROCEDURES GENERATOR (EMCS) 2/12/16 013300-8 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION Al 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1.8 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Review submittals for compliance with Contract Documents and approve submittals prior to transmitting to the Architect. B. Specifically record deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and limitation. Comply with requirements of Section 01 25 00 Substitutions and Product Options. C. Contractor's approval of submittals shall indicate that the Contractor has determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria, and has checked and coordinated information within each submittal with requirement of the Work and Contact Documents. Field conflicts which arise from the contractor's failure to fully review and approve submittals before ordering equipment, will result in the contractor being burdened with all costs to remediate the situation. D. Contractor shall be responsible for: 1. Compliance with the Contract Documents 2. Confirming and correlating quantities and dimensions 3. Selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction. 4. Coordination of the work represented by each submittal with other trades. 5. Performing the work in a safe and satisfactory manner. 6. Compliance with the approved Construction Schedule. 7. All other provisions of the agreements. E. It is understood that the Architect's notation on the submittals is not to be construed as an authorization for additional work or additional cost. F. If any notations represent a change to the Contract Sum, submit a cost proposal for the change in accordance with procedures specified before proceeding with the work. G. It is understood that the Architect's notation on the submittal is not to be construed as approval of colors. Make all color -related submittals at one time. H. Notify the Architect by letter of any notations made by the Architect which the Contractor finds unacceptable. Resolve such issues prior to proceeding with the Work. I. Begin no fabrication of work until all specified submittal procedures have been fulfilled. J. Do not submit shop drawings, product data or samples representing work for which such submittals are not specified. The Architect shall not be responsible for consequences of inadvertent review of unspecified submittals. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD SUBMITTAL CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 PROCEDURES GENERATOR (EMCS) 2/12/16 01 33 00 - 9 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES K. The review of shop drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for proper construction and the furnishing of materials and labor required even though the same may not be indicated on the review shop drawings. L. Certify that only asbestos free material is used in the execution of all work. Reference Section 01 35 39 1.9 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Coordination 1. Coordinate submittals with performance of construction activities in accordance with the Submittal Schedule approved by the Architect and Owner. 2. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals and related activities that require sequential activity. 3. Prepare and transmit each submittal in accordance with the Submittals Schedule, agreed to by all entities involved. 4. Prepare, review, approve and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay. 5. Architect's Review: Allow ten (10) working days for Architect's initial processing of each submittal requiring the Architect's review and response, except for longer periods required as noted below, and where processing must be delayed for coordination with subsequent submittals. The Architect will advise the Contractor promptly when it is determined that a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. Allow ten (10) working days for Architect's reprocessing of each submittal. Notify the Architect when processing time for a submittal is critical to the progress of the work, and the work would be expedited if its processing time could be shortened. An additional five (5) working days will be required for items specified in Divisions 2, 3, 5, 23 and 26, and for Architectural Woodwork, Hollow Metal Work and Hardware Schedules. 6. Allow time for delivery in addition to review. 7. Allow time for reprocessing each submittal. 8. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to prepare submittals sufficiently in advance of Work to permit processing. 9. Submittals made which do not conform to the schedule are subject to delays in processing by the Architect. 10. Refer to Section 01 32 16 Construction Schedules for requirements of the Submittals Schedule. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD SUBMITTAL CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 PROCEDURES GENERATOR (EMCS) 01 33 00 - 10 2/12/16 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 11. Failure of the Contractor to obtain approval of Shop Drawings shall render all work thereafter performed to be at Contractor's sole risk, cost and expense. B. Submittal Preparation 1. Place permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. 2. Indicate name of entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 3. Provide space on label or beside title block on Shop Drawings to record Contractor's stamp, initialed or signed, certifying to review of submittal, action taken, verification of products, field measurements and field construction criteria, and coordination of the information within the submittal with requirements of the Work and of Contract Documents. 4. Complete all fields on submittal item details in ePM system including meaningful description. 5. Include the following information on submittal documentation: a. Drawing, detail or specification references, including section number, as appropriate to clearly identify intended use of product. b. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such. c. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the work or materials. d. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers. e. Provide a blank space for the Architect's stamps f. On transmittal, record relevant information including deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and limitations. 6. Identification of revisions on re -submittals, other than those noted by the Architect on previous submittals. 7. Shop drawings with the comment "by others" are not acceptable. All such work must specifically identify the related responsible subcontractor. C. Submittal Transmittal: 1. Transmit submittals via the electronic project management system to Architect unless otherwise noted or directed. 2. Prepare and generate transmittal in ePM system for submission of samples. Package sample and other each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD SUBMITTAL CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 PROCEDURES GENERATOR (EMCS) 01 33 00 - 11 2/12/16 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0133 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1.10 RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Provide a record copy of the submittal to the Commissioning Agent in electronic format. Record copy shall be a clean copy (free of notes from the design professional) which has been updated to reflect the "as -installed" system. Provide document in PDF format. B. Record copy of the submittal must be forwarded to the Commissioning Agent within fourteen (14) calendar days of the final approved submittal. C. Provide a record copy of the submittal (hard and electronic format) for the O&M Manual. 1.11 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Make any corrections or changes noted on previous submittals. B. Shop Drawings and Product Data: 1. Revise initial drawings or data, and resubmit as specified for the initial submittal. 2. Indicate any changes which have been made other than those noted by the Architect. C. Samples: Submit new samples as required for initial submittal. 1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES A. Review submittals with reasonable promptness as identified in 1.8, paragraph 5 of this Section. B. Notations on the Submittal Review Stamp or eBuilder file mean the following: 1. "Approved (APP)" indicates that no deviations from the design concept have been found and Work may proceed. 2. "Approved as Noted (AAN)" indicates that deviations from the design concept which have been found are noted, and the Contractor may proceed accordingly. 3. "Revise and Resubmit (RAR)" indicates that Work covered by submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity may not proceed. Revise or prepare new submittal according to Architect's notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain different action mark. 4. "Rejected (REJ)" indicates that Work covered by submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity may not proceed. Revise or prepare new submittal according to Architect's notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain different action mark. 5. "On Hold (ONH)" is used in a very limited capacity and means that the Contractor should not take action until the reason for hold has been cleared and may be required to revise and resubmit. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD SUBMITTAL CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 PROCEDURES GENERATOR (EMCS) 01 33 00- 12 2/12/16 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 6. "Not Reviewed (NRV)" is used for submittals that were submitted in error, duplicate, or other reason that does not require review by the Architect but need to be closed by the Contractor upon return to them 7. "For Record Only (FRO)": Submittals for information or record purposes, including Quality Assurance and Quality Control Submittals, and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), will not require responsive action by the Architect. a. Architect will forward informational submittals without action. b. Architect will reject and return informational submittals not in compliance with Contract Documents. C. Incomplete Submittals: Architect will return incomplete submittals without action. D. Unsolicited Submittals: Architect will return unsolicited submittals to sender without action. E. Return submittals to Contractor for distribution, or for resubmission. 1.13 DISTRIBUTION A. Distribute reviewed Shop Drawings and copies of Product Data when possible via the electronic project management system to: 1. Job site file 2. Record Documents file 3. Subcontractors 4. Installers 5. Suppliers 6. Manufacturers 7. Fabricators 8. Architect 9. Owner B. Do not permit use of unmarked copies or rejected copies of submittals in connection with construction at Project Site or elsewhere where Work is in progress. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 33 00*** JULIUS F. WEINHOLD SUBMITTAL _CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 PROCEDURES GENERATOR (EMCS) 01 33 00 - 13 2/12/16 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY SECTION 0135 29 GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This Section provides requirements for general health and safety during the project. The requirements of this Section shall apply to both Contractor and all tiers of sub -contractors involved in the project. B. In addition to the requirements of this Section, all laws and regulations by applicable local, state, and federal agencies shall apply to the work of this contract. In some cases the requirements of these Specifications may by intention exceed such legal requirements, but in no case shall this Specification be interpreted or understood to reduce or eliminate such requirements. 1.2 CONTRACTOR'S SAFETY PLAN A. The Contractor will submit a site Safety Plan for review by Cornell University before commencement of work on the site. The safety plan should address site specific safety concerns related directly to the Work being done. The following safety plan review checklist is provided to assist contractors in tailoring their safety plan to the Work. Safety plans that inadequately address safe operations and equipment will be returned for resubmission. Failure to submit an appropriate site safety plan may result in denial of the payment. B. In addition, Contractor shall provide the names and contact information for all site safety personnel, including the Site Health and Safety Officer. 1.3 ASBESTOS A. All products provided for use in construction at Cornell University are to be free of asbestos. At Substantial Completion, prior to beneficial service, the Contractor shall provide a signed certification form "Exhibit AC" stating that all Contractor supplied & installed products are 100% asbestos free. The Contractor has to attach applicable Safety Data Sheets/ Material Safety Data Sheets for each product documenting a 100% asbestos free status. The University may provide random testing of products for asbestos content. Any Contractor installed product found to contain asbestos shall be classified as defective work. Defective work shall be con-ected by the Contractor as specified in the General Conditions. B. Attached for the Contractor's information are asbestos reports which represent samples taken within the building. C. Removal and disposal of material containing asbestos shall be performed by the Owner under separate contract. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD GENERAL HEATH & CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 SAFETY GENERATOR (FMCS) 2/12/16 01 35 29 - 1 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 1.4 LEAD A. Building may contain lead based paint. The Contractor shall protect workers in accordance with OSHA regulations. The Contractor selects the means and/or methods to address the presence of lead based paint, and must concurrently protect its workers based on the Contractor's means and/or methods. Lead was a common ingredient in paint until 1978. Julius F. Weinhold Chilled Water Plant 1 was constructed in 1964. The Contractor is required to submit a lead plan that is site specific, indicating that the protective measures the Contractor proposes meet the OSHA standard 1926.62 "Lead in Construction Standards". This site specific plan should address the particular methods the Contractor intends to protect its workers, the building occupants and the building structure based on its selection of addressing the presence of lead based paint. 1.5 SITE VISITS A. The undertaking of periodic Site Visits by Architects, Engineers or the Owner shall not be construed as supervision of actual construction, or make thein responsible for the safety of all persons; or make them responsible for means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction selected by the Contractor or its Subcontractors; or make them responsible for safety programs and precautions incident to the Work, or for the safe access, visit, use, Work, travel or occupancy of any person. 1.6 CONFINED SPACE A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the identification of confined space in accordance with OSHA requirements. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED JULIUS F. WEINHOLD GENERAL HEATH & 01 35 29 - 2 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 SAFETY 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 0135 29 GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY Job - Specific Safety Manual Checklist Jobsite Name: Job No: General Contractor: Jobsite Location: Subcontractor: Scope of Work: Prime Contractor: Completed by: Shops: Date: Standard Applies Designated to this Competent Contractor? Person Y/N (employee name) Subpart C - General Provisions 1926.20 - .35 Subpart D - Occupational Health & Environmental. Controls 1926.50 - .66 Gases, Vapors, Fumes, Dusts, Mists 1926.55 Lead 1926.62 Subpart E - Personal Protective Equipment 1926.95 - .107 Subpart F — Fire Protection & Prevention 1926.150 - .159 Subpart G — Signs, Signals and Barricades 1926.200 - .203 Subpart H — Materials Handling, Storage, Use & Disposal 1926.250 - .252 Subpart I — Tools — Hand & Power 1926.300 - .307 Subpart J — Welding & Cutting 1926.350 - .354 Subpart K — Electrical 1926.400 - .449 JULIUS F. WEINHOLD GENERAL HEATH & 01 35 29 - 3 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 SAFETY 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY Standard Applies Designated to this Competent Contractor? Person Y/N (employee name) Subpart L — Scaffolds 1926.450 - .454 Subpart M — Fall Protection 1926.500 - .503 Subpart N — Cranes, Derricks, Hoists, Elevators, & Conveyors 1926.550 - .556 Subpart P — Excavations 1926.650 - .652 Subpart Q — Concrete & Masonry Construction 1926.700 - .706 Subpart R — Steel Erection 1926.750 - .761 Subpart S — Tunnels, Shafts, Caissons, Cofferdams, & Compressed Air 1926.800 - .804 Subpart T — Demolition 1926.850 - .860 Subpart U — Blasting & Use of Explosives 1926.900 - .914 Subpart V — Power Transmission & Distribution 1926.950 - .960 Subpart X — Stairways & Ladders 1926.1050 - .1060 Subpart Y — Commercial Diving Operations 1926.1071 — 1090 Recordkeeping — 1926.1091 - .1092 Subpart Z — Toxic and Hazardous Substances 1926.1100 - .1152 JULIUS F. WEINHOLD GENERAL HEATH & 01 35 29 - 4 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 SAFETY 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY Cornell University COIVIRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION OF ASBESTOS FREE MATERIALS (Exhibit AC) Distribution to: OWNER 0 ARC H11.E CT CONTRACTOR 0 FIELD OTHER 0 PROJECT: TO OWNER (Nam ci Addrtu) CORNFT T UNIVERSITY Facilities Contracts 121 Humphreys Service Buildinv Ithaca, New York 14853 CONTRACT NUMBER: CONTRACT FOR CONTRACT DATE: DATE OF ISSUANCE: The undersigned hereby certifies that all materials and equiu thmithed for or installed m connection with all ‘1.13rk, labor. and services provided with respect to the performance of the Contract referenced above shall be free of asbestos and any asbestos containing material. The t eisiai. shall proviriP any and all us,:414 supporting such certification which may reasonably be required the Owner, inchiding NIthere applicable Safety Data Sheets 'or Mammal Safety Data Sheets_ SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS AUA�D HERETO: • Material Safety Data CONTRACTOR: (Nom & Address) Stem of )SS. County of_ Subscribed and swom to before me this Day of 20 (Signcrtwe ofauthoriz NAME: (Printed name) TITLE: ***END OF SECTION 01 35 29*** JULIUS F. WEINHOLD GENERAL HEATH & 01 35 29 - 5 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 SAFETY 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) Cornell University Limited Pre -Renovation Asbestos Survey Report Performed for the Chilled Water Plant #1 (Building 5101) Emergency Generator Installation Project Cornell University Ithaca, New York Campus Mr. Dale Houseknecht, Asbestos Project Coordinato Cornell University Maintenance Management 116 Humphreys Service Building, Ithaca, NY 14853 ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607-231-6600 Fax: 607-231-6640 www.deltaengineers.com Delta Project No. 2015.030.367 Cornell Work Order No. 8759324 Field work performed by: Thomas Ferro, March 9th, 2016 Report reviewed by: Stephen Prislupsky ADELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS .0 INTRODUCTION 2.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS eb 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 www.deltaengineers.com ..,..... .::......:................,..... 3 ASBESTOS SURVEY AND SAMPLING PROCEDURES AND METHODS 6 3.0 SURVEY FINDINGS AND CONCLUSIONS... 4.0 INACCESSIBLE AREAS .. ..........:............:• .......:.......:.......12 ....... ..................... ..... ......... ..... . 13 Appendix A, ASBESTOS BULK SAMPLE REPORT FORM ........................................ 14 Appendix B, LABORATORY ANALYTICAL RESULTS ............... ................. 15 Appendix C, DELTA ENGINEERS, COMPANY AND PERSONNEL CERTIFICATIONS ....... 16 Appendix D, LABORATORY CERTIFICATIONS .:: .......:.......... .....17 Appendix E, BULK SAMPLE LOCATION DRAWINGS............. ........ .-.. .... 18 Appendix F, PREVIOUS DELTA BULK SAMPLE INFORMATION ......... .............:........19 Appendix G, PHOTO LOG... . . . . . .. ... .... 20 ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS 1.0 INTRODUCTION: 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 www.deltaengineers.com Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors (Delta) was contracted by Cornell University, to provide a "Limited" Pre -Renovation Asbestos Survey at the Chilled Water Plant#1 (Building 5101) located on the Cornell Ithaca, New York Campus. This survey was performed in support of the upcoming Emergency Generator Installation Project and addressed suspect building materials present within the Project's' path of Travel" with the potential to be impacted by the proposed Renovation Scope as delineated by Cornell Representative Chris Wayman during the survey and as shown on the provided drawings. The initial stage included a review of past Delta Survey information for the Building. Bulk sample results through previous Delta sampling services for suspect materials have been incorporated into this Survey and associated Survey Report where applicable. On March 9th, 2016, Delta Certified Inspector Thomas Ferro was onsite to perform a walkthrough to visually inspect all accessible renovation spaces/areas and to perform sampling of suspect materials. Based on a visual inspection of the affected areas and a review of existing Delta sample information, a total of twenty -- eight (28) bulk samples were collected representing fourteen (14) separate suspect homogenous building materials. Twenty — two (22) of the samples collected were non -friable organically bound (NOB) representing eleven (11) suspect homogenous materials. The remaining six (6) samples were `Friable" Non-NOB's representing three (3) suspect homogenous materials. In addition to the samples collected above, other suspect homogenous materials were observed but not sampled as they were addressed through previous sampling efforts by Delta. For these materials, the results from previous Delta's Surveys have been incorporated into this report. The suspect homogenous materials identified as part of the Pre -Renovation Survey included: Homogenous Area (HA) Suspect Building Material 01 Light Green Mottled 9" x 9" Floor Tile 02 Black Mastic from HA 01 03 12' x 12" Grey Mottled Floor Tile 04 BlackIYellow Mastic from HA 03 05 1''x 1' Adhered Fissured Ceiling Tile 06 Brown Glue Puck from HA 05 07 Sheetrock 08 Joint Compound 09 Grey Epoxy Paint 10 Brown Homosote Board 1 Grey Caulk 12 White Sealant 13 Grey Seam Caulk 14 Black Gasket Mate 2015.030.290 - 01 * Grey Wall Panel 2015.030.290 - 02* Wall Panel Insulation * Material previously sampled by Delta DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 Website: www.deltaengineers.com Specific information required by 12 NYCRR Part 56-5.1, (f) "Building/Structure Asbestos Survey Information" to be included in this pre -renovation report is as follows: 1) Building Name/Address: 2) Owner's Name/Address: 3) Owner's Agent: 4) Survey Performed By: 5) Certified ;Inspectors: 6) Date of Survey: 7) Laboratory: Chilled Water Plant #1 (Building 5101) Cornell University Ithaca Campus Ithaca, NY 14850 Cornell University Humphreys Service Building Ithaca, NY 14853 Dale Houseknecht Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Thomas Ferro Certificate No. 99-11328 March 9th 2016 America Science Team New York, Inc. 117 East 30th Street, New York, NY 10016 ADELTA ENGINEERS, a t R "ECT , & LAND SURVEYORS 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 e: www.deltaengineers.com 2.0 ASBESTOS SURVEY AND SAMPLING PROCEDURES AND METHODS: 2.1 Survey requirements Requirements to perform Pre-Demolition/Pre-Renovation Asbestos Surveys are based on the following State and Federal Regulations. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA): OSHA survey requirements and sampling protocols are included in 29 CFR Part 1910.1001(j)(2) & (j)(8) and 29 CFR Part 1926.1101(k),(5): 29 CFR Part 1910.1001(i)(2), Installed Asbestos Containing Material: Employers and building owners are required to treat installed TSi and sprayed on and troweled -on surfacing materials as ACM in buildings constructed no later than 1980 for purposes of this standard. These materials are designated "presumed ACM or PACM", and are defined in paragraph (b) of this section. Asphalt and vinyl flooring material installed no later than 1980 also must be treated as asbestos -containing. The employer or building owner may demonstrate that PACM and flooring material do not contain asbestos by complying with paragraph (j)(8)(iii) of this section. 29 CFR Part 1910.1001(0(8), Criteria to rebut the designation of installed material as PACM: 1910.10016)(8)(i) At any time, an employer and/or building owner may demonstrate, for purposes of this standard, that PACM does not contain asbestos. Building owners and/or employers are not required to communicate information about the presence of building material for which such a demonstration pursuant to the requirements of paragraph 6)(8)(ii) of this section has been made. However, in all such cases, the information, data and analysis supporting the determination that PACM does not contain asbestos, shall be retained pursuant to paragraph (m) of this section. 1910.10016)(8)(ii) - An employer or owner may demonstrate that PACM does not contain asbestos by the following: 1910.10016)(8)(ii)(A) - Having a completed inspection conducted pursuant to the requirements ofAHERA (40 CFR 763, Subpart E) which demonstrates that no ACM is present in the material; or 1910.1001 (0(8)00(B) Performing tests of the material containing PACM which demonstrate that no ACM is present in the material. Such tests shall include analysis of bulk samples collected in the manner described in 40 CFR 763.86. The tests, evaluation and sample collection shall be conducted by an accredited inspector or by a CIH. Analysis of samples shall be performed by persons or laboratories with proficiency demonstrated by current successful participation in a nationally recognized testing program such as the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) or the National Institute for Standards and Technology (NIST) or the Round Robin for bulk samples administered by the American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA) or an equivalent nationally -recognized round robin testing program. 191010010)(8)(iii) -The employer and/or building owner may demonstrate that flooring material including associated mastic and backing does not contain asbestos, by a determination of an industrial hygienist based upon recognized analytical techniques showing that the material is not ACM. 29 CFR Part 1926.1101(k)(5), Criteria to rebut the designation of installed material as PACM' 1926.1101(k)(5)(i) - At any time, an employer and/or building owner may demonstrate, for purposes of this standard, that PACM does not contain asbestos. Building owners andlor employers are not required to communicate information about the presence of building material for which such a demonstration pursuant to the requirements of paragraph (k)(5)(ii) of this section has been made. However, in all such cases, the information, data and analysis supporting the determination that PACM does not contain asbestos, shall be retained pursuant to paragraph (n) of this section 1926.1101(k)(5)(i0 - An employer or owner may demonstrate that PACM does not contain more than 1 percent asbestos by the following: 1926.1101(k)(5)(ii)(A) - Having a completed inspection conducted pursuant to the requirements ofAHERA (40 CFR Part 763, Subpart E) which demonstrates that the material is not ACM; or 860 Hooper Road ADELTA Endwell, NY 13760 Tel 607.231.6600 ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, ND SURVEYORS Fax: 607.231:6650 Website: www.deltaengineers.com 1926.1101(k)(5)(ii)(B) - Performing tests of the material containing PACM which demonstrate that no ACM is present in the material. Such tests shall include analysis of bulk samples collected in the manner described in 40 CFR 763.86. The tests, evaluation and sample collection shall be conducted by an accredited inspector or by a CIH. Analysis of samples shall be performed by persons or laboratories with proficiency demonstrated by current successful participation in a nationally recognized testing program such as the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) or the National Institute for Standards and Technology (NIST) or the Round Robin for bulk samples administered by the American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA) or an equivalent nationally -recognized round robin testing program. 1926.1101(k)(5) (iii) - The employer and/or building owner may demonstrate that flooring material including associated mastic and backing does not contain asbestos, by a determination of an industrial hygienist based upon recognized analytical techniques showing that the material is not ACM. EPA National Emissions Standard for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAPs): (NESHAPs) regulates asbestos under "40 CFR Part 61, Subpart M National Emission Standard for Asbestos". Subpart M regulates demolition and/or renovation of "facilities" that may contain asbestos -containing materials (ACMs). "Facilities," as defined by NESHAPs, includes any institutional, commercial, public, industrial, or residential structure or building, except residential buildings having four or fewer units. - ACMs are defined in NESHAPs as materials containing more than ;1 percent asbestos. Section 61.145 states: 61.145 Standard for demolition and renovation. (a) Applicability. To determine which requirements of paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section apply to the owner or operator of a demolition or renovation activity and prior to the commencement of the demolition or renovation, thoroughly inspect the affected facility or part of the facility where the demolition or renovation operation will occur for the presence of asbestos, including Category I and Category 11 nonfriable ACM. It should be noted that 40 CFR Part 1 Subpart M, NESHAPS has no cut-off date exempting survey requirements. New York State Department of Labor (NYS DOL): Guidelines followed for the inspection are those established by the NYS DOL's Industrial Code Rule 56 (Cited as 12 NYCRR Part 56, as amended, adopted January 11, 2006; effective September 5, 2006). The specific survey, sampling and reporting requirements included in 12 NYCRR Part 56-5.1(e) "Building/Structure Asbestos Survey Requirements" include: 56-5.1 Asbestos Survey Requirements for Building/Structure De Renovation, Remodeling and Repair (a) Asbestos' Survey Required. An owner or an owner's agent, except the owner of one and two- family dwellings who contracts for, but does not direct or control the work, shall cause to be conducted, an asbestos survey completed by a licensed asbestos contractor using inspectors certified in compliance with Section 56-3.2(d), to determine whether or not the building or structure, or portion(s) thereof to be demolished, renovated, remodeled, or have repair work, contains ACM, PACM or asbestos material. This asbestos survey shall be completed and submitted as indicated in Subdivision (g) of this Section, prior to commencing work. All such asbestos surveys shall be conducted in conformance with the requirements of Subdivision (e) of this Section. ADELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel 607:231:6600 Fax 607.231.6650 ebsde; www.deltaengineers.com (b) Exemptions to Asbestos Survey Requirements: The asbestos survey required by this Subdivision (a) of this Section shall not be required for the following classes of buildings or structures: (1) An agricultural building; (2) Buildings or structures for which original construction commenced on or after January 1, 1974; (3) A structure certified in writing to be structurally unsound by a licensed Professional Engineer, Registered Architect,_. Building Inspector, Fire Inspector or other official of competent jurisdiction. (See Section 56-11.5) (c) Building/Structure Demolition. If a building/structure asbestos survey is not required or performed per Subdivision (b) of this Section, and the building/structure is certified to be unsound or slated for contracted demolition, the building/structure shall be assumed to contain asbestos, and shall be demolished per this Part, unless the building/structure is adequately certified to be free of asbestos _containing material. Acceptable documentation for certification shall be a previous thorough building/structure asbestos survey, abatement records or other documentation acceptable to the Commissioner or his or her representative. (d) Responsibility to Comply. No exemption to the requirement to conduct an asbestos survey shall exempt any person, asbestos contractor, property owner or business entity from the inspection or asbestos survey requirements of EPA, OSHA, and any other applicable section of this Part. (e) Building/Structure Asbestos Survey Requirements. The asbestos survey shall include a thorough inspection for and identification of all PACM, suspect miscellaneous ACM, or asbestos material throughout the building/structure or portion thereof to be demolished, renovated, remodeled, or to have repair work. The required inspection shall be performed by a certified asbestos inspector, and, at a minimum, shall include identification of PACM, suspect miscellaneous ACM or asbestos material by all of the following methods: (1) The review of building/structure plans and records, if available, for references to asbestos, ACM, PACM, suspect miscellaneous ACM or asbestos material used in construction, renovation or repair; and (2) A visual inspection for PACM and suspect miscellaneous ACM throughout the building/structure or portion thereof to be demolished, renovated, remodeled, or repaired. For the purpose of this Part, all PACM and suspect miscellaneous ACM visually assessed shall be treated and handled as ACM and shall be assumed to be ACM, unless bulk sampling is conducted as per this Section, standard EPA and OSHA accepted methods, including multi -layered systems sampling protocols; the subsequent analyses are performed by a laboratory that meets the requirements of Section 56-4.2 of this Part; and the analyses satisfies both ELAP and federal requirements, including multi -layered sample analyses, to document non -asbestos containing material. (f) Building/Structure Asbestos Survey Information. (1) The asbestos survey shall, at a minimum, identify and assess with due diligence, the locations, quantities, friability and conditions of all types of installations at the affected portion of the building/structure; relative to the ACM, suspect miscellaneous ACM, PACM or asbestos material contained therein. The following list is not inclusive of all types of ACMs, it only summarizes typical ADELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel 607 231.6600 Fax 607.231.6650 Website: www.deltaengineers.com ACMs. The certified asbestos inspector is responsible for identification and assessment of all types ACM, PACM, suspect miscellaneous ACM and asbestos material within the affected portion of the building/structure: PACM (i) Surfacing Treatments: (a) Fireproofing; (b) Acoustical Plaster; (c) Finish Plasters; and (d) Skim Coats of Joint Compound. (ii) Thermal System Insulation: (a) Equipment Insulation; (b) Boiler, Breeching, Boiler Rope, Duct, or Tank Insulation, Cement or Mortar Used for Boilers and Refractory Brick; (c) Piping and Fitting Insulations including but not limited to, Wrapped Paper, Aircell, Millboard, Rope, Cork, Preformed Plaster, Job Molded Plaster and coverings over fibrous glass insulation. SUSPECT MISCELLANEOUS ACM (i) Roofing and Siding Misce (a) Insulation Board; (b) Vapor Barriers; (c) Coatings; (d) Non -Metallic or Non -Wood Roof Decking (e) Felts; (f) Cementitious Board (Trans (g) Flashing; (h) Shingles; and (i) Galbestos. Other Miscellaneous Materia (a) Dust and Debris; (b) Floor Tile; (c) Cove Base; (d) Floor Leveler Compound; (e) Ceiling Tile; (t)Vermiculite Insulation (g) Gaskets, Seals, Sealants (including (h) Vibration Isolators; (i) Laboratory Tables and Hoods; (/) Chalkboards; (k) Pipe Penetration Packing or Other Fi (1) Cementitious Board; (m) Electrical Wire Insulation; (n) Fire Curtains; (o) Fire Blankets; (p) Fire Doors; (q) Brakes and Clutches; (r) Mastics, Adhesives and Glues; laneous aterials: S: e); 8 or condensate control); estopping Materials ADELTA ENGINEERS, it IIT T, & LAND SURVEYORS (s) Caulks; (t) Sheet Flooring (u) Wallpaper; (v) Drywall; (w) Plasterboard (x) Spackling/Joint Compound; (y) Textured Paint; (z) Grout; (aa) Glazing Compound; and (ab) Terrazzo. 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231:6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 .deltaengineers.com (2) All ACM, PACM, suspect miscellaneous ACM, or asbestos material reported under Paragraph (1) of this Subdivision shall include the location of the materials, an estimate of the quantities, types, friability and condition of the identified materials to be treated and handled as ACM. For the purpose of this Part, all PACM and suspect miscellaneous ACM visually assessed shall be treated and handled as ACM and shall be assumed to be ACM, unless bulk sampling is conducted as per this Section, standard EPA and OSHA accepted methods, including multilayered systems sampling protocols; the subsequent analyses are performed by a laboratory that meets the requirements of Section 56-4.2 of this Part; and the analyses satisfies both ELAP and federal requirements, including multi -layered sample analyses, to document non -asbestos containing material. (3) The building/structure asbestos survey shall also include the building/structure name, address, the building/structure owner's name and address, the name and address of the owner's agent, the name of the firm performing the asbestos survey and a copy of the firm's current asbestos handling license, the names of the certified inspector(s) performing the survey and a copy of the current asbestos handling certificate for each inspector utilized, the dates of the asbestos survey, a listing of homogeneous areas identifying which ones are ACM, all laboratory analyses reports for bulk samples collected, and copies of the appropriate certifications for the laboratory used for analysis of samples taken during the asbestos survey. (g) Transmittal of Building/Structure Asbestos Survey Information. One (1) copy of the results of the building/structure asbestos survey shall be immediately transmitted by the building/structure owner as follows: (1) One (1) copy of the completed asbestos survey shall be sent by the owner or their agent to the local government entity charged with issuing a permit for such demolition, renovation, remodeling or repair work under applicable State or local laws. (2) The completed asbestos survey for controlled demolition (as per Subpart 56-11.5) or pre -demolition asbestos projects shall also be submitted to the appropriate Asbestos Control Bureau district office. (3) The completed asbestos survey shall be kept on the construction site with the asbestos notification and variance, if required, throughout the duration of the asbestos project and any associated demolition, renovation, remodeling or repair project. (h) Removal Required. If the building/structure asbestos survey finds that the portion of the building/structure to be demolished, renovated, remodeled, or have repair work contains ACM, ADELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel 607.231.6600 Fax 607.231.6650 Website: www.deltaengineers.com PACM, suspect miscellaneous ACM assumed to be ACM, or asbestos material, which is impacted by the work, the owner or the owner's agent shall conduct, or cause to have conducted, asbestos removal performed by a licensed asbestos abatement contractor in conformance with all standards set forth in this Part. All ACM, PACM, suspect miscellaneous ACM assumed to be ACM, or asbestos material impacted by the demolition, renovation, remodeling or repair project shall be removed as per this Part, prior to access or disturbance by other uncertified trades or personnel. No demolition, renovation, remodeling or repair work shall be commenced by any owner or the owner's agent prior to the completion of the asbestos abatement in accordance with the notification requirements of this Part. For multi -phased work, the access restriction for uncertified trades or personnel applies to each intermediate portion of the entire project. Upon completion of the intermediate portion of the asbestos project, other trades or personnel may access that portion of the work site. For demolition projects that are exempt from asbestos survey requirements due to being structurally unsound, the demolition is considered an asbestos project and shall proceed as per Section 56-11.5. (1) All building/structure owners and asbestos abatement contractors on a demolition, renovation, remodeling, or repair project, which includes work covered by this Part, shall inform all trades on the work site about PACM, ACM, asbestos material and suspect miscellaneous ACM assumed to be ACM at the work site. (i) Bidding. Bids may be advertised and contracts awarded for demolition, remodeling, renovation, or repair work, but no work on the current intermediate portion of the project shall commence on the demolition, renovation, remodeling or repair work by any owner or agent prior to completion of all necessary asbestos abatement work for the current intermediate portion of the entire project, in conformance with all standards set forth in this Part. (j) Unidentified and Unassessed Asbestos. When any construction activity, such as demolition, remodeling, renovation or repair work, reveals PACM or suspect miscellaneous ACM that has not been identified by the asbestos survey per this Part, or has not been identified by other inspections as per current OSHA or EPA requirements, all activities shall cease in the area where the PACM or suspect miscellaneous ACM is found and the Asbestos Control Bureau shall be notified by telephone by the building/structure owner or their representative, followed with a written notice in accordance with the notification requirements of this Part. Unassessed PACM or suspect miscellaneous ACM shall be treated and handled as ACM and assumed to be ACM, unless proven otherwise by standard EPA and OSHA accepted methods, including multi -layered systems sampling protocols; subsequent analyses performed by a laboratory that meets the requirements of Section 56-4.2 of this Part; and the analyses satisfies both NYS ELAP and federal requirements, including multi -layered sample analyses, to document non -asbestos containing material. Bulk sample analysis was performed by American Science Team New York Inc., an independent laboratory approved/accredited by the NYS Department of Health (ELAP), the American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA), and the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP). ADELTA ENGINEERS, RCHIT T, & LANDSURVEYORS 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607:231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 Website: www.deltaengineers.com Samples collected during the course of this survey fell into one of two categories. The first category includes non -friable organically bound (NOB) materials. These materials are those which have an organic binder in their matrix and include items such as floor tiles, sheet flooring, mastics, glazings, caulks and roofing materials. The second category includes non -NOB "friable" materials including parging, sheetrock, joint compound, wall insulations, and wallboard. Analysis of all "NOB" materials was initially performed by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) following the New York State Department of Health ELAP 198.6 Gravimetric Reduction Methodology. If a given sample was reported as non -asbestos following this analysis, it was then analyzed by Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM) following the NYS DOH ELAP 198.4 Methodology. Analysis of all "non -NOB" materials was performed by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) following the EPA 600/M4/82/020 and the NYS DOH ELAP 198.1 Methodologies. There were several materials present at the site which were not considered "suspect" by the inspector and were not sampled. These included various fiberglass, foam, vinyl, silicone, wood/cellulose products and concrete/cinder block/brick components. ADELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 www.deltaengineers.com 3.0 SURVEY FINDINGS AND CONCLUSIONS 3.1) Chilled Water Plant #1 (5101) Emergency Generator Installation Project Pre -Renovation Asbestos Survey, Non -Asbestos Materials -Based on results from previous Delta Sampling efforts and results reported for samples collected during this Survey of suspect materials present in the Chilled Water Plant#1 Building 5101 with the potential to be impacted by the Emergency Generator Installation Project, the following suspect materials were identified as non -asbestos: Homogenous Area (HA) Non -Asbestos Material 02 Black Mastic from HA 01 03 12' x 12' Grey Mottled Floor Tile 04 Black/Yellow Mastic from HA 03 05 1' x 1' Adhered Fissured Ceiling Tile 06 Brown Glue Puck from HA 05 07 Sheetrock 08 Joint Compound 09 Grey Epoxy Paint 10 Brown Homosote Board 11 Grey Caulk 12 White Sealant 13 Grey Seam Sealant 14 BlackGasket Material 2015.030.290 - 02* Wall Panel Insulation - Material previously sampled by Delta 3.2) Chilled Water Plant #1(5101) Emergency Generator Installation Project Pre -Renovation Asbestos Survey, Asbestos Containing Materials — Based on results from previous Delta Sampling efforts, and results reported for samples collected during this Survey of suspect materials present in Chilled Water Plant #1 Building 5101 with the potential to be impacted by the Emergency Generator Installation Project, the following suspect materials were identified as being asbestos -containing: Homogenous Area (HA) Asbestos -Containing Material 01 Light Green Mottled 9" x 9" Floor Tile 2015.030.290 — 01* Grey Wall Panel Material previously sampled by Delta A breakdown of asbestos -containing materials by Homogeneous Area is as follows A) Asbestos Containing light Greeff Mottled 9" x 9" Floor Tile , HA 01: The asbestos containing Light Green Mottled 9" x 9" Floor Tile is located on the first floor is in an intact condition. Cornell's Representative Chris Wayman stated that the drawings showed a penetration 12 /DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LANDSURVEYORS 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 Website: wwwdeltaengineers.com through the asbestos containing floor tile in 100C. if the Renovation work will impact this floor tile, it must be addressed by an Asbestos License Contractor using Certified Laborers and approved work practices. B) Asbestos Containing Grey Wall Panels, 2015.030.290-01: The asbestos containing wall panels (transite) are located on the North and West exterior perimeter walls of the building (both the interior and exterior wall surfaces). If the Renovation work will impact these wall panels, it must be addressed by an Asbestos Licensed Contractor using Certified Laborers and approved work practices. It should be noted that no wiring with the potential to be impacted by this project was accessible at the time of this survey as it was all enclosed in conduit and energized. Based on this, if any non -vinyl wiring is present and will be impacted by the Project, it should be considered an "assumed asbestos containing material" until proven otherwise through bulk sampling and analysis. 4.0 INACCESSIBLE AREAS Renovation spaces and areas which were visible and accessible were inspected and sampled as a part of this survey. As stated above, all wiring associated with the project was enclosed in conduit and therefore could not be visually inspected and/or sampled at the time of this survey. Any suspect materials associated with these components shall be assumed ACM until inspected and/or tested by a certified inspector. As stated previously, this survey was limited to only those spaces and areas in the Project's "Path -of -Travel" anticipated to be impacted during the upcoming Chilled Water Plant #1 Emergency Generator Installation Project. ADE -LTA ENGINEERS, RCHIT S, &LAND SURVEYORS 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 e: www.deltaengineers.com 2015.030.367 Delta Proj. No 0) L() CO 0 z a) 0 0 Client: Cornell Univers 0 Asbestos Inspector: Thomas P. Fe (0 0 St o N O 0 0. 27 / TEM -20 Number of Samples Analyzed: PLM 0 U) 0) E 0 0 w J 0, z N (1) 0. z O 0 z 2015.030.367 0 03 0a 0 2015.030.367 - U (6 0 z Non -Asbestos Miscellaneous O E 0 •7 as 0 (0 m O 2015.030.367 0 r Non -Asbestos Miscellaneous ca 0 z E O 0 (s 03 r ca N O 2015.030.367 ❑ z 0 z ❑ Miscellaneous 0 z Miscellaneous 0 0 L.L (.J X N O 2015.030.367 - oa CO 0 2015.030.367 0 z 0 z o z Miscellaneous M Z E O 0 O Uas sf- O 2015.030.367 - 0 z Miscellaneous z 0 z 0 z 0 z 0 z 0 z 0 a) cs U 015.030.367 0 L() O 1.0 m 0 0 z 0 z 0 a) 0 a) 0 0) Brown Glue Pucks from HAO co 0 2015.030.367 - 0 z z z Miscellaneous from HAO5B 2 m a) CO (D O 2015.030.367 0 z 0 z z 0 z 0 z Room 100TB o O 2015.030.367 - Room BOOU @ BOOSA O V/ 2015.030.367 - 0 z ❑ v) 0 a) co a) 0 Room 100TB C O 0 E 0 0 0 co 2015.030.367 0 Q 0 E 0.. ) e I.I.. U 0 (0 • >, c 0 C9 - is)• 0 G0 • a) 0 w < • E O 0 N co w N N • ) (O a) ea t_ O (0 M N O (D N c) 7- z c w O • _ q) O O 2 O co 2015.030.367 Delta Proj. No. Asbestos Inspector: Thomas P. Ferro 27/TEM-20 Number of Samples Analyzed: PLM N M 0) L) f�- co 0 z 0 .a 0 E 0 c 0 0 c 0 U .0 E 0 5. 0 .0 10 0 0 0) c •0 5 m z 0 z z O 0 Z 0 Z z 0 z 0 z 0 Z 0 Z 0 z 0 z 0 Z 0 Z 0 Z 0 Z 0 z 0 z 0 z 0 z 0 0 Z 0 z Non- Asbestos Non -Asbestos 0 z 0 Z 0 Z 0 Z Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous N 0 0 (6 0 Miscellaneous O a) (0 0 0) 0 Q (0 0 0 (n 2 Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Wall, Room BOOU @ O E U c O O m co CCI co O O (Y) 0 (ci 0 N Floor, Room 1O0UA c (u L 0) O a) O O 2015.030.367 - O O E 0 0 0 0 Li- a_ d 0 W ((0) 0 0) O O 0 N 'c O a) 0E O O COLE 0 E 0 o 2 E c o -o I it • c ma 5.030.367 - N O 2015.030.367 - w r r 2015.030.367 - O c 0 0 0 0 0 co >+ C9 2 w r r 2015.030.367 0 U Transforme (0 (a (1) N r d M O (ci 0 N Transformer Conduit (0 w U) a) m N 2015.030.367 (0 cts (1) E (a G) N w M r co 2015.030.367 - Grey Seam Sealan Cr) 2015.030.367 Black Gasket Mat 2015.030.367 - (0 0 0) 0 ca 0, (0 0 0 (6 2015.030.367 - a) v) 0 -o N)) (0 O Z 0 d Z u) 0 0 O N • (9i o s a) .a 0 ADELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 www.deltaengineers.com AMER' SCI Delta Engineers Attn: Stephen Prislupsky 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 AmeriSci New York 117 EAST 30TH ST. NEW YORK, NY 10016 TEL: (212) 679-8600 • FAX: (212) 679-3114 PLM Bulk Asbestos Report Date Received 03/10/16 AmeriSci Job # 216031996 Date Examined 03/11/16 P.O. # ELAP # 11480 Page 1 of 6 RE: 2015.030.367; Cornell University; Chilled Water Plant #1, Emergency Generator Installation Project - Asbestos Survey; Client Project No.: 8759324 Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present Total % Asbestos 2015.030.367-01A 216031996-01 Yes 01 Location: Floor 1, Room 100TB - Light Green Mottled 9" X 9" Floor Tile Analyst Description: Green, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Chrysotile 2.4 % Other Material: Non-fibrous 8.9 % 2.4 % (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by David W. Roderick on 03/11/16 2015.030.367-01 B 216031996-02 01 Location: Floor 1, 100C - Light Green Mottled 9" X 9" Floor Tile Analyst Description: Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: NA/PS 2015.030.367-02A 216031996-03 02 Location: Floor 1 - Black Mastic From HAO1A Analyst Description: Black, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 14.5 % No NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by David W. Roderick on 03/11/16 2015.030.367-02B 216031996-04 02 Location: Floor 1 - Black Mastic From HAO1B Analyst Description: Black, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 18.7 % No NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by David W. Roderick on 03/11/16 2015.030.367-03A 216031996-05 No NAD 03 Location: Floor 1, 100C - Light Grey Mottled 12" X 12" Floor Tile (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by David W. Roderick on 03/11/16 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 2.4 % See Reporting notes on last page AmeriSci Job #: 216031996 Client Name: Delta Engineers PLM Bulk Asbestos Report 2015.030.367; Cornell University; Chilled Water Plant #1, Emergency Generator Installation Project - Asbestos Survey; Client Project No.: 8759324 Page 2 of 6 Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present Total % Asbestos 2015.030.367-03B 216031996-06 No NAD 03 Location: Floor 1, 100L - Light Grey Mottled 12" X 12" Floor Tile (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by David W. Roderick on 03/11/16 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 2 % 2015.030.367-04A 216031996-07 No NAD 04 Location: Floor 1 - Black/Yellow Mastic From HAO3A (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by David W. Roderick on 03/11/16 Analyst Description: Black, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 29.6 % 2015.030.367-04B 216031996-08 No NAD 04 Location: Floor 1 - Black/Yellow Mastic From HAO3B (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by David W. Roderick on 03/11/16 Analyst Description: Black, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 25.6 % 2015.030.367-05A 216031996-09 No NAD 05 Location: Floor 1, 100C -1' X 1' Adhered Fissured Ceiling Tile (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by David W. Roderick on 03/11/16 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 3.6 % 2015.030.367-05B 216031996-10 No NAD 05 Location: Floor 1, 100C - 1' X 1' Adhered Fissured Ceiling Tile (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by David W. Roderick on 03/11/16 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 9.8 % 2015.030.367-06A 216031996-11 No NAD 06 Location: Floor 1 - Brown Glue Puck From HAO5A (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by David W. Roderick on 03/11/16 Analyst Description: Brown, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 42.7 % See Reporting notes on last page AmeriSci Job #: 216031996 Client Name: Delta Engineers PLM Bulk Asbestos Report 2015.030.367; Cornell University; Chilled Water Plant #1, Emergency Generator Installation Project - Asbestos Survey; Client Project No.: 8759324 Page 3 of 6 Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present Total % Asbestos 2015.030.367-06B 216031996-12 No NAD 06 Location: Floor 1 - Brown Glue Puck From HAO5B (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by David W. Roderick on 03/11/16 Analyst Description: Brown, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 41.1 % 2015.030.367-07A 216031996-13 No NAD 07 Location: Floor 1, Room 100TB - Sheetrock, Wall (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by David W. Roderick on 03/11/16 Analyst Description:. Brown/White, Heterogeneous, Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose 20 %, Non-fibrous 80 % 2015.030.367-07B 216031996-14 No NAD 07 Location: Floor Bsmt., Room BOOU @ BOOSA - Sheetrock, Wall (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by David W. Roderick on 03/11/16 Analyst Description: Brown/White, Heterogeneous, Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose 20 %, Non-fibrous 80 % 2015.030.367-08A 216031996-15 No NAD 08 Location: Floor 1, Room 100TB - Joint Compound, Wall (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by David W. Roderick on 03/11/16 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 100 % 2015.030.367-08B 216031996-16 No NAD 08 Location: Floor Bsmt., Room BOOU (off BOOSA - Joint Compound, Wall (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by David W. Roderick on 03/11/16 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 100 % 2015.030.367-09A 216031996-17 No NAD 09 Location: Floor 1, Room 1000A - Grey Epoxy Paint, Floor (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by David W. Roderick on 03/11/16 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 20.8 See Reporting notes on last page AmeriSci Job #: 216031996 Client Name: Delta Engineers PLM Bulk Asbestos Report 2015.030.367; Cornell University; Chilled Water Plant #1, Emergency Generator Installation Project - Asbestos Survey; Client Project No.: 8759324 Page 4 of 6 Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present Total % Asbestos 2015.030.367-09B 216031996-18 No NAD 09 Location: Floor 1, Room 1000A - Grey Epoxy Paint, Floor (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by David W. Roderick on 03/11/16 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 19.3 % 2015.030.367-10A 216031996-19 No NAD 10 Location: Floor Ext., Conduit Penetration From Transformer - Brown Homosote Board (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by David W. Roderick on 03/11/16 Analyst Description: Brown, Homogeneous, Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose 100 %, Non-fibrous Trace 2015.030.367-10B 216031996-20 No NAD 10 Location: Floor Ext., Conduit Penetration From Transformer - Brown Homosote Board (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by David W. Roderick on 03/11/16 Analyst Description: Brown, Homogeneous, Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose 100 %, Non-fibrous Trace 2015.030.367-11A 216031996-21 No NAD 11 Location: Floor Ext., Conduit Penetration © Masonry - Grey Caulk (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by David W. Roderick on 03/11/16 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 13.3 % 2015.030.367-11B 216031996-22 No NAD 11 Location: Floor Ext., Conduit Penetration @ Masonry - Grey Caulk (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by David W. Roderick on 03/11/16 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 18 % 2015.030.367-12A 216031996-23 No NAD 12 Location: Floor Ext., Transformer Conduit - White Sealant (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by David W. Roderick on 03/11/16 Analyst Description: OffWhite, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 36.4 % See Reporting notes on last page AmeriSci Job #: 216031996 Client Name: Delta Engineers PLM Bulk Asbestos Report 2015.030.367; Comell University; Chilled Water Plant #1, Emergency Generator Installation Project - Asbestos Survey; Client Project No.: 8759324 Page 5 of 6 Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present 2015.030.367-12B 216031996-24 No 12 Location: Floor Ext., Transformer Conduit - White Sealant Analyst Description: OffWhite, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 33.9 % Total % Asbestos NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by David W. Roderick on 03/11/16 2015.030.367-13A 216031996-25 13 Location: Floor Ext., Switchgear - Grey Seam Sealant Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 4 % No NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by David W. Roderick on 03/11/16 2015.030.367-13B 216031996-26 13 Location: Floor Ext., Switchgear - Grey Seam Sealant Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 27.6 % No NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by David W. Roderick on 03/11/16 2015.030.367-14A 216031996-27 14 Location: Floor Ext., Switchgear - Black Gasket Material Analyst Description: Black, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 1.2 % No NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by David W. Roderick on 03/11/16 2015.030.367-14B 216031996-28 14 Location: Floor Ext., Switchgear - Black Gasket Material Analyst Description: Black, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 0.7 No NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by David W. Roderick on 03/11/16 See Reporting notes on last page AmeriSci Job #: 216031996 Client Name: Delta Engineers PLM Bulk Asbestos Report 2015.030.367; Cornell University; Chilled Water Plant #1, Emergency Generator Installation Project - Asbestos Survey; Client Project No.: 8759324 Page 6 of 6 Reporting Notes: "14's414:, Analyzed by: David W. Roderick •NAD/NSD =no asbestos detect , NA =not analyzed; NAPS=not analyzed/positive stop; PLM Bulk Asbestos Analysis by EPA 600/M4-82-020 per 40 CFR 763 (NVLAP 200546-0), ELAP PLM Method 198.1 for NY friable samples, which includes the identification and quantitation of vermiculite or 198.6 for NOB samples or EPA 400 pt ct by EPA 600/M4-82-020 (NY ELAP Lab 11480); Note:PLM is not consistently reliable in detecting asbestos in floor coverings and similar non -friable organically bound materials. NAD or Trace results by PLM are inconclusive, TEM is currently the only method that can be used to determine if this material can be considered or treated as non asbestos -containing in NY State (also see EPA Advisory for floor tile, FR 59,146,38970,8/1/94) National Institute of Standards and Technology Accreditation requirements mandate that this report must not be reproduced except in full without the approval of the Iab.This PLM report relates ONLY to the items tested. AIHA-LAP, LLC Lab ID 102843, RI Cert AAL -094, CT Cert PH -0186, Mass Cert AA000054. Reviewed By: END OF REPORT CO a O0 N"' oM Q Q m a� O O O O < o O . Q Q N°H Z z 4 z z z z z z z z z CL co N cto c0 0 Z t a vm � N• N O O O O O O O Od a � zzzzzz z zO Oz O z c $ z z zz (.75 v O 0 co N 0 N .n co Q co m u (1) o —oy'� odmr ¢ o N N o, c; c; N 1 1 1 I Cl-tZ to Q m e- N N Q 'd' N O C 2 — C O G Ts 1-6 Qco 'ac 2e wl e- n o co o N qI 1 1 e� 43= co a) r M o o Onf CA o CO n O Q) N ¢ 0 E) Co t0 N N 6,,1_ N -6 EP 0 ve CO °' .'-_. N ' CA V' CO n co v, el q v o 1 1 1 1 1F 4f N G m 01 .- O Co CD a- N to h m ai O W = C c e- e- CO CO r Co Co tO e- V V tqi en 0 Eva' m p 3 t M Co N n N O n co co N O Q c► E e- lL m cc 0 CO _co o e_ 0 1 1 1 1 p� yE 75 N a- F P. ~ .N-. .-. a 8 n o� ni=n n nO a X OO LL O Q j0 . ' CV NM MU aC-0 r-, O L X X )( O ig Q m — co c (,i i7 m 01 N N CO N M• Q .,:i. Cn o D co O Q n N n 0 7 Z. 0 0 o Q o CO o0 O - o _ = o E Eg o y o= o= 0 3 o N o f 0_ 2 z u u m m m L C E g . H . „ `m LL tL N © O @J m v t urT tri p<',012 v, ... N LL M ` M Q m Ca 4 Cm Q o m O i n O O Q m c U o 0 4 0 U 0 U 3 R :- `� R m 4 m o co m n ►� ti Ctnpp D�npp c r; n_ n a n n Cn�p n Cnp p� Crp r p- ��Q np co M 00 M O fh M m M C! CeOj ceOj m ccl X M x M (7 M 5 O M E M$ c0 E� L' (q '� p J p '3 O C O O C? g 0 V c E o '� o o U o 0 0 0 o 0 E o. o E o. m,n$� vi�ai@i8ag�maf0� ui5 Vcii 8 i 680 e- e- e- m e- m e- e- e- m , m e- r r m a- m a- e- e- a - V O O r' O O i O O P O , O , 0 v. Ov. O • 0 • O m 0 N O m O 0 N N e,: e.., e_ e- N e- e_ N e_ N � N e= N e_ N e_ N, N m N N m ci $ g g 8 8 $ $ 0o g g g § g ce)p u. U. LL U. LL U. u. LL LL U. U. a w Li. CCto C C ZS O O O O C O O O O O O Nit a n a a3 a rs g :a a p t✓ p g. .5a AmeriSci Job #: 216031996 Client Name: Delta Engineers Chry Chr3 U. U. M 4 - (NJ N L- M 1- co O z 0 0 co .o V a a� U z to O m pia N c O ti - C Q - co O — O `s rn v ~ � U S Ca Ea)C E Ea co r3 0 0) U 0 M t() AmeriSci Job #: 216031996 Client Name: Delta Engineers 2 aE E m 2 CO s x4 x Client Sample# Q a < z Z Z Anthophyliite <1.0 Anthophyllite <1.0 0 Z 0 z 0 0 0 a o a o 0 0 z z z z z z z z z z z z t0 O N to I CO r r M M `f N r O 0) 0) n o (00 O .N-. v 8 O 0) N { m tb N0? N W Mp O u) .= h O i co to N M t0 W ip fit') V) r e- in In O E O S Y Y I,- u) P 2 co g s` 5 r tD OO t0 n v ' m` m8 m m 8 8 (0 (0 r) O , I . r o r r r r r r a- 0 0 5 ki o m o m o 0 0 0 o t� 8 $ € € 0 0 _m R tL LL O O ' ' (�pp ((�� .0 UV) N >. 1. m G1 C C ..m.. ♦m.. C C +'t 2 c C C f/i N l0 to 70 ,� +: 2 2 O) 4 O) Cl- O F- O~ r i r C4 N L N co V3 M 0 d' y <Y y O O .- E r E .- r a- 1-. 5 r E r E r Y '- d a a LL @ @itw $ 3 > ° o v m tt C9 0 Q b ani ¢ a m m 0 Q m co m O C O C r C r C ' N r) 1 r tnp p t~0 0. tn0 a W a = tg 0 tg Dnp co 0 W 0) tn0 Orn N r O H 2015.030.367-09A O M M t•) z c o �C c� 0 0 0 E E Ci o 8 o o o Q a �ci 8 tti ui in iri )n )' vi F' �n N tri N ui to ui r o cc o o i o io o o o i o i o i o i .: N N W N W N W N W N W N WN W N W N W N W 0 8 0 8$ 8 8 8 u. LL LL u. LL LL LL LL 1 1 1 LL u_ LL N co O at 82 0�~ O N 14)1- COO z 8 em a` 2 c om • 2 U a 0 a) .fl Q fr , a V m 0 co N c 2 'c • O CQ a OG o- c o zQ co TV c m o a d y N oa 19 St 0 N c Y N ooe Ca 0 W = e El Cl) E • c E m Q• 78 c =) Em2 N U 00 'c p v1 U � m co ti V M to 0 4a AmeriSci Job #: 216031996 Delta Engineers Client Name: 11 ri w Nm .65;$Q • c aoinQ E N c O O 8 c m 11 d Z2a.Q m 01 o nom-' z z25 °w 8>ar >S 4z W��3 8Eg-8 o.� o $ _0 • NZ aJig�!� .4 g, - -E .o N m >- R @ o 6 cc• o c:1 Jca o a z< . o.- a E c g�ro o to 0z a- N'• _ «, • c � • a o a e- p 00 a� E O -0 9 • W c ._w� p• <=43,7) .o gc c 9. • Y Q C � m c,E N Ao ▪ $• s ▪ ce o M •c Y m C 4.° . N Q t.§a .16 0 c N d a C E v N c co E E O) d co c LF0 v CO ma N N N 2' 3 c 0)a a • y • ` O • C co N c m 'I@ E c g 41 t E N O 2 • o I) o N c$ a at 0 2 0 Turnaround Time : is] 11) ,› ID E 0 4.1 0 0 c CD icrs E w 0 co co Asbestos Survey u_ co E 0 .c 'Collected By Description / Sample Location Light Green Mottled 9" x 9" Floor Tile, Room 100TB Light Green Mottled 9" x 9" Floor Tile, 100C Black Mastic from HAO1A BlackMastic from HAO1B Light Prey Mottled 12" x 12" Floor Tile, 100C Light Grey Mottled 12" x 12" Floor Tile, 100L Black/Yellow Mastic from HAO3A Black/Yellow Mastic from HAO3B _ 1' x 1' Adhered Fissured Ceiling Tile, 100C 1' x 111Adhered Fissured Ceiling Tile, 100C . ,.. 8 . ..... ,..- V.... V- V"' T.' ,r- 'C'" N. - Material Condition 't CO C' Intact as c Intact 2 c Intact Intact 4.13. c .2 c 2 c Material Type Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous , Miscellaneous - — Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Sample Number < o - 03 TS g 0 co El < 0 m tsgac,c) <C 0 < 10 co 10 1 2015.030.367 - 1 2015.030.367 - h. A 0 (e) 0 %xi 0 CNA 2015.030.367 - 2015.030.367 - 2015.030.367 - 2015.030.367 - 1 2015.030.367 - 2015.030.367 - 2015.030.367 - .0 as c E co 0 0 0 2 -V E Q_ 0 NYS ELAP 198.4 TEM .0 198.6. anal s non -as 2 cd co w >- .o 0 E ca 0 0 0 > E 5) 0, a 111 • o 2 a E Eiu z CNC CO *C7-4 C:rt ce" Submitted By: Received By: csa Cs1 41) 0) Of Q. co cc! (7; Cs.1 cu 11 co c7) CN1 --07) CO (c) >- <1.) w 0 -0c C4 a co ADELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS 0 Turnaround Time : 0 To 0 2 1. LI 0. cn co E o • - 2 0 c 0 —0- 0 0 E 4.1 0. Description / Sample Location Brown Glue Puck from HAO5A A% 1 Qg6 4L1UV go - Brown Glue Puck from HAO5B Sheetrock, Wall, Room 100TB pheetrock, Wall, Room BOOU BOOSA Joint Compound, Wall, Room 100TB Joint Compound, Wall, Room BOOU BOOSA Grey Epoxy Paint, Floor, Room 100UA Grey Epoxy Paint, Floor, Room 100UA Brown Homosote Board, Conduit Penetration from Transformer Brown Homosote Board, Conduit Penetration from Transformer 1 Grey Caulk, Conduit Penetration © Masonry 1 Grey Caulk, Conduit Penetration © Masonry White Sealant, Transformer Conduit 1 White Sealant, Transformer Conduit Grey Seam Sealant, Switchgear Grey Seam Sealant, Switchgear Black Gasket Material, Switchgear 1 Black Gasket Material, Switchgear ... ii: ....: ln ca ...; CD LIJ LU LU LU C If 0 wC B us c 2 ‘0 IS S. Z Z E Intact Z p .5 t V p Intact t c Damaged Damaged Damaged Damaged Intact c Intact Intact .E t c Material Type Miscellaneous Miscellaneous u)U)to = 8 c =a) 2 Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous = 8 2 c co 0 Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous = c -...,- 05 Sample Number < 8 co 8 < N. 0 co r. . 0 < co 0 co co 0 < 0) 0 co 0) 0 < a N co a T'' < .r- V.". co N- co C •1 1- < 01 v-- co Cc) a- < 'Cr N- co Nt e- 2015.030.367 - 2015.030.367 - 2015.030.367 - 1 2015.030.367 - 2015.030.367 - 2015.030.367 - 2015.030.367 - 1 2015.030.367 - 2015.030.367 - 1 2015.030.367 - 2015.030.367 - 2015.030.367 - 1 2015.030.367 - 1 2015.030.367 - 2015.030.367 - 1•••• cocp 0 (r) o tri ZS 01 1 2015.030.367 - 2015.030.367 - CDELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHIENCYS, & LAND SURVEYORS 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 Website: wwwdeltaengineers.com Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors Company and Personnel Certifications New York State Department of Labor Division of Safety and Health License and Certificate. Unit State Campus, Building 12 Albany, NY 12240 ASBESTOS HANDLING LICENSE. Delta Engineers & Architects & Land Surveyors, P.C. 860 Hooper Road Endwell„ NY 13760 FILE NUMBER: 05-0851 LICENSE NUMBER: 29322 LICENSE CLASS: RESTRICTED DATE OF ISSUE: 09/03/2015 EXPIRATION DATE: 09/30/2016 Duly Authorized Representative - This license has been issued in accordance with applicable provisions of Article 30 of the Labor Law of New York State and of the New York State Codes, Rules and Regulations (12 NYCRR Part 56). It is subject to suspension or revocation for a (1) serious violation of state, federal or local laws with regard to the conduct of an asbestos project, or (2) demonstrated lack of responsibility in the conduct of any job involving asbestos or asbestos material. This license is valid only for the contractor named above and this license or a photocopy must be prominently displayed at the asbestos project worksite. This license verifies that all persons employed by the licensee on an asbestos project in New York State have been issued an Asbestos Certificate, appropriate for the type of work they perform, by theNew York State Department of Labor. SH 432 (8/12) Eileen M. Franko, Director For the Commissioner of Labor /DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 TeL 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 Website: www.deltaengineers.com RK STATE SENT OP FIEALT WA - ENTE = G'ERTIFI _ 1PP1 1 _ R LABORATORY ER lsgred n_ _ _ _ nce with and pursuant to sfttMin i feat t; of New te • AtiL J MUC fA aY�-fit? NIdr�I:_ ASCIEWC ` E R_KiN _ 1_17E4 DTR- ltd; ►000 -APPROVED as vire ntal I to thee- — _- ENVIRO _ IA SE., L1pA A_ OU I } € rd sabetafegnd/orytemWlisted be7w: s WNon-Friable Material -PLM Aesttstriiihte-_M Jte38.1 of Manual =SPA 600/M4/82/020 Item 198.6 of Manual (NOB by PLM) ttn 198.4 of Manual t Imo.: 52773__ _ _ Pro em i e ie 'orf taF rtmetiit of Ffatir'- etificat are vali-otty ess stwt, Ptt3�st�ia conspfcuoeisly posted, and are printed on secure paper. - on successful ongoing participation in the Program _ — ges are u j 618 ��5 _ - £ nfy the labors = -- — " t ) 4'i 5573,E = tom = ott status.._ _ _ — _ _ -- = — A O O i C V E • .47 4— CU N a) as E Fa is• c O.� O 43) � 4I v) ▪ c :ca _ c .O Z Certificate of Accreditation to ISO/IEC 17025:2005 NVLAP LAB CODE: 200546-0 uis Q. O w,. 0 4 0 Zs o >14RI lc:o L. 0 Q v Q 0 0 •v i'' ctsw o ea a �II 0 Z U a a N Asbestos Fiber Analysis Effective Dates ® National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program of sec Oovi SCOPE OF ACCREDITATION TO ISO/IEC 17025:2005 AmeriSci New York DBA: AmeriSci New York 117 E. 30th Street New York, NY 10016 Mr. Paul Mucha Phone: 212-679-8600 Fax: 212-679-2711 Email: pmucha@amerisci.com http://www.amerisci.com ASBESTOS FIBER ANALYSIS NVLAP LAB CODE 200546-0 Bulk Asbestos Analysis Code Description 18/A01 EPA 600/M4-82-020: Interim Method for the Determination of Asbestos in Bulk Insulation Samples 18/A03 EPA 600/R-93/116: Method for the Determination of Asbestos in Bulk Building Materials Airborne Asbestos Analysis Code Description 18/A02 U.S. EPA's "Interim Transmission Electron Microscopy Analytical Methods -Mandatory and Nonmandatory -and Mandatory Section to Determine Completion of Response Actions" as found in 40 CFR, Part 763, Subpart E, Appendix A. Effective 2015-06-29 through 2016-06-30 For the Nation Voluntary oluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program Page 1 of 1 /ADELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYOR& 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231:6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 Website: www.deltaengineers.com � ? � Y tit in? 7 M 61ueId �M IVO euAi..an 11"a � c' � (SONO) JO}aaau° G lueld Ja 8M Pa11.11 PloyuiPM •A snitnr 0 0 aua� weld aa4 PI (s3i ) LA aM d sn!Inr /DELTA ENGINEERS, O m IT T x & LANDtib{ R 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 Website: www.deltaengineers.com 0 LL N t6 E O _c 0 460 0. co 0 Igo .0 ca 0 0 O V N 0, E la N 0 0 E z z (l1 0- c> .® -i 0 z 0 z N 0 0) 0 0 d 0) 0 O 0 0) O 0 E 0 O 0 as 0) 47 c 0) c O 5 m N N 0 0 m 0 U 0 = c,_ U 1 0. E (0 v C - 3, O m m co C O ;W U Q U /DELTA MEER% ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax:. 607.231.6650 ebsite: www.deltaengineers.com .DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 Website: www.deltaengineers.com HA01 —Light Green Mottled 9" x 9" Floor Tile, Asbestos Containing HA 02 Black Mastic from HA 01 21 ADELTA ENGINEERS, ARCNITEC'TS, & LAND SURVEYORS HA 03 — Light Grey Mottled 12" x 12" Floor Tile HA 04 Black/Yellow Mastic from HA 03 22 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 Website: www.deltaengineers.com /.DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, S. LAND SURVEYORS HA 05 — 1' x 1' Adhered Fissured Ceiling Tile HA 06 — Brown Glue Puck from HA 05 23 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 Website: www.deltaengineers.com ?.DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS HA 07 — Sheetrock HA 08 — Joint Compound 24 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 Website: www.deltaengineers.com ADELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, ti LAND SURVEYORS HA 09 — Grey Epoxy Paint HA 10 — Brown Homosote Board 25 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 Website: www.deltaengineers.com ADELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 Website: www.deltaengineers.com HA 11 — Grey Caulk, Conduit Penetration @ Masonry HA 12 hite Sealant, Transformer Conduit 26 ADELTA ENGINEERS,. ARCHITECTS, N. LAND SURVEYORS HA 13 — Grey Seam Sealant, Switch• ear HA 14 — Black Gasket Material, Switchgear 27 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 Website: www.deltaengineers.com CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 0135 43 GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This Section and the listed Related Sections provides minimum requirements for the protection of the environment during the project. The requirements of this Section shall apply to both Contractor and all tiers of sub -contractors involved in the project. B. In addition to the requirements of this Section and the listed Related Sections, all laws and regulations by applicable local, state, and federal agencies shall apply to the work of this contract. In some cases the requirements of these Specifications may by intention exceed such legal requirements, but in no case shall this Specification be interpreted or understood to reduce or eliminate such requirements. C. Prior to bidding, review the entire Bidding Documents and report in writing to the Owner's Representative any error, inconsistency, or omission that may have environmental impacts. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 35 44 — Spill Control B. Section 01 57 13 — Soil Erosion and Sediment Control 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 — Submittals: 1. Analytical laboratory sample results and material Certifications for all imported soil and granular materials ("borrow"). 2. Contractor's Waste Material Disposal Plan. 3. Weight tickets from the Borrow Material Supplier. 4. Proposed methods for dewatering and construction water management. 5. Analytical laboratory sample results for all waste materials. 6. Copies of manifests for all waste materials disposed of off-site. 1.4 JOB SITE ADMINISTRATION A. In accordance with Article 2 of the General Conditions, provide a competent supervisory representative with full authority to act for the Contractor at the site. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 REQUIREMENTS GENERATOR (EMCS) 2/12/16 013543-1 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS B. If at any time operations under the representative's supervision do not comply with this Section, or the representative is otherwise unsatisfactory to the Owner, replace, if requested by the Owner, said representative with another representative satisfactory to the Owner. There shall be no change in superintendent without the Owner's approval. C. Remove from the Work any employee of the Contractor or any Subcontractor when so directed by the Owner. The Owner may request the removal of any employee who does not comply with these specifications. 1.5 CLEARING, SITE PREPARATION AND SITE USE A. In accordance with Section 01 14 00, only that portion of the working area that is absolutely necessary and essential for the work shall be cleared for construction. All clearing should be approved and performed to provide minimum practical exposure of soils. B. The Contractor shall make every effort to avoid the destruction of plants, trees, shrubs and lawns outside the area of construction so as not to unduly disturb the ecological or environmental quality of the area. C. Topsoil excavated as part of the Project, which can be reused as part of the Project, shall be stockpiled for future use and temporarily stabilized to prevent erosion. 1.6 SPOIL AND BORROW A. Spoil 1. Dispose of excavated material which, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, is unfit to be used as backfill or embankment or which is in excess of the amount required under the Contract. 2. All spoil areas shall be graded and seeded to match the surrounding area. 3. Spoil areas shall be covered and protected from erosion into adjacent storm sewers, drainage ways, land areas, or water bodies. B. Borrow Material 1. Borrow material shall be provided from a clean source. Submittals of proposed borrow material shall be reviewed by the Owner prior to delivery on-site. Submittals shall include the quantity of materials, source location and certification by the material supplier that it is free of chemicals or other foreign matter. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 REQUIREMENTS GENERATOR (FMCS) 2/12/16 013543-2 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 1.7 NOISE AND VIBRATION A. Limit and control the nature and extent of activities at all times to minimize the effects of noise and vibrations. Take adequate measures for keeping noise levels, as produced by construction related equipment, to safe and tolerable limits as set forth by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), the New York State Industrial Code Guidelines and Ordinances and all City, Town and Local ordinances. Equip all construction equipment presenting a potential noise nuisance with noise -muffling devices adequate to meet these requirements 1.8 DUST CONTROL A. Take adequate measures for controlling dust produced by drilling, excavation, backfilling, loading, saw cutting or other means. The use of calcium chloride or petroleum-based materials for dust control is prohibited. Dust control measures are required throughout the duration of construction. B. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, the Contractor is not adequately controlling dust, the Owner will first notify the Contractor. If the Contractor does not take adequate actions necessary, the Owner may, at the Contractor's expense, employ alternative means to control dust. C. Erect, maintain, and remove when appropriate barriers or other devices, including mechanical ventilation systems, as required by the conditions of the work for the protection of users of the project area, the protection of the work being done, or the containment of dust and debris. All such barriers or devices shall be provided in conformance with all applicable codes, laws, and regulations including OSHA. 1.9 PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT A. Construction procedures observed by the Contractor, its subcontractors and other employees shall include protection of the environment, in accordance with all pertinent Cornell standards, policies, local laws, executive orders, ordinances, and federal and state regulations. Construction procedures that are prohibited in the undertaking of work associated with this Contract include, but are not limited to: 1. Dumping of spoil material or any liquid or solid pollutant into any stoi,ii or sanitary sewer, drainage way, stream sewer, any wetlands (as defined by federal and state regulations), any surface waters, or at unspecified locations. 2. Indiscriminate, arbitrary, or capricious operation of equipment in any stream corridors, any wetlands, or any surface waters. 3. Pumping of any silt -laden water from trenches or other excavations into any storm sewers, sanitary sewers, drainage ways, wetlands, or surface waters. 4. Damaging vegetation beyond the extent necessary for construction of the facilities. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 REQUIREMENTS GENERATOR (EMCS) 2/12/16 013543-3 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 5. Disposal of trees, brush, and other debris in any location on University property, unless such areas are specifically identified on the drawing or in the specifications or specifically approved by the Owner's site representative. 6. Permanent or unspecified alteration of the flow line of a stream. 7. Burning trash, project debris, or waste materials. B. Take all necessary precautions to prevent silt or waste of any kind from entering any drainage or waterways or downstream properties as a result of the Work. C. Runoff of potable water used for concrete curing or concrete truck or chute cleaning operations shall not be allowed to reach the storm water system or open water due to the levels of residual chlorine (New York State water quality standards, 6 NYCRR Part 703.5) and other potential contaminants. If necessary, obtain permission from the local sewer authority and collect and pump the runoff to the sanitary sewer. D. Limit the nature and extent of any activities that could result in the release or discharge of pollutants. Report any such release or discharge immediately to the Owner's Representative and clean up spills immediately, as detailed in Section 01 35 44 — Spill Control Procedures. 1.10 HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC MATERIALS A. Inform officers, employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors at every tier, and any other party which may come into contact with any hazardous or toxic materials as a result of its performance hereunder of the nature of such materials, and any health and safety or environmental risks associated therewith. B. Do not use hazardous or toxic materials in a manner that will violate Cornell University Policies or any state, federal, or municipal environmental health and safety regulations. In situations where the risks are unclear consult with Environmental Health and Safety (EH&S) for guidance. C. Provide complete care and treatment for any injury sustained by any parties coming into contact with any hazardous or toxic materials as a result of Contractor's performance or failure to perform hereunder. D. At the completion of project Contractor shall remove all unused chemical products and hazardous materials from campus. Transportation of these materials shall be in accordance with all federal, state, and local regulations. Request and receive written approval from EH&S prior to disposal of any on-site disposal. 1.11 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL AND TITLE A. Prior to start of work and first payment, Contractor shall prepare and submit "Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan" to the Owner's Representative. The plan shall identify the waste transportation and treatment, storage or disposal (TSD) companies which will manage all waste material and any site(s) for disposal of the waste material. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 REQUIREMENTS GENERATOR (EMCS) 2/12/16 013543-4 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS B. The "Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan" form, together with definitions associated with the form waste descriptions, is attached to this Section. Contractor must use this form to document waste disposal methods and locations. C. Contractor shall be responsible for the proper cleanup, containment, storage and disposal of any hazardous material/chemical spill occurring during its work. For Cornell University owned hazardous waste EH&S will oversee, approve or effect the proper disposal. Title, risk of loss, and all other incidents of ownership to the Waste Material, shall vest in Contractor at the time Contractor or any transporter acting on its behalf takes physical possession of Waste Material. Complete and maintain full records of the chain of custody and control, including certificates of disposal or destruction, of all Waste Materials loaded, transported and/or disposed of. Deliver all such records to the Owner in accordance with applicable laws and regulations and any instructions from the Owner in a timely manner and in any event prior to final payment(s) under this Contract. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 0135 43*** JULIUS F. WEINHOLD GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 REQUIREMENTS GENERATOR (EMCS) 2/12/16 01 35 43 - 5 Contractor Waste Materia tuber/Email: Contact Nam tractor Name: Contract No.: Project Name/Desc CU Project Manager: Project Start Date: be generated as waste: 2. Check all hazardous materials that Destination or Disposal Location Transporter n -a a77sni Waste Management �� 1p TAJ JoTau.zIuo3 Cu- Mgt spunoJD SHR aiqujtund SQSY\I Source ao1Ou.nuoJ jjau.zoD palumpsg O y U O Category PCBs Asbestos Lead Chromium Other Toxic Metals (describe in section 4) Light Bulbs Thennostats N Used Oil Contaminated PPE & Materials Other (describe in section 4) No hazardous waste Contractor Waste Material 0 0 0 Estimated Quantity Transporter Facility Phone Facility Address Disposal Facility Name L bA CI -4. U U O 0 cCZ4 N U Non C&D solid waste Other (describe in section IV) No non -hazardous waste will be generated aterials expected to be generated during the project: ion of waste 4. Further descri 5. Contractor Certification ,c2 4,-, o .? '• o 0"a rt s-, o I- 01� � • 0= '-1 O `- >" 4-4 0 P 0 O O 0 •.N F-1 0. -t-.> 0 O N k O al CU 0 - •. v) 0 CI. 0 0 s o 0 �� ctca0 as U U O :. O 0 cnv)o>, u) 0- 3 as as 0 0 0 0 3j•o - o .- 0 a &. 0 o 0 0 O a'3' -0 4� L. 0 3 0 U .+0.1 ›, 0 o O °�' 0 04-+ _o 0 ..o VI a) R z, al -1 n . 4- 0 .r 3 0 0 0 ., 0 3 O iG 0 al .. o 9) 0 cG V V) 0•LtZ 0 c0 .� 4. 0 N 0 U cn Ed -D 00 :-� 0 N • bA -O 0 0 0 0. Y .54 0 3 4-+ o as U 0 q o 0 C-1 4. 0 W 0 U � • o O 0 U • 41 0 0 0 ° 0 U U N E Z� o 6 as 0 M)M 'o 0 W W o - t 0co 0 ,0 O U • o 0 g-0 Contractor Signature 6. Submit co Definitions for Use with Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan: The following is not solid waste: Discarded materials that are being beneficially used pursuant to 6NYCRR Section 360-1.15 A material is disposed of if it is discharged, deposited, injected, dumped, spilled, leaked or placed into or on any land or water so that such material or any constituent thereof may enter the environment or be emitted into the air or discharged into groundwater or surface water. Asbestos: Any waste material containing the asbestifonn varieties of: Chrysotile (serpentine); crocidolite (riebeckite); amosite (cum- mingtonitegrunerite); anthophyllite; tremolite; and actinolite. Batteries: All spent batteries being disposed that are regulated by New York State Department of Environmental Conservation (NYSDEC) in 6 New York Code of Rules and Regulations (NYCRR) Part 374-3, or Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) in 40 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 273.2 as Universal Waste Batteries. Borrow Material: Fill material required for on-site construction that is obtained from other locations. Chromium: Any waste containing chromium or contaminated with chromium that exceeds the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit for chromium as defined in 6 NYCRR Part 371.3 or 40 CFR 261.24. Clean Soil: Soil that is uncontaminated with any solid or hazardous waste, C&D debris, trees, stumps, yard waste or wood chips per definitions of those terms below. Construction and Demolition (C&D) Debris: Uncontaminated solid waste resulting from the construction, remodeling, repair and demolition of utilities, structures and roads; and uncontaminated solid waste resulting from land clearing. Such waste includes, but is not limited to bricks, concrete and other masonry materials, soil, rock, wood (including painted, treated and coated wood and wood products), land clearing debris, wall coverings, plaster, drywall, plumbing fixtures, non -asbestos insulation, roofing shingles and other roof coverings, asphaltic pavement, glass, plastics that are not sealed in a manner that conceals other wastes, empty buckets ten gallons or less in size and having no more than one inch of residue remaining on the bottom, electrical wiring and components containing no hazardous liquids, and pipe and metals that are incidental to any of the above. Solid waste that is not C&D debris (even if resulting from the construction, remodeling, repair and demolition of utilities, structures and roads and land clearing) includes, but is not limited to asbestos waste, garbage, corrugated container board, electrical fixtures containing hazardous liquids such as fluorescent light ballasts or transformers, fluorescent lights, carpeting, furniture, appliances, tires, drums, containers greater than ten gallons in size, any containers having more than one inch of residue remaining on the bottom and fuel tanks. Specifically excluded from the definition of construction and demolition debris is solid waste (including what otherwise would be construction and demolition debris) resulting from any processing technique, other than that employed at a department -approved C&D debris processing facility, that renders individual waste components unrecognizable, such as pulverizing or shredding. Also, waste contained in an illegal disposal site may be considered C&D debris if the department determines that such waste is similar in nature and content to C&D debris. Construction and Demolition Debris Processing Facility means a processing facility that receives and processes construction and demolition debris by any means. Revision date: May 2010 Page 1 of3 Contaminated PPE & Materials: Any personal protective equipment such as gloves, coveralls, boot covers, respirator cartridges etc.; or rags, tools, articles or other material that has become adulterated by a hazardous material, and which meets the definition of hazardous waste or is considered unsuitable for disposal as regular trash. Exempt C&D and Stump Facilities: The following facilities are exempt from Solid waste management facility permitting requirements provided the facilities operate only between the hours of sunrise and sunset, and (if the allowable waste comes from an off-site source) no fee or other form of consideration is required for the privilege of using the facility for disposal purposes: (i) A site at which only the following C&D debris is placed: recognizable uncontaminated concrete and concrete products (including steel or fiberglass reinforcing rods that are embedded in the concrete), asphalt pavement, brick, glass, soil and rock. (Recognizable means solid waste that can be readily identified as C&D debris by visual observation.) (ii) A landfill for the disposal of trees, stumps, yard waste and wood chips generated from these materials is exempt when origin and disposal of such waste occur on properties under the same ownership or control. Hazardous Waste: Any waste material that meets the definition of "hazardous waste" in 6 NYCRR 371.1 and 40 CFR 261.3 and that is not excluded by regulation. Land Clearing Debris means vegetative matter, soil and rock resulting from activities such as land clearing and grubbing, utility line maintenance or seasonal or storm -related cleanup such as trees, stumps, brush and leaves and including wood chips generated from these materials. Land clearing debris does not include yard waste which has been collected at the curbside. Lead: Any metallic lead or waste material containing lead, e.g. waste paint chips, that exceed the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit for lead as defined in 6 NYCRR Part 371.3 or 40 CFR 261.24. Light Bulbs: All spent lamps or light bulbs being disposed that are regulated in 6 NYCRR Part 374-3 or 40 CFR 273.5. Mercury: Liquid mercury or any waste containing mercury at levels exceeding the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit for mercury as defined in 6 NYCRR Part 371.3 or 40 CFR 261.24. Mold: Construction material or debris contaminated with mold fungus that is unsuitable for reuse. Other Toxic Metals: Any waste containing a metal or contaminated by a metal identified in, and exceeding the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit of 6 NYCRR Part 371.3 or 40 CFR 261.24.PCBs: All electrical articles and equipment or the used oil removed from them, containing polychlorinated biphenyls at levels regulated by 6 NYCRR 371.4(e) Scrap Metal: Bits and pieces of metal parts (e.g., bars, turnings, rods, sheets, wire) or metal pieces that may be combined together with bolts or soldering (e.g., radiators, scrap automobiles, railroad box cars), which when worn or superfluous can be recycled. Revision date: May 2010 Page 2 of 3 Solid Waste (Non C&D): Any garbage, refuse, sludge from a wastewater treatment plant, water supply treatment plant, or air pollution control facility and other discarded materials including solid, liquid, semisolid, or contained gaseous material, resulting from industrial, commercial, mining and agricultural operations, and from community activities, but does not include solid or dissolved materials in domestic sewage, or solid or dissolved materials in irrigation return flows or industrial discharges that are point sources subject to permit under 33 USC 1342, or source, special nuclear or by-product material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, except as may be provided by existing agreements between the State of New York and the government of the United States. Solvents: Substances (usually liquid) suitable for, or employed in, solution, or in dissolving something; as, water is the appropriate solvent for most salts, alcohol for resins, ether for fats, and mercury or acids for metals, etc. Typically these are chemicals are used as paint thinners or cleaning solutions. Spoil: Refuse material removed from an excavation. Used Oil: Any oil refined from crude oil, or any synthetic oil, that has been used, and as a result of such use is contaminated by physical or chemical impurities. "See 6 NYCRR 374-2 or 40 CFR 279" Thermostats: Any mercury -containing thermostat as defined in 6 NYCRR 374-3.1(d), or 40 CFR 273.4 Uncontaminated C&D Debris: C&D Debris that is not mixed or commingled with other solid waste at the point of generation, processing or disposal, and that is not contaminated with spills of a petroleum product, hazardous waste or industrial waste. Contamination from spills of a petroleum product does not include asphalt or concrete pavement that has come into contact with petroleum products through normal vehicle use of the roadway. Revision date: May 2010 Page 3 of 3 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL SECTION 0135 44 SPILL CONTROL 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SPILL PREVENTION A. In order to minimize the potential for discharge to the environment of oil, petroleum, or hazardous substances on site, the following requirements shall apply to all projects: 1. All oil, petroleum, or hazardous materials stored or relocated temporarily on site during the construction process shall be stored in such a manner as to provide protection from vehicular damage and to provide containment of leaks or spills. Horizontal diked oil storage tanks, temporary berms or barriers, or similar methods shall be employed as appropriate at each site. 2. Any on-site filling or dispensing activities shall occur within an area in which a temporary berm, boom, or similar containment barrier has been placed to prevent the inadvertent discharge to the environment of harmful quantities of any products. 3. All oil, petroleum, or hazardous materials stored on site shall be located in such a manner as to minimize the potential of damage from construction operations or vehicles, away from drainage ways and environmentally sensitive areas, and in accordance with all fire and safety codes. B. Remove immediately from the site any storage, dispensing, or operating equipment that is leaking oil or hazardous substances or is in anyway unsuitable for the safe storage of such materials. 1.2 SPILL CONTROL PROCEDURES All Contractor personnel working at the project site shall be knowledgeable of the potential health and safety concerns associated with petroleum and other hazardous substances that could potentially be released at the project site. Following are a list of activities that should be conducted by the Contractor in the event of an oil/petroleum spill or the release of any other hazardous substance. In the event of a large quantity spill that would require cleanup procedures that are beyond the means of the Contractor, an emergency spill cleanup contractor shall be hired by the Contractor. In the event the Contractor has the personnel necessary to clean up the spill, the following procedures shall be followed: A. Personnel discovering/responding to a spill shall: 1. Identify and locate the source of the spill. If unsafe conditions exist, leave the area, inform nearby personnel, notify the site supervisor, and initiate spill reporting (Section 1. 3). JULIUS F. WEINHOLD SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44 - 1 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL 2. Limit the discharge of product, if safely possible, by: (1) diverting discharge to a containment area; (2) creating temporary dikes with soils or other available materials; and (3) utilizing sorbent materials. If secondary containment is present, verify that valves and drains are closed prior to diverting the product to this area. 3. The individual discovering a spill shall initiate containment procedures to prevent material from reaching a potential migratory route, through implementation of the following actions, or any other methods necessary. Methods employed shall not compromise worker safety. a. Stop the spill at once (if possible). b. Extinguish sources of ignition (e.g., flames, sparks, hot surfaces, cigarettes, etc.). c. Clear personnel from the spill location and rope off the area. d. Utilize available spill control equipment in an effort to ensure that fires, explosions, and releases do not occur, recur, or spread. e. Use sorbent materials to control the spill at the source. f. Construct a temporary containment dike of sorbent materials, cinder blocks, bricks, or other suitable materials to help contain the spill. g. Attempt to identify the character, exact source, amount, and area of the released materials. Identification of the spilled material should be made as soon as possible so that the appropriate cleanup procedure can be identified. h. Assess possible hazards to human health or the environment as a result of the release, fire, or explosion. If spill response measures involve the temporary cessation of any operations, the Contractor shall monitor the affected equipment for: (1) leaks; (2) pressure buildup; (3) gas generation; or (4) ruptures in valves, pipes, or other equipment. B. Spill Cleanup: 1. Following containment of the spill, the following spill cleanup procedures shall be initiated. a. Use proper waste containers. b. Remove bulk liquid by using vacuum, pump, sorbents, or shovel and place material in properly labeled waste container. Be sure not to collect incompatible or reactive substances in the same container. c. Cleanup materials not reclaimed on-site shall be disposed of in accordance with all applicable state and federal regulations. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44 - 2 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL d. Apply sorbent materials to pick up remaining liquid after bulk liquid has been removed. The Contractor shall not walk over spilled material. Absorbed material shall be picked up with a shovel and placed in a separate waste container, and shall not be mixed with bulk liquid. e. Clean spill control equipment and containers. Replace equipment in its proper location. Restock or reorder any sorbents used to clean up the spill. f. Carefully wash spilled product from skin and clothing using soap. Change clothes, if necessary, to avoid further contact with product. g. Disposal of all spilled product shall be made off-site, and shall be arranged through the Contractor. h. A Spill Report shall be completed, including a description of the event. A sample Spill Documentation Form is provided in Appendix B. C. Fire or Explosion: 1. In the event of a fire or explosion at the site, the Contractor shall: a. Verify that the local fire department and the appropriate response personnel (e.g., ambulance, police) have been notified. b. Report to the scene, if safe to do so, and evaluate the situation (e.g., spill character, source, etc.). Coordinate, as necessary, with other appropriate site and emergency personnel. c. Ensure that people are cleared from the area. d. Ensure that fires are safely extinguished (if possible), valves closed, and other immediate actions necessary to mitigate the emergency, if safe to do so. e. Initiate responsible measures necessary to prevent subsequent fires, explosions, or releases from occurring or spreading to other areas of the site. These measures include stopping processes or operations, collecting and containing released oil, or removing and isolating containers. f. Take appropriate action to monitor for: (1) leaks; (2) pressure build-ups; (3) gas generation; or (4) ruptures in pipes, valves, or other equipment. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44 - 3 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL 1.3 SPILL REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION In the event of a spill CALL CORNELL POLICE AT 255-1111 who will notify the appropriate departments within the university and coordinate with the contractor for external reporting, if required. The contractor shall be responsible for the initiation of spill reporting and documentation procedures. All petroleum spills must be reported to NYSDEC Spill Hotline at 1-800- 457- 7362, less than two hours following discovery. Notification must be made to Cornell Environmental Health and Safety (EH&S), 607.255.8200, within 24 hours of reporting the release. The Contractor will be expected to provide EH&S with the DEC issued spill number. Any petroleum spill must be reported to NYSDEC unless ALL of the following criteria apply: TABLE 1 CRITERIA TO EXEMPT SPILL REPORTING Quantity The spill must be known to be less than 5 gallons. Containment The spill must be contained on an impervious surface or within an impervious structure, such that it cannot enter the environment. Control The spill must be under control and not reach a drain or leave the impervious surface. Cleanup The spill must be cleaned -up within two hours of occurrence. Environment The spill must not have already entered into the soil or groundwater or onto surface water. A release of a "reportable quantity" 1 or unknown amount of a hazardous substance must also be immediately reported to NYSDEC Spill Hotline. Spills of reportable quantities of chemicals or "harmful quantities"2 of oil to navigable waters must be reported to the federal National Response Center, 1-800-424-8802. Spill Reporting Information: When making a telephone report, the caller should be prepared to provide the following information, if possible: 1. The date and time of the spill or release. 2. The identity or chemical name of the material released or spilled, including an indication of whether the material is defined as an extremely hazardous substance. 3. An estimate of the quantity of material released or spilled into the environment and the approximate duration of the event. 4. The exact location of the spill, including the name(s) of the waters involved or threatened, and/or other medium or media affected by the release or spill. 5. The source of the release or spill. 6. The name, address, and telephone number of the party in charge of, or responsible for, the facility or activity associated with the release or spill. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44 - 4 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL 7. The extent of the actual and potential water pollution. 8. The name and telephone number of the person in charge of operations at the spill site. 9. The steps being taken or proposed to contain and cleanup the released or spilled material and any precautions taken to minimize impacts, including evacuation. 10. The extent of injuries, if any. 11. Any known or anticipated acute or chronic health risks associated with the emergency, and information regarding necessary medical attention for exposed individuals. 12. Assistance required, if any. If the release of a hazardous substance or oil occurs in an amount which exceeds a reportable quantity (RQ) as defined in 40 CFR Part 110, 40 CFR Part 117, 40 CFR Part 302, or 6 NYCRR Part 597, then the Contractor shall do the following: 1. Call to the National Response Center shall be made by the person in charge of the site. The applicable phone numbers are 1-800-424-8802 or 1-202-426-2675. 2. Within 14 days of the release, submit a written description of the release. The description should include: (1) a description of the release, (2) the type of material released, (3) estimated amount of the spill; (4) the date of the release, (5) an explanation of why the release occurred; and (6) a description of the measures to be implemented to prevent and control future releases. °Reportable Quantity: A Reportable Quantity is the quantity of a hazardous substance or oil that triggers reporting requirements under the Comprehensive Emergency Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) (USEPA, September 1992). While the Contractor is legally responsible for knowing the risks of materials that are part of construction, members of the owner's spill response team have access to information that may help identify these quantities with you. °Harmful Quantity: A Harmful Quantity of oil includes discharges that violate applicable water quality standards; cause a film, sheen, or discoloration on a water surface or adjoining shoreline; or cause a sludge or emulsion to be deposited beneath the water surface or shoreline (40 CFR 110.3). 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 35 44*** JULIUS F. WEINHOLD SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44 - 5 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 41 00 Ithaca, New York REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 41 00 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 PERMITS AND LICENSES A. The Contractor shall obtain, maintain and pay for all permits and licenses necessary for the execution of the Work and for the use of such Work when completed. Such permits shall include but are not limited to building, plumbing, backflow prevention, dig safe and building demolition. 1. City of Ithaca building permit applications shall be presented for review at the regularly scheduled Owner's meeting with the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). B. For any projects which include demolition of a structure or load-bearing elements of a structure, the Contractor is required to complete a "Notification of Demolition and Renovation" and provide this notification to the United State Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) in advance of the work as specified in 40 CFR 61.145. The Contractor shall also provide a copy of this notification to the Owner's Representative prior to any demolition. C. All Construction / Building / Hot Work and Occupancy permits shall be issued and maintained through the City of Ithaca. D. Ithaca Fire Department Permitting: 1. A permit is required from the Ithaca Fire Department to install or substantially repair a fire suppression, fire detection, or fire alarm system as such as defined under the Uniform Code of New York State. 2. If the scope of work is classified under the Existing Building Code of NYS as Alteration —Level 1; Alteration — Level 2; Alteration — Level 3; or Addition; a permit from the Ithaca Fire Department is required for all work affecting the fire suppression, fire detection, or fire alarm system for that building. A building permit is also required for this type of work. 3. Work classified as a `Repair' under the Existing Building Code of NYS does not require a permit from the Ithaca Fire Department. 1.2 INSPECTIONS A. Apply for and obtain all required inspections, pay all fees and charges for same, include all service charges, pavement cuts and repairs. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD REGULATORY 01 41 00 - 1 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 REQUIREMENTS 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 41 00 Ithaca, New York REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1.3 COMPLIANCE A. The Contractor shall give all notices, pay all fees and comply with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Work. 1.4 OWNER'S REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor, Subcontractors, and employees of the Contractor and Subcontractors shall comply with all regulations governing conduct, access to the premises, operation of equipment and systems, and conduct while in or near the premises and shall perform the Work in such a manner as not to unreasonably interrupt or interfere with the conduct of business of the Owner. B. Upon completion of the project, the Contractor agrees to provide the Owner with a summary of municipal permit fees paid. This shall include the name of the permits secured, the permit fees paid by the Contractor and a copy of the permit. If not permit fees were required, the Contractor shall so state, in writing, upon completion of the project. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 41 00*** JULIUS F. WEINHOLD REGULATORY 01 41 00 - 2 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 REQUIREMENTS 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0142 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Notes or instructions shown on any one Drawing, apply where applicable, to all other Drawings. B. All references to codes, specifications and standards referred to in the Specification Sections and on the Drawings shall mean, and are intended to be, the latest edition, amendment and/or revision of such reference standard in effect as of the date of these Contract Documents. C. Install All Work in Compliance with: 1. Building Code of New York State 2. BCNYS Referenced Codes 3. National Electric Code 4. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 5. Life Safety Code NEPA 101. 6. All local ordinances 7. Mechanical Code of New York State. 8. Fuel Gas Code of New York State. 9. Fire Code of New York State. 10. Plans and Specifications in excess of code requirements and not contrary to same. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. "General": Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. "Contract Documents": The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor, General Conditions, General Requirements, Drawings, Specifications, addenda issued before execution of the Agreement, other documents listed in the Agreement, and modifications issued after execution of the Agreement. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 1 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES C. "The Contract": The Contract Documents fonn the Contract for construction and represent the entire integrated Agreement between the Owner and Contractor. D. "The Work": The work comprises the completed construction required by the Contract Documents and includes all labor necessary to produce such construction and all materials and equipment incorporated in such construction. E. "Owner": Cornell University a New York corporation. F. "Architect/Engineer": The Architect or Engineer is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture and/or engineering in the state of New York, identified as such in the Owner Contractor Agreement, and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The terns Architect and/or Engineer mean the Architect and/or his authorized representative. G. "Contractor": The Contractor, person, fine, or corporation with whom the Construction Agreement contract is made by Owner. H. "Subcontractor": A person, firm, or corporation, supplying labor and/or materials for work at site of the project for and under separate contract or agreement with Contractor. L "As Approved" or "Approved": Architect's or Owner's approval. J. "As Directed": Owner's direction or instruction. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." K. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated." L. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. M. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. N. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. O. "Reinstall". To place back into a former position. P. "Replace". Provide a substitute for. Q. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. R. "Concealed': Work installed in pipe shafts, chases or recesses, behind furred walls, above ceilings, either permanent or removable. S. "Exposed": All capital Work not identified as concealed. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 2 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL Ithaca, New T. U. V. W. X. Y. Z. UNIVERSITY York SECTION 0142 00 REFERENCES "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. "As -Built Documents": Drawings and other records that are maintained by the Contractor to record all conditions which exist when the building construction is completed. This includes both the elements of the project itself and existing elements that are encountered during the course of project construction. "Record Drawings": Shows construction changes in the project and the final location of all services, lines, outlets, and connections including underground and concealed items. The "record" drawings shall be compiled by the Architect based on the working as -built drawings and revised in accordance with the marked up drawings submitted by the Contractor. "Shop Drawings": Drawings, diagrams, illustrations, charts, brochures, and other data that are prepared by Contractor or any Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor, for some portion of the work. "Samples": Physical examples furnished to illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship, and to establish standards by which the work will be judged. "General Conditions": The standardized contractual provisions describing the responsibilities, rights and relationships of the Owner and Contractor under the construction contract. "Contract Limit Lines": A limit line or perimeter line established on the drawings or elsewhere in the contract documents defining the boundaries of the site available to the contractor for construction purposes. AA. "to do", "provide", "furnish", "install", etc., in these Specifications or on Drawings are directions given to the Contractor; 1.4 OWNER AGREEMENTS A. Cornell University and the Tompkins -Cortland Counties Building Trades Council, Maintenance Division have entered into an agreement. The local unions which are members of the Tompkins -Cortland Counties Building Trades Council, Maintenance Division are as follows: Local #241 - Local #267 - Local #281 - Local #3NY Local #178 - Local #112 - Local #785 - International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers United Association of Plumbers and Stearnfrtters United Brotherhood of Carpenters - International Union of Bricklayers and Allied Craftworkers International Union of Painters and Allied Trades International Brotherhood of Sheetmetal Workers Laborers International Union of North America JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) REFERENCES 2/12/16 014200-3 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES The definition of craft maintenance as applied to this agreement shall be as follows: All work associated with the demolition, repair, replacement, improvement to or construction of equipment, buildings, structures, utilities, and/or system or components thereof. Craft maintenance for trades assistants shall be limited to work assigned to individuals employed as building trade laborers and which directly assists the craft work performed by other employees covered by this agreement; the Employer is free to assign such work; provided, however, such assignment does not fall within the craft performed by other employees covered by this agreement. 1.5 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated. C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source. D. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the organizations responsible for the standards and regulations in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities Available from Access Board www.access-board.gov CFR FS Code of Federal Regulations Available from Government Printing Office www.gpoaccess.gov/cfr/index.html Federal Specification Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil Available from Defense Standardization Program www.dps.dla.mil (800) 872-2253 (202) 272-0080 (866) 512-1800 (202) 512-1800 (215) 697-6257 JULIUS F. WEINHOLD REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 4 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES Available from General Services Administration (202) 619-8925 www.gsa.gov Available from National Institute of Building Sciences (202) 289-7800 www.nibs.org UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (800) 872-2253 Available from Access Board (202) 272-0080 www.access-board.gov 1.6 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. Industry Organizations:. Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. AA Aluminum Association, Inc. (The) (703) 358-2960 www.aluminum.org AAADM American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers (216) 241-7333 www.aaadm.com AABC Associated Air Balance Council (202) 737-0202 www.aabchq.com AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association (847) 303-5664 www.aamanet.org AASHTO American Association of State Highway and (202) 624-5800 Transportation Officials www.transportation.org AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (The) (919) 549-8141 www.aatcc.org ABAA Air Barrier Association of America (866) 956-5888 www.airbarrier.org ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association (202) 367-1155 www.abma-dc.org ACI ACI International (248) 848-3700 (American Concrete Institute) www.aci-int.org ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association (972) 506-7216 www.concrete-pipe.org JULIUS F. WEINHOLD REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 5 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The) (205) 257-2530 www.aeic.org AF&PA American Forest & Paper Association (800) 878-8878 www.afandpa.org (202) 463-2700 AGA American Gas Association (202) 824-7000 www.aga.org AGC Associated General Contractors of America (The) (703) 548-3118 www.agc.org AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers (202) 872-5955 www.ahm.org AI Asphalt Institute (859) 288-4960 www.asphaltinstitute.org AIA American Institute of Architects (The) (800) 242-3837 www.aia.org (202) 626-7300 AISC American Institute of Steel Construction (800) 644-2400 www.aisc.org (312) 670-2400 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute (202) 452-7100 www.steel.org AITC American Institute of Timber Construction (303) 792-9559 www.aitc-glulam.org ALCA Associated Landscape Contractors of America (Now PLANET - Professional Landcare Network) ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee, Incorporated (301) 972-1700 www.alsc.org AMCA Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc. (847) 394-0150 www.amca.org ANSI American National Standards Institute (202) 293-8020 www.ansi.org AOSA Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc. (505) 522-1437 www.aosaseed.com APA APA - The Engineered Wood Association (253) 565-6600 www.apawood.org APA Architectural Precast Association (239) 454-6989 www.archprecast.org JULIUS F. WEINHOLD REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 6 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0142 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES API American Petroleum Institute (202) 682-8000 www.api.org ARI Air -Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute (703) 524-8800 www.ari.org ARMA Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association (202) 207-0917 www.asphaltroofing.org ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers (800) 548-2723 www.asce.org (703) 295-6300 ASI RAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and (800) 527-4723 Air -Conditioning Engineers (404) 636-8400 www.ashrae.org ASME ASME International (800) 843-2763 (The American Society of Mechanical Engineers International) (973) 882-1170 www.asme.org ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering (440) 835-3040 www.asse-plumbing.org ASTM ASTM International (610) 832-9585 (American Society for Testing and Materials International) www.astm.org AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute (800) 449-8811 www.awinet.org (703) 733-0600 AWPA American Wood -Preservers' Association (334) 874-9800 www.awpa.com AWS American Welding Society (800)113-9353 www.aws.org (305) 443-9353 AWWA American Water Works Association (800) 926-7337 www.awwa.org (303) 794-7711 BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (212) 297-2122 www.buildershardware.com BIA Brick Industry Association (The) (703) 620-0010 www.bia.org BICSI BICSI (800) 242-7405 www.bicsi.org (813) 979-1991 JULIUS F. WEINHOLD REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 7 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (FMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES BISSC Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee (866) 342-4772 www.bissc.org CCC Carpet Cushion Council (203) 637-1312 www.carpetcushion.org CDA Copper Development Association (800) 232-3282 www.copper.org (212) 251-7200 CGA Compressed Gas Association (703) 788-2700 www.cganet.com CIMA Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association (888) 881-2462 www.cellulose.org (937) 222-2462 CISCA Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association (630) 584-1919 www.cisca.org CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (423) 892-0137 www.cispi.org CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute (301) 596-2583 www.chainlinkinfo.org CPA Composite Panel Association (301) 670-0604 www.pbmdf.com CPPA Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association (800) 510-2772 www.cppa-info.org (202) 462-9607 CRI Carpet & Rug Institute (The) (800) 882-8846 www.carpet-rug.com (706) 278-3176 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (847) 517-1200 www.crsi.org CSI Cast Stone Institute (770) 972-3011 www.caststone.org CSI Construction Specifications Institute (The) (800) 689-2900 www.csinet.org (703) 684-0300 CSSB Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau (604) 820-7700 www.cedarbureau.org CTI Cooling Technology Institute (281) 583-4087 www.cti.org DHI Door and Hardware Institute (703) 222-2010 www.dhi.org JULIUS F. WEINHOLD REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 8 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES EIA Electronic Industries Alliance (703) 907-7500 www.eia.org EIMA EIFS Industry Members Association (800) 294-3462 www.eima.com (770) 968-7945 EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee (703) 295-5000 www.ejdc.org EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc. (914) 332-0040 www.ejma.org ESD ESD Association (315) 339-6937 www.esda.org FMG FM Global (401) 275-3000 www.fmglobal.com FSA Fluid Sealing Association (610) 971-4850 www.fluidsealing.com FSC Forest Stewardship Council 49 228 367 66 0 www.fsc.org GA Gypsum Association (202) 289-5440 www.gypsum.org GANA Glass Association of North America (785) 271-0208 www.glasswebsite.com GS Green Seal (202) 872-6400 www.greenseal.org GSI Geosynthetic Institute (610) 522-8440 www.geosynthetic-institute.org HI Hydraulic Institute (888) 786-7744 www.pumps.org (973) 267-9700 HI Hydronics Institute (908) 464-8200 www.gamanet.org HPVA Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association (703) 435-2900 www.hpva.org HPW H. P. White Laboratory, Inc. (410) 838-6550 www.hpwhite.com JULIUS F. WEINHOLD REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 9 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES IBR Institute of Boiler & Radiation Manufacturers ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc. (770) 830-0369 www.icea.net ICRI International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc. (847) 827-0830 www.icri.org IEC International Electrotechnical Commission 41 22 919 02 11 www.iec.ch IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The) (212) 419-7900 www.ieee.org IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (212) 248-5000 www.iesna.org LEST Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology (847) 255-1561 www.iest.org IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council (315) 646-2234 www.igcc.org IGMA Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance (613) 233-1510 www.igmaonline.org ILI Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc. (812) 275-4426 www.iliai.com ISO International Organization for Standardization 41 22 749 01 11 www.iso.ch Available from ANSI (202) 293-8020 www.ansi.org ISSFA International Solid Surface Fabricators Association (877) 464-7732 www.issfa.net (702) 567-8150 ITS Intertek (800) 345-3851 www.intertek.com (713) 407-3500 ITU International Telecommunication Union 41 22 730 51 11 www.itu.int/home KCMA Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association (703) 264-1690 www.kcma.org LMA Laminating Materials Association (Now part of CPA) JULIUS F. WEINHOLD REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 10 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES LPI Lightning Protection Institute (800) 488-6864 www.lightning.org (804) 314-8955 MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association (216) 241-7333 www.mbma.com MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc. (847) 480-9138 www.maplefloor.org MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association (312) 644-6610 www.metalframingmfg org MHIA Material Handling Industry of America (800) 345-1815 www.mhia.org (704) 676-1190 MIA Marble Institute of America (440) 250-9222 www.marble-institute.com MPI Master Painters Institute (888) 674-8937 www.paintinfo.com MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and (703) 281-6613 Fittings Industry Inc. www.mss-hq.com NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (312) 332-0405 www.naamrn.org NACE NACE International (800) 797-6623 (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International) (281) 228-6200 www.nace.org NADCA National Air Duct Cleaners Association (202) 737-2926 www.nadca.com NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (703) 684-0084 www.naima.org NBGQA National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc. (800) 557-2848 www.nbgqa.com NCAA National Collegiate Athletic Association (The) (317) 917-6222 www.ncaa.org NCMA • National Concrete Masonry Association (703) 713-1900 www.ncma.org NCPI National Clay Pipe Institute (262) 248-9094 www.ncpi.org JULIUS F. WEINHOLD REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 11 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (FMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES NCTA National Cable & Telecommunications Association (202) 775-3550 www.ncta.corn NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau (301) 977-3698 www.nebb.org NECA National Electrical Contractors Association (301) 657-3110 www.necanet.org NeLMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association (207) 829-6901 www.nelma.org NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association (703) 841-3200 www.nema.org NETA International Electrical Testing Association (888) 300-6382 www.netaworld.org (303) 697-8441 NFHS National Federation of State High School Associations (317) 972-6900 www.nfhs.org NFPA NFPA (800) 344-3555 (National Fire Protection Association) (617) 770-3000 www.nfpa.org NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council (301) 589-1776 www.nfrc.org NGA National Glass Association (866) 342-5642 www.glass.org (703)112-4890 NI -ILA National Hardwood Lumber Association (800) 933-0318 www.natlllardwood.org (901) 377-1818 NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority (604) 524-2393 www.nlga.org NOFMA NOFMA: The Wood Flooring Manufacturers Association (901) 526-5016 www.nofma.org NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association (800) 323-9545 www.nrca.net (847) 299-9070 NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (888) 846-7622 www.nnnca.org (301) 587-1400 NSF NSF International (800) 673-6275 (National Sanitation Foundation International) (734) 769-8010 www.nsf.org JULIUS F. WEINHOLD REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 12 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES NSSGA National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association (800) 342-1415 www.nssga.org (703) 525-8788 NTMA National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (The) (800) 323-9736 www.ntma.com (540) 751-0930 NYBFU New York Board of Fire Underwriters (212) 227-3700 www.nybfu.org PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute (312) 786-0300 www.pci.org PDCA Painting & Decorating Contractors of America (800) 332-7322 www.pdca.com (314) 514-7322 PDI Plumbing & Drainage Institute (800) 589-8956 www.pdionline.org (978) 557-0720 PGI PVC Geomembrane Institute (217) 333-3929 http://pgi-tp.ce.uiuc.edu PLANET Professional Landcare Network (800) 395-2522 www.landcarenetwork.org PTI Post -Tensioning Institute (602) 870-7540 www.post-tensioning.org RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections (800) 644-2400 www.boltcouncil.org (312) 670-2400 RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute (301) 340-8580 www.rfci.com RIS Redwood Inspection Service (888) 225-7339 www.calredwood.org (415) 382-0662 SAE SAE International (877) 606-7323 www.sae.org (724) 776-4841 SBI Steel Boiler Institute SDI Steel Deck Institute (847) 458-4647 www.sdi.org SDI Steel Door Institute (440) 899-0010 www.steeldoor.org SEFA Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association (516) 294-5424 www.sefalabs.com JULIUS F. WEINHOLD REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 13 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council (315) 646-2234 www.sgcc.org SIA Security Industry Association (703) 683-2075 www.siaonline.org SJI Steel Joist Institute (843) 626-1995 www.steeljoist.org SMA Screen Manufacturers Association (561) 533-0991 www.smacentral.org SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' (703) 803-2980 National Association www.smacna.org SMPTE Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers (914) 761-1100 www.smpte.org SPFA Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance (800) 523-6154 www.sprayfoam.org SPIB Southem Pine Inspection Bureau (The) (850) 434-2611 www.spib.org SPRI Single Ply Roofing Industry (781) 647-7026 www.spri.org SSINA Specialty Steel Industry of North America (800) 982-0355 www.ssina.com (202) 342-8630 SSPC SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings (877) 281-7772 www.sspc.org (412) 281-2331 STI Steel Tank Institute (847) 438-8265 www.steeltank.com SWI Steel Window Institute (216) 241-7333 www.steelwindows.com SWRI Sealant, Waterproofing, & Restoration Institute (816) 472-7974 www.swrionline.org TCA Tile Council of America, Inc. (864) 646-8453 www.tileusa.com TIA/EIA Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic (703) 907-7700 Industries Alliance www.tiaonline.org JULIUS F. WEINHOLD REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 14 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES TMS The Masonry Society (303) 939-9700 www.masomysociety.org TPI Truss Plate Institute, Inc. (703) 683-1010 www.tpinst.org TPI Turfgrass Producers International (847) 649-5555 www.turfgrasssod.org TRI Tile Roofing Institute (312) 670-4177 www.tileroofmg.org UFPO Underground Facilities Protective Organization (800) 962-7962 www.ufpo.org (800) 962-7811 UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (877) 854-3577 www.ul.com (847) 272-8800 UNI Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association (972) 243-3902 www.uni-bell.org USGBC U.S. Green Building Council (202) 828-7422 www.usgbc.org WASTEC Waste Equipment Technology Association (800) 424-2869 www.wastec.org (202) 244-4700 WCSC Window Covering Safety Council (800) 506-4636 www.windowcoverings.org WDMA Window & Door Manufacturers Association (800) 223-2301 www.wdma.com WI Woodwork Institute (916) 372-9943 www.wicnet.org WMMPA Wood Moulding & Millwork Producers Association (800) 550-7889 www.wrnmpa com (530) 661-9591 WSRCA Western States Roofmg Contractors Association (800) 725-0333 www.wsrca.corn (650) 570-5441 WWPA Western Wood Products Association (503) 224-3930 www.wwpa.org JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) REFERENCES 01 42 00-15 2/12/16 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0142 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES B. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (909) 472-4100 www.iapmo.org ICC International Code Council (888) 422-7233 www.iccsafe.org (703) 931-4533 ICC -ES ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. (800) 423-6587 www.icc-es.org (562) 699-0543 NEC National Electric Code C. Federal Govermnent Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. CE Army Corps of Engineers www.usace.army.mil CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission (800) 638-2772 www.cpsc.gov (301) 504-7923 DOC Department of Commerce (202) 482-2000 www.commerce.gov DOD Department of Defense (215) 697-6257 http://.dodssp.daps.dla.mil DOE Department of Energy (202) 586-9220 www.energy.gov EPA Environmental Protection Agency (202) 272-0167 www.epa.gov FAA Federal Aviation Administration (866) 835-5322 www.faa.gov FCC Federal Communications Commission (888) 225-5322 www.fcc.gov FDA Food and Drug Administration (888) 463-6332 www.fda.gov JULIUS F. WEINHOLD REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 16 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0142 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES GSA General Services Administration www.gsa.gov HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development www.hud.gov LBL Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory www.lbl.gov NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program (See TRB) NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology www.nist.gov OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration www.osha.gov PBS Public Building Service (See GSA) PHS Office of Public Health and Science www.osophs.dhhs.gov/ophs RUS Rural Utilities Service (See USDA) SD State Department www.state.gov TRB Transportation Research Board www.nas.edu/trb USDA Department of Agriculture www.usda.gov USPS Postal Service www.usps.com 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED ****END OF SECTION 0142 00**** (800) 488-3111 (202) 708-1112 (510) 486-4000 (301) 975-6478 (800) 321-6742 (202) 693-1999 (202) 690-7694 (202) 720-9540 (202) 647-4000 (202) 334-2934 (202) 720-2791 (202) 268-2000 JULIUS F. WEINHOLD REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 17 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 00 Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL SECTION 0145 00 QUALITY CONTROL 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain an effective Contractor Quality Control (CQC) program and perforin sufficient inspections and tests of all items of work, including those of Subcontractors, to ensure compliance with Contract Documents. Include surveillance and tests specified in the technical sections of the Specifications. Furnish appropriate facilities, instruments, and testing devices required for performance of the quality control function. Controls must be adequate to cover construction operations and be keyed to the construction sequence. Construction shall not begin until the Owner has approved the CQC program. 1.2 CONTROL OF ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION A. Include a control system for the following phases of inspection: 1. Pre -Installation Meeting. For all sections where pre -installations are defined, the Contractor shall arrange for a pre -installation meeting. When practical, pre- installation meetings shall be scheduled to take place on the same day as regularly schedule progress meetings. The Contractor shall make available, during this meeting, all approved submittals and products. a. Agenda to include the following: i Appointment ii. Appointment of official representatives of participants in the Project. iii. Review of existing conditions and affected work, and testing thereof as required. iv. Review of installation procedures and requirements. v. Review of environmental and site condition requirements. vi. Schedule of the applicable portions of the Work. vii. Schedule of submission of samples, color chips, and items for Owners consideration. viii. Requirements for temporary facilities, site sign, offices, storage sheds, utilities, fences, Section 01500. ix. Requirements for notification for reviews. Allow a minimum of 48 hour notice to Architect for review of the Work. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD QUALITY CONTROL 01 45 00 - 1 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0145 00 Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL x. Requirements for inspections and tests, as applicable. Schedule and undertake inspections and tests in accordance with Section 01410. xi. Delivery schedule of specified equipment. xii. Special safety requirements and procedures. b. The following minimum personnel shall be at the meeting: i. Project Manager. ii. Project Field Supervisor iii. Subcontractor iv. Architect's Representative v. Owner's Representative vi. Commissioning Agent, when applicable vii. Testing Agency, when applicable 2. Preparatory Inspection. Perform this inspection prior to beginning work on any definable feature of work. Include a review of contract requirements with the supervisors directly responsible for the performance of the work; check to assure that materials, products, and equipment have been tested, submitted, and approved; check to assure that provisions have been made for required control testing; examine the work area to ascertain that preliminary work has been completed; physically examine materials and equipment to assure that they conform to shop drawings and data and that the materials and equipment are on hand. 3. Initial Inspection. Perform this inspection as soon as work commences on a representative portion of a particular feature of workmanship review control testing for compliance with contract requirements. 4. Follow-up Inspections. Perform these inspections on a regular basis to assure continuing compliance with contract requirements until completion of that particular work. 1.3 CONTROL OF OFF-SITE OPERATIONS A. Perform factory quality control inspections for items fabricated or assembled off-site as opposed to "off-the-shelf' items. The CQC Representative at the fabricating plant shall be responsible for release of the fabricated items for shipment to the job site. The CQC Representative at the job site shall receive the item and note any damage incurred during shipment. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting and maintaining the item in good condition throughout the period of on-site and during erection or installation. Although any item found to be faulty may be rejected before its use, final acceptance of an item by the Owner is based on its satisfactory incorporation into the work and acceptance of the completed project. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD QUALITY CONTROL 01 45 00 - 2 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (FMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0145 00 Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL 1.4 TESTING A. The Owner may engage the services of an independent testing laboratory to confirm that an installed item or element of work conforms to the Specification and workmanship requirements. 1.5 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE A. The Owner shall designate a Representative to monitor the progress and execution of the work. The Representative shall have the authority to call for test samples, to approve or to reject work performed and to stop work in progress, if, in its opinion, the work is not in conformance with the Contract Documents. The Representative shall not be authorized to make changes or interpretations of the Contract Documents. 1. The Contractor shall maintain a project Deficiency/Issues Log in e -Builder to track non -conforming materials or sub -standard workmanship identified by Owner's Representative. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ****END OF SECTION 01 45 00**** JULIUS F. WEINHOLD QUALITY CONTROL 01 45 00 - 3 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain all temporary facilities and services of every kind, as required by the Contractor and by its subcontractors for their performance of the Work and compliance with the Contract Documents, and shall remove such facilities and complete such services upon the completion of all other work, or as Cornell University may direct. B. The Contractor shall obtain all required permits and approvals for and shall provide, construct, or install, as well as operate, maintain, service and remove temporary facilities and services. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with Federal, State and local codes and safety regulations. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Choice of materials, as suitable for the accomplishment of the intended purpose, is the Contractor's option. B. Materials may be new or used, but must not violate requirements of applicable codes, standards and specifications. 2.2 TEMPORARY FIRST AID FACILITIES A. Provide first aid equipment and supplies, with qualified personnel continuously available to render first aid at the site. B. Provide a sign, posted at the telephone, listing the telephone numbers for emergency medical services: Physicians, ambulance services and hospitals. 2.3 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION A. Provide a fire protection and prevention program for employees and personnel at the site. Comply with NFPA 241. Develop, manage, and supervise an overall fire -prevention and - protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information JULIUS F. WEINHOLD TEMPORARY FACILITES 01 50 00 - 1 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 AND CONTROLS 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS B. Equipment: 1. Provide and maintain fire extinguishing equipment ready for instant use at all areas of the Project and at specific areas of critical fire hazard. 2. Hand extinguishers of the types and sizes recommended by the National Board of Fire Underwriters to control fires from particular hazards. 3. Construction period use of permanent fire protection system. 4. Water hoses connected to an adequate water pressure and supply system to reach each area or level of construction upon building enclosure or heating of the building. 5. Maintain existing standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Provide additional temporary hoses where required to comply with requirements. Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire -protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles. Provide hoses of sufficient length to protect construction areas. 6. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, siamese connections, standpipes, temporary fire -protection facilities, stairways, and other access routes for firefighting. 7. Where existing or temporary fire protection services are being replaced with new fire protection services, do not remove or impair existing or temporary services until new services are placed into operation and use. 8. At earliest feasible date in each area of Project, complete installation of permanent fire - protection facility and systems, including connected services, and place into operation and use. Instruct key personnel on use of facilities. Protect and maintain permanent fire protection system. Repair or replace any components damaged during construction. C. Enforce fire -safety discipline: 1. Store combustible and volatile materials in an isolated, protected location. 2. Avoid accumulations of flammable debris and waste in or about the Project. 3. Prohibit smoking in the vicinity of hazardous conditions. 4. There is NO SMOKING allowed on construction sites located in any occupied building. Smoking is prohibited in all Cornell University buildings. 5. Closely supervise welding and torch -cutting operations in the vicinity of combustible materials and volatile conditions. 6. Supervise locations and operations of portable heating units and fuel. D. Maintain fire extinguishing equipment in working condition, with current inspection certificate attached to each extinguisher. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD TEMPORARY FACILITES CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 AND CONTROLS GENERATOR (EMCS) 2/12/16 015000-2 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS E. Welding or burning operations shall be conducted under a Hot Work Permit issued in accordance with Section 01 41 00. Where such work is permitted, the Contractor shall provide an approved fire extinguisher in good operating condition within easy reach of the operating personnel. In each instance, obtain prior approval of Cornell University Environmental Health & Safety. F. Advise Cornell University Environmental Health & Safety of any items affecting Life Safety, e.g., road blockages, exit closing, etc. 2.4 CONSTRUCTION AIDS A. Provide construction aids and equipment required to assure safety for personnel and to facilitate the execution of the Work; Scaffolds, staging, ladders, stairs, ramps, runways, platforms, railings, hoists, cranes, chutes and other such equipment. B. When permanent stair framing is in place, provide temporary treads, platforms and railings, for use by construction personnel. C. Maintain all equipment in a safe condition. 2.5 SUPPORTS A. The Contractor shall include cost of all materials and labor necessary to provide all supports, beams, angles, hangers, rods, bases, braces, etc. to properly support the Contract Work. All supports, etc. shall meet the approval of the Architect. B. Any and all supports that are of "custom" fabrication or installation shall be designed by the Contractor's NYS licensed PE with stamped & signed shop drawings and calculations provided for same. 2.6 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary weather -tight enclosure for building exterior, maintain in-place until installation of permanent enclosures. Provide temporary weather -tight enclosure of exterior walls as work progresses for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities, and as necessary to provide acceptable working conditions, provide weather protection for interior materials, provide weather protection for occupied areas, allow for effective temporary heating, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. 1. Provide temporary exterior doors with self-closing hardware and padlocks or locksets. 2. Other enclosures shall be removable as necessary for work and for handling of materials. 3. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is incomplete, insulate temporary enclosures. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD TEMPORARY FACILITES 01 50 00 - 3 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 AND CONTROLS 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0150 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 4. Coordinate enclosure with ventilation requirements, material drying or curing requirements, and specified environmental limitations to avoid dangerous or detrimental conditions and effects. B. Provide temporary enclosures to separate work areas from areas of the existing building occupied by Owner; to prevent penetration of dust or moisture into occupied areas, to prevent damage to existing equipment, and to protect Owner's employees and operations from construction work. 1. Temporary partition and ceiling enclosures: Framing and sheet materials which comply with structural and fire rating requirements of applicable codes and standards. a. Close joints between sheet materials, and seal edges and intersections with existing surfaces, to prevent penetration of dust or moisture. b. In locations where fire protection is required, paint both sides of partitions and ceilings with fire -retardant paint as required by local fire regulations. 2. Do not remove existing exterior enclosure systems until new exterior enclosure systems are ready for installation. Complete removal of existing exterior enclosure systems as soon as possible Immediately after completing removal, install new exterior enclosure systems and complete installation as soon as possible. 3. Do not remove existing HVAC systems connected to louvers at existing exterior enclosure systems until new HVAC systems and louvers at exterior enclosure systems are ready for installation. Complete removal of existing HVAC systems and louvers as soon as possible. Immediately after completing removal, install new HVAC systems and new louvers and complete installation as soon as possible. 2.7 TEMPORARY WATER CONTROL A. The Contractor shall provide, maintain and operate pumps required to keep the Work free of water at all times. B. Dispose of all water with due care and shall not infringe on the rights of others on the Site, of adjacent property owners and of the public. All cost in connection with the removal of such water shall be paid by the Contractor 2.8 TREE, PLANT AND LAWN PROTECTION A. Preserve and protect existing trees, plants and lawns at the site which are designated to remain, and those adjacent to the site. B. Consult with Owner, and remove agreed -on roots and branches which interfere with construction. 1. Employ qualified tree surgeon to remove, and to treat cuts. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD TEMPORARY FACILITES 01 50 00 - 4 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 AND CONTROLS 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS C. Provide temporary fences to a height of six feet, around each, or around each group of trees and plants. Provide temporary lawn protection to prevent soil compaction. Reference Cornell University Design Standards and Details: 1.8.3 - Tree Fence Detail D. Protect root zones of trees, plants and lawn areas: 1. Do not allow vehicular traffic or parking. 2. Do not store materials or products. 3. Prevent dumping of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids. 4. Prevent puddling or continuous running water. E. Carefully supervise excavating, grading and filling, and subsequent construction operations to prevent damage. F. Replace, or suitably repair, trees, plants and lawn areas designated to remain which are damaged or destroyed due to construction operations. G. Roots 2 inches or larger that are damaged or cut during construction are to be sawed off close to the tree side of the excavation. H. During the leafing -out period in the spring, extra care should be exercised to reduce root damage such as keeping exposed roots wet, saturating soil when backfilling around roots, and backfilling as soon as possible. I. Trees damaged during construction should be fertilized according to standard tree maintenance practices. J. If roots are cut back as a result of construction, proper pruning standards should be applied to compensate for root loss, while maintaining the natural character of the tree. 2.9 GUARDRAILS AND BARRICADES A. Provide guardrails, barricades, fences, footways, tunnels and other devices necessary to protect personnel and employees at the site, and the public, against hazards on or adjacent to the construction site. 1. Provide signs, warning lights, signals, flags and illumination as necessary to alert persons to hazards and to provide safe, adequate visibility in areas of hazards. 2. Closed sidewalks need to be indicated with OSHA -approved signs, as well as, proper barricades. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD TEMPORARY FACILITES CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 AND CONTROLS GENERATOR (EMCS) 2/12/16 015000-5 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 2.10 ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING AREAS A. Provide adequate temporary roads and walks to achieve all-weather access into the site from public thoroughfares, and within and adjacent to the site as necessary to provide uninterrupted access to field offices, work and storage areas. B. Grade and provide drainage facilities to assure runoff of rainwater and to avoid blockage of flow from adjacent areas. C. During dry weather wet down temporary unpaved areas when necessary to prevent blowing dust. 2.11 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS A. No signs to be displayed at the project site, unless authorized by the Owner. 2.12 SECURITY A. The Contractor shall provide security services as required to protect the interests of the Owner. 2.13 FIELD OFFICES A. The Owner shall designate a space within the facility to serve as a field office for the use of the Contractor and Owner. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Consult with Owner, review site conditions and factors which affect construction procedures and temporary facilities, including adjacent properties and public facilities which may be affected by execution of the work. 1. Designate the locations and extent of temporary construction, storage, and other temporary facilities and controls required for the expeditious accomplishment of the Work. 2. Allow space for use of the site by Owner and by other contractors, as required by Contract Documents. 3.2 GENERAL A. Comply with applicable requirements specified in sections of Division 02 through 40. B. Make work structurally, mechanically and electrically sound throughout. C. Install work in a neat and orderly manner. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD TEMPORARY FACILITES 01 50 00 - 6 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 AND CONTROLS 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS D. Maintain, clean, service and repair facilities to provide continuous usage, and to the quality specified for the original installation. E. Relocate facilities as required by progress of construction, by storage or work requirements, and to accommodate requirements of Owner and other contractors employed at the site. F. Keep the site, at all times during the progress of the Work, free from accumulation of waste matter or rubbish and shall confine its apparatus, materials and operations of its workers to the limits prescribed except as the latter may be extended with the approval of the Owner's Representative. Cleaning of the structure or structures must be performed daily and removal of waste matter or rubbish must be performed at least once a week. G. Contractor shall at all times keep access road and public roads clean of mud and construction debris and maintain dust control to the satisfaction of the Owner. 3.3 REMOVAL A. Completely remove temporary structures, materials, equipment and services: 1. When construction needs can be met by use of permanent construction. 2. At completion of the Project. B. Repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary facilities. Clean after removal. C. Restore existing or permanent facilities used for temporary purposes to specified, or to original condition. 1. Remove foundations and underground installations for temporary construction and utilities. 2. Grade the areas of the site affected by temporary installations to required elevations and slopes, and clean the area. ***END OF SECTION 01 50 00*** JULIUS F. WEINHOLD TEMPORARY FACILITES 01 50 00 - 7 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 AND CONTROLS 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES SECTION 01 51 00 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain temporary utilities required by all trades for construction. Remove on completion of Work. B. The Contractor shall provide all labor and materials for temporary connections and distribution. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with National Electric Code, current edition. B. Comply with Federal, State and local codes and safety regulations and with utility company requirements. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Materials may be new or used, but must be adequate in capacity for the required usage, must not create unsafe conditions, and must not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards. 2.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY, LIGHTING AND WATER A. The Contractor shall have access to the Owner's water and electric power for constructing the Work. Temporary utility connections shall be made by the Contractor as close to its operations as possible as long as such connections do not over -load the capacity of the Owner's utilities or interfere with its customary utilization thereof. Utility access points shall be determined in cooperation with and acceptable to the Owner. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the economic use of the Owner's Water and Power. The Owner will pay for the water and power consumed in the construction of the Work as long as economical usage of these utilities is maintained. The Owner reserves the right to meter and charge for the power and water consumed if in the opinion of the Owner the usage of these utilities is not economically conducted by the Contractor. In such an event, the Owner shall give three (3) days written notice to the Contractor of its intentions to meter and charge for temporary utilities used by the Contractor. C. All temporary power systems including wiring shall be removed by the Contractor when no longer required. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD TEMPORARY 01 51 00 - 1 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 UTILITIES 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES D. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner or the Owner's Representative for approval a proposed schedule of all utility shutdowns and cutovers of all types which may be required in connection with the Work. Such schedule shall provide a minimum of four (4) weeks advance notice to the Owner prior to the time of the proposed shutdown and cutover. The Contractor shall be responsible for all charges relating to shutdowns. E. Discontinuance, Changes and Removal The Contractor shall: 1. Discontinue all temporary services required by the Contract when so directed by the Owner or the Owner's Representative. The discontinuance of any such temporary service prior to the completion of the Work shall not render the Owner liable for any additional cost entailed thereby. 2. Remove and relocate such temporary facilities as directed by the Owner or the Owner's Representative, and shall restore the Site and the Work to a condition satisfactory to the Owner. 2.3 TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION A. The Contractor shall furnish temporary heat as may be necessary for constructing the Work. B. The Contractor will be permitted to use the building's permanent heating system for temporary heat. Permission to use the building's permanent heating system shall in no way constitute the Owner's acceptance of that portion of the Work. C. When using the permanent building systems for space conditioning, provide a written maintenance plan for acceptance by the Owner's Representative, prior to utilizing the equipment. Plan to address temporary filtering of air and water, sealing of open ducts, lubrication, operation outside of normal ranges, and controls/safeties. Return all equipment to its newly installed condition prior to acceptance testing. 1. If the Contractor elects to use the building's permanent heating system for temporary heat, the Contractor shall provide filters with MERV of 8 at each return -air grille in system, maintain to keep them free of dust and debris, replace if necessary and remove at end of construction and clean HVAC system as required in Section 01 77 00 — Project Closeout. D. Any temporary system shall be removed when no longer required. E. During heating cycles the enclosures separating the interior building areas from outside shall be maintained closed to conserve heat energy. F. The Contractor shall provide for ventilation of all structures until Physical Completion of the Work and shall control such ventilation to avoid excessive moisture levels and rates of drying of construction materials, including but not limited to concrete and to plaster, and to prevent condensation on sensitive surfaces. The Contractor shall be responsible for any moisture intrusion that is detrimental to the Project. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD TEMPORARY CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 UTILITIES GENERATOR (EMCS) 2/12/16 015100-2 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES 2.4 TEMPORARY CONTRACTOR TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Site Superintendent or their Representative shall carry a cellular telephone at all times. 2.5 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. The Owner shall designate sanitary facilities to be utilized by the Contractor during construction. The Contractor shall maintain neat, clean and sanitary conditions. The Contractor shall be responsible for costs associated with excessive custodial services associated with such usage. 2.6 TEMPORARY, PORTABLE GENERATOR A. The Contractor shall provide a 480Y/277V, 3-phase, 4 -wire, 125 -kW rated diesel generator to backup power to the entire building whenever there is a power interruption. B. The Contractor shall provide all temporary feeder wiring and connections to the 480V switchgear. C. The Contractor shall provide all portable generator controls and accessory power to operate the portable generator. D. The Contractor shall provide all diesel fuel and generator servicing required to operate the portable generator during all power interruptions. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 REMOVAL A. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required. B. Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities. C. Restore existing and permanent facilities used for temporary services to specified, or to original, condition. ***END OF SECTION 01 51 00*** JULIUS F. WEINHOLD TEMPORARY CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 UTILITIES GENERATOR (EMCS) 2/12/16 015100-3 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 57 13 Ithaca, New York SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL SECTION 01 57 13 SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall be responsible for preparing and implementing an Erosion and Sediment Control Plan. B. This Section describes minimum standards for the prevention and control of erosion during the construction process and may not be sufficient for all sites. The Contractor shall remain responsible for the means and methods of preventing erosion and may be required to employ additional means and methods as required to prevent violations of local, state, or federal standards. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit an Erosion and Sediment Control Plan, as specified herein. B. Refer to Section 01 33 00 — Submittal Procedures. 1.3 PLAN AND IMPLEMENTATION GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Plan shall comply with design specifications in the New York Guidelines for Urban Erosion and Sediment Control, NYS Stonnwater Management Design Manual, NYSDEC Technical and Operational Guidance Series, good engineering practices, and this Section. B. Erosion and Sediment Control Plan shall be reviewed and approved by the Environmental Health and Safety Office, and implemented prior to any site work. C. Maintain Erosion and Sediment Control measures throughout the course of site construction activities until vegetative growth is established to the Owner's satisfaction. D. At conclusion of the Project, remove all remaining temporary erosion control structures and properly dispose of accumulated sediment on-site in areas approved by the Owner. 1.4 PERFORMANCE STANDARDS A. At no time shall construction operations or any related disturbance of the site result in the impairment of local waterways. "Impairment" is defined by regulations as including, but not limited to, the following: 1. The release of water into receiving waters that causes a substantial visible contrast to natural conditions; or 2. The deposition of significant sediment into such waters. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 01 57 13-1 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York B. Such deficiencies impairment. SECTION 01 57 13 SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL shall be corrected immediately by the Contractor to prevent further C. In addition, and without notice to the Contractor, the Owner shall also have the right, based on the Owner's independent assessment, to stop work or engage other contractor(s) to construct or correct such work as may be necessary to prevent the impairment of waterways, and to charge all costs related to such corrective or additional actions against the Contract. D. Acceptance of an Erosion and Sediment Control plan shall not in any way imply that the plan will be adequate in preventing impairment of waters, or that maintenance and modification will not be necessary. Rather, acceptance of the plan authorizes the Contractor to begin installation of the control measures under the assumption the appropriate maintenance and modification will be required throughout the life of the project to meet the project requirements. E. The Contractor's responsibilities under this Section shall end upon final completion and payment of the Work of the entire Contract. 1.5 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN COMPONENTS A. The Erosion and Sediment Control Plan submitted shall specifically address project measures, features, and areas critical to proper site erosion and sediment control. The Plan shall specifically include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Site Map, to scale; 2. Measures to prevent stormwater from running onto the disturbed areas of the site; 3. Inlet protection for storm sewers and catch basins; 4. Measures to be used for dewatering; and 5. Measures to be used for soil stabilization, runoff control, and sediment control, including specific measures for the following: a. Site entrance stabilization b. Staging areas c. Material and soil stock piles d. Concrete curing operations e. Disturbed areas of the site In addition to the requirements included in these specifications, specific erosion control measures shown on the Contract Drawings, if any, shall also be required. B. All features shall be designed and installed in accordance with the references included in Paragraph 1.3 — Plan and Implementation General Requirements of this Section. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 01 57 13-2 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 57 13 Ithaca, New York SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL C. Keep access roads and public roads clear of mud and construction debris at all times. Maintain dust control measures throughout construction. 1.6 INSPECTIONS A. At the sole discretion of the Owner, inspections may be performed by a third party or on - staff representative of the Owner. 1. The Owner may inspect the site at any time, without prior notification, for compliance with the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan and applicable local, state and federal regulations. Any instances of non -compliances or failure to meet the performance standards found must be resolved within 24 hours, with more immediate responses as required to mitigate active erosion during storm events or similar instances. 2. Modify the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan as necessary, to provide full compliance with the performance standards. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 57 13* JULIUS F. WEINHOLD SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 01 57 13-3 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION SECTION 01 66 00 STORAGE AND PROTECTION 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall receive, pile, store and handle all materials, equipment and other items incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work, including items furnished by the Owner in a careful and prudent manner and shall protect them against loss or damage from every source. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for obscuring from public view, in a manner acceptable to the Owner, staging and storage areas. 1.2 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. B. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction space. C. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. D. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installation. E. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct and products are undamaged. F. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement or damage. 1.3 ON-SITE STORAGE A. Materials stored on the Site shall be neatly piled and protected, and shall be stored in a neat and orderly manner in locations that shall not interfere with the progress of the Work or with the daily functioning of the Institution. B. Materials subject to weather damage shall be protected against the weather by floored weatherproof temporary storage sheds. C. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather -protection requirements for storage. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD STORAGE AND 01 66 00 - 1 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 PROTECTION 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL Ithaca, New D. E. F. UNIVERSITY York SECTION 01 66 00 STORAGE AND PROTECTION Storage piles and sheds shall be located within the area designated as the Staging Area. The Contractor shall work to insure that the condition of the staging area has no negative impact on the Campus, visually or otherwise; and that outside of that area. The Contractor has no impact at all on the Campus. Materials stored within the building shall be distributed in such a manner as to avoid overloading of the structural frame, and never shall be concentrated in such a manner as to exceed the equivalent of 50 pounds per square foot uniformly distributed loading. Stored materials shall be moved if they interfere with the progress of the work. Should it become necessary during the course of the Work to move stored materials or equipment, the Contractor, at the direction of the Owner or the Owner's Representative, shall move such materials or equipment. 1.4 PALM ROAD STORAGE A. B. C. D. E. F. All property including construction materials and equipment stored at the Palm Road location shall be stored at the Contractor's sole risk. The Contractor is solely responsible for repair or replacement of property due to any cause of loss. The Contractor agrees to hold Cornell harmless from any accident or injury occurring at Palm Road storage site associated with the Contractor's storage. The Contractor understands that Cornell makes "no" warranty regarding any security at the Palm Road site. The Contractor agrees that it is solely responsible for any cleanup of any site contamination caused by the Contractor's storage or storage operations and the Contractor agrees to pay for cleanup of any contamination and restore the site back to the same condition it was found. It shall be assumed that the Contractor is responsible for site contamination unless the Contractor has reported condition prior to moving storage materials and equipment onto the site. Each Contractor shall be responsible for their own general area whether defined formally or not but in cases where pollutants have traveled or are found in the public areas used by all contractors, the Contractor agrees as follows: 1. If it cannot be detennined who is responsible for site contamination after an investigation, all contractors who could be responsible based upon location of the incident agree to share the expense of cleanup equally. No storage of hazardous materials or enviromnental contaminants is permitted at the Palm Road site. All barrels must have labels affixed identifying contents. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD STORAGE AND 01 66 00 - 2 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 PROTECTION 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION 1.5 PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall provide security personnel and adopt other security measures as may be necessary to adequately protect materials and equipment stored at the site. The Contractor shall be obligated to replace or pay for all materials and equipment including items furnished by the Owner which have been damaged or stolen prior to completion of the Work. B. Protection of Utilities 1. If during the course of the Project, it is necessary to work adjacent to existing utilities, pipelines, structures and equipment, the Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect existing facilities from damage. 2. Locations of utilities as shown on the Contract Documents are approximate only. The Contractor shall excavate or otherwise locate to verify existing utilities in advance of its operation. C. Protective Covering 1. All finished surfaces shall be protected by the Contractor as follows: a. Door and window sills and the jambs and soffits of openings used as passageways or through which material is handled, shall be cased and protected adequately against possible damage resulting from the conduct of the work of all trades. b. All surfaces shall be clean and not marred upon delivery of the building to the Owner. The Contractor shall, without extra compensation, replace all blocks, gypsum board, plaster, paint, tile, and all other surfaces, whether or not protected, which are damaged, and shall refinish (including painting as specified) to satisfaction of Owner. c. Tight wood sheathing shall be laid under any materials that are stored on finished concrete surfaces and planking must be laid before moving any materials over these finished areas. Wheelbarrows used over such areas shall have rubber tires on wheels. d. Contractor has the responsibility for protection of carpeting and all finish flooring during all phases of the work including after installation. e. All floors exposed to view as a floor finish shall be protected by overlaying with plywood in all areas subject to construction traffic within and without the building, special care shall be taken to protect all stair finish surfaces including but not limited to flooring, wood in -fill stairs, cabinetry, counters, equipment, etc. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD STORAGE AND 01 66 00 - 3 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 PROTECTION 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION 1.6 PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION A. Protect installed products, including Owner -provided products, and control traffic in immediate area to prevent damage from subsequent operations. B. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, corners, and jambs, sills, and soffits of openings in and adjacent to traffic areas. C. Cover walls and floors of elevator cabins, and jambs of cab doors, when elevators are used by construction personnel. D. Protect finish floors and stairs from dirt, wear, and damage: 1. Secure heavy sheet goods or similar protective materials in place, in areas subject to foot traffic. 2. Lay planking or similar rigid materials in place, in areas subject to movement of heavy objects. 3. Lay planking or similar rigid materials in place, in areas where storage of products will occur. E. Protect waterproofed and roofed surfaces: 1. Restrict use of surfaces for traffic of any kind, and for storage of products. 2. When an activity is mandatory, obtain recommendations for protection of surfaces from manufacturer. Install protection and remove on completion of activity. Restrict use of adjacent unprotected areas. F. Restrict traffic of any kind across planted lawn and landscape areas. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 66 00*** JULIUS F. WEINHOLD STORAGE AND 01 66 00 - 4 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 PROTECTION 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING SECTION 01 73 29 CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, fitting and patching, including excavation and backfill, required to complete the Work or to: 1. Make its several parts fit together properly. 2. Uncover portions of the Work to provide for installation of ill-timed work. 3. Remove and replace defective work. 4. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of Contract Documents. 5. Remove samples of installed work as specified for testing. 6. Repair or restore existing or new surfaces and finishes to match adjacent existing or new surfaces and finishes. B. Upon written instructions of the Owner's Representative: 1. Uncover designated portions of Work for Architect's observation of covered work. 2. Remove samples of installed materials for testing beyond that specified. 3. Remove work to provide for the alteration of previously incorrectly installed work. 4. Patch work uncovered or removed. C. Do not damage or endanger any work by cutting or altering the Work or any part thereof. D. Do not cut or otherwise alter the work of the Owner except with the written consent of the Owner's Representative. E. Where cutting and patching involves adding reinforcement to structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations showing integration of reinforcement with the original structure. F. Openings and Chases 1. Build openings, including but not limited to channels, chases and flues as required to complete the Work as set forth in the Contract. 2. After installation and completion of any work for which openings have been provided, build in, over, and around and finish all such openings as required to complete the Work. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29 - 1 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 AND REPAIRING 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 3. Furnish and install all sleeves, inserts, hangers and supports required for the execution of the Work. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit a written request to the Architect prior to executing any cutting, alteration or excavation which affects the work of the Owner, or which may affect the structural safety of any portion of the Project. Include: 1. Identification of the Project. 2. Description of the affected work. 3. The necessity for doing the cutting, alteration or excavation. 4. The effect on the work of the Owner's property, or on the structural integrity of the Project. 5. Description of the proposed work: a. The scope of cutting, patching, alteration, or excavation. b. Contractor and trades who will execute the work. c. Products proposed to be used. d. The extent of refinishing to be done. 6. Alternatives to cutting, patching or excavation. 7. Designation of the responsibility for the cost of cutting and patching. 8. Written permission of any separate contractor whose work will be affected. B. Should conditions of the work or the schedule indicate a change of products from the original installation, submit a request for substitution as specified in Section 01 25 00 - Substitutions and Product Options. C. Submit a written notice to the Architect and the Owner designating the date and the time the work will be uncovered. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that would change their load -carrying capacity for Load -deflection ratio. 1. Obtain written approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching structural elements, including but not limited to the following: a. Foundation construction JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29 - 2 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 AND REPAIRING 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING b. Bearing and retaining walls c. Structural concrete d. Structural steel and lintels e. Structural decking f. Miscellaneous structural metals g. Exterior wall back-up supports and anchoring systems h. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment supports i. Equipment supports B. Operational Limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended. Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in increased maintenance or decreased operation life or safety. 1. Obtain written approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching the following operating elements or safety related systems: a. Primary operational systems and equipment b. Air or smoke barriers c. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers d. Membranes and flashings e. Fire protection systems f. Control systems g. Communication systems h. Electrical wiring systems i. Operating systems of special construction in MEP work C. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in the Owner's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that would result in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace construction which was cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner at no expense to the Owner. D. Waterproofing and Water Tightness: Do not cut or alter waterproofed walls or floors or any structural members without written permission of the Owner. 1. Waterproofing and Roofing Membranes JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29 - 3 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 AND REPAIRING 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING a. Employ qualified contractors to accomplish all required cutting, patching, or repairing of existing waterproofing and roofing membranes. b. Before beginning cutting, patching or repairing of existing waterproofing and roofing membranes, obtain approval of all materials, methods and contractor to be used from the Owner and agency, or agencies, holding bond or guarantee/warranty in force for membrane. 2. Water Tightness a. The Contractor shall be responsible for water tightness of product, materials, and workmanship, including work specified to be watertight and inferred by general practice to be watertight. b. All floors (slabs), walls, roof, glazing, windows, doors, sleeves through foundation walls, flashings, and similar items shall be watertight. c. If details or materials shown or specified are felt not satisfactory to produce water tightness, the Contractor shall inform the Owner's Representative before installation and submit proposed substitution or alternative method for review and approval. The Contractor shall execute approved change and make watertight at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.4 WARRANTIES A. Replace, patch, and repair material and surfaces cut or damaged by methods and with materials in such a manner as not to void any warranties required or existing. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Comply with the Contract Documents for each product involved. B. Use materials identical to in-place or existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials whose installed performance will equal or surpass that of in-place or existing materials, and will match visual appearance of in-place or existing materials. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Inspect existing conditions of the Project, including elements subject to damage or to movement during: 1. Cutting and patching. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29 - 4 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 AND REPAIRING 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 2. Excavation and backfilling. B. After uncovering work, inspect the conditions affecting the installation of products, or performance of the work. C. Report unsatisfactory or dubious conditions to the Architect in writing; do not proceed with the work until the Architect has provided further instructions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide shoring, bracing and other support as necessary to assure the structural safety of that portion of the Work. B. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of the Project from damage. C. Provide for vertical and lateral support required to protect adjacent buildings and properties. D. Provide protection from the elements for that portion of the Project which may be exposed by cutting and patching work, including but not limited to pumping to maintain excavations free from water. E. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. F. Avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit, or ductwork serving the building but scheduled to be removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them. 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay. 1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction activities and the subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Cutting: Cut existing construction using methods which will assure safety, will be least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction, and will provide proper surfaces to receive new work. 1. In general, where cutting, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine, such as a carbon saw or a diamond -core drill. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29 - 5 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 AND REPAIRING 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 4. Comply with the requirements of applicable MEP work where cutting and patching of services is required. C. Patching: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances. 1. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the installation. 2. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intelinediate paint coats over patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. 3. Refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide an even finish to match adjacent finishes: a. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection. b. For an assembly, refinish the entire unit. 4. When patching existing plaster finished walls and partitions, the Contractor shall utilize plaster trim, lath and other metal components to match the integrity of the existing system. All plaster finishes shall match existing finishes so as to provide a uniform visual appearance. 5. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are demolished extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. a. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. 6. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or re -hang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even - plane surface of uniform appearance. 7. Concrete Masonry Units: Patch walls by toothing-in units using salvaged or new CMU units matching in-place units for type and size. Match coursing patterns, mortar joint profiles, and other features of in-place CMU walls. Use accessory materials compatible with in-place materials. 8. Brick and Masonry: Patch walls by toothing-in units using salvaged or new brick and masonry matching in-place brick and masonry units. Match coursing patterns, mortar joint profiles, and other features of in-place brick and masonry walls. Use accessory materials compatible with in-place materials. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29 - 6 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 AND REPAIRING 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 9. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weather -tight condition. a. Existing Roofing: Comply with requirements of existing roofing manufacturer for cutting and patching existing roofing system. Provide flashing and trim, base sheets, base flashing, adhesives, insulation, blocking, substrate boards, accessories, and other required items to patch roofing at penetrations and roof- top mounted items. D. Repairs: Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new materials. 1. Completely fill holes and depressions in existing masonry walls that are to remain with an approved masonry patching material applied according to manufacturer's written recommendations. E. Execute excavating and backfilling by methods which will assure safety, will prevent settlement or damage to other work. F. Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide a finished installation to comply with specified products, functions, tolerances and finishes. G. Restore work which has been cut or removed; install new products to provide completed work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. H. The Contractor shall replace, repair and patch all surfaces of the ground and of any structure disturbed by its operations and its Work which surfaces and structures are intended to remain even if such operations and work are outside the property lines. Such replacement, repair and patching shall be with like material and shall restore surfaces as they existed. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean area and spaces where cutting and patching are perfo,med. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar items. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. B. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. ***END OF SECTION 01 73 29*** JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29 - 7 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 AND REPAIRING 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT SECTION 01 77 00 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 INSPECTIONS A. Substantial Completion: 1. Within a minimum of five (5) days prior to substantial completion, when the Work has reached such a point of completion that the building or buildings, equipment and apparatus can be occupied and used for the purpose intended, the Contractor shall conduct a detailed inspection of the Work to ensure that all requirements of the Contract have been met and that the Work is complete and is acceptable. Contractor shall prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete. 2. After receipt of the Contractor's initial punch list, the Architect will make an inspection of the Work to determine that the Work is substantially complete and that requirements of the Contract have been met and that the Work is sufficiently complete and is acceptable for use. The Architect will submit a marked -up list of items to be completed and/or corrected, inclusive of the Contractor's punch list. The Architect shall prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion, on the basis of an inspection, when the Architect has determined that th6 work is substantially complete. 3. A copy of the report of the inspection will be furnished to the Contractor as the inspection progresses so that the Contractor may proceed without delay with any part of the Work found to be incomplete or defective. 4. All work performed under a Fire Protection System Installation/Alteration Operating Permit shall be inspected by the Ithaca Fire Department, or if so delegated by the Ithaca Building Department. a. A member of the Ithaca Fire Department shall witness all acceptance or reacceptance testing of work performed under a Fire Protection System Installation Operating Permit. All testing and inspections shall be in compliance with the applicable NFPA codes as referenced by Section 906.1 of the Fire Code of NYS. b. Work classified as a `Repair' under the Existing Building Code does not require the Ithaca Fire Department to witness the testing of the affected systems. Systems that have been repaired must still be tested as required by the Fire Code of NYS and NFPA. c. The Ithaca Fire Department Shall Witness the Acceptance or Reacceptance Testing for the Following Conditions: JULIUS F. WEINHOLD PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00 - 1 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT - Testing of any new installation of a fire alarm, fire suppression, or fire detection system as required by the Fire Code of New York State. - Hydrostatic testing of sprinkler system where the modification affects more than twenty (20) sprinkler heads and the modified area can be isolated from the rest of the system Installation or replacement of a fire pump or drive elements of the fire pump. - A Fire Alarm System with added or deleted components. - A Fire Alarm System where the wiring or control circuits have been modified. A Fire Alarm System where the control unit (Fire Alarm Panel) has been replaced or the control unit software has been replaced. A smoke control system where the master control unit, individual fan control unit, or fan drive unit has been replaced or modified - An alternative fire suppression system that has been replaced or the actuation elements have been modified. Except: fusible link replacement. - A modification or extension of the piping fur a fire standpipe system where a hydrostatic test is required by NFPA 14. B. Final Acceptance: 1. When the items appearing on the report of inspection have been completed or corrected, the Contractor shall so advise the Architect. After receipt of this notification and Contractor's certified list of completed items, the Owner's Representative will infornn the Contractor of the date and time of final inspection. A copy of the report of the final inspection containing all remaining contract exceptions, omissions and incomplete work will be furnished to the Contractor. 2. After receipt of notification of completion and all remaining contract exceptions, omissions and incomplete work from the Contractor, the Architect will make an inspection to verify completion of the exception items appearing on the report of final inspection. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial punch list submittal at Substantial Completion. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor, listing by room or space number. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for individual exterior face elevations, ceilings, individual walls, floors, doors, roof levels, casework, equipment, and building systems. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00 - 2 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT B. Contractor's Certified List of Completed Items: Final signed punch list submittal at Final Completion. C. Certificates of Release: Occupancy permits from authorities having jurisdiction. 1.3 FINAL CLEAN UP A. Upon completion of the work covered by the Contract the Contractor shall leave the completed Project ready for use and occupancy without the need of further cleaning of any kind and with all Work in new condition and in perfect order. In addition, upon completion of all Work the Contractor shall remove from the vicinity of the Work all plant, buildings, rubbish, unused materials, concrete forms and other materials belonging to him or used under its direction during construction or impairing the use or appearance of the property and shall restore such areas affected by the work to their original condition, and, in the event of its failure to do so, the same shall be removed by the Owner at the expense of the Contractor, and the Contractor and/or its surety shall be liable therefore. Final clean-up shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. All finished surfaces shall be swept, dusted, washed and polished. This includes cleaning of the Work of all finishing trades where needed, whether or not cleaning by such trades is included in their respective sections of the specifications. 2. Roofs, utility tunnels, manholes and pipe trenches and spaces between the new and existing Work shall be left thoroughly cleaned. 3. Finished flooring shall be thoroughly cleaned in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Where the finish of floors has been marred or damaged in any space or area, the entire floor of that space or area shall be refinished as recommended by the manufacturers of the flooring. 5. All equipment shall be in an undamaged, bright, clean, polished and new appearing condition. 6. All new glass shall be washed and polished, both sides. The Contractor shall be responsible for all breakage of glass in the area of the Work from the commencement of its activities until the building is turned over to Owner. The Contractor shall replace all broken glass and deliver the entire building with all glazing intact and clean. 7. Provide new filters for all fan convectors after final cleaning. 8. Refer to exterior clean up. Remove paint and glazing compound from surfaces. B. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by construction operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before construction operations began. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00 - 3 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT 1.4 MAINTENANCE STOCK A. Turn over to Owner's Representative the maintenance stock specified. Contractor shall obtain signed receipt from Owner's Representative for all maintenance stock. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 77 00*** JULIUS F. WEINHOLD PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00 - 4 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 22 Ithaca, New York FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY SECTION 01 78 22 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY A. The Owner shall provide the Contractor with a list of Equipment Types to be inventoried and an Excel template. B. The Contractor shall populate the template (see Example Equipment List to be inventoried in Section 1.2). Once populated, the Contractor shall electronically return to the list to the Owner's Representative. The initial data to be captured on each piece of equipment shall include: 1. Name of Product 2. Equipment Classification 3. Manufacturer 4. Model Number 5. Serial Number 6. Cost 7. Location (including Building and Room Number) 8. Acquisition Date (Date of Installation) C. The Owner shall from the Contractor provided data create a follow-up equipment Excel template that contains the MAXIMO ID for the equipment with all the name plate and specification fields for each type of equipment. This template shall then be returned to the Contractor. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the initial labeling of the equipment and its' disconnects with the MAXIMO ID using an electronic label maker. ID labels shall be in close proximity to Equipment Identification information, visually locatable from the access point to the equipment and on the face of disconnects. E. The Contractor shall then populate the MAXIMO Equipment Specification Template with the equipment nameplate, specification information, and warranty information. The Contractor shall electronically submit the equipment data and any related documentation (i.e. - O&M manuals) to the Owner's Representative. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD FIXED EQUIPMENT 01 78 22 - 1 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 INVENTORY 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 22 Ithaca, New York FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY F. EXAMPLE EQUIPMENT LIST • Building Equipment • AC Drive/VSD • Air Dryer • Backflow Preventor • Air Compressor • Building • Sprinkler • Control • Vacuum • Pump • Condensate • Glycol • CWC • HWC • Potable • Sanitary Sewer • Storm Sewer • Sump • Quality Water • Fuel • Fan • Exhaust • Supply • Return • Fume Hood • Furnace • Generator • Hot Water Heater • Heat Exchangers • Boiler • Tank • Unit Heater • Fan Coil • VAV Box • Transfer Switch • Motor • Pump • Fan • Lift/Levelers • Water Softener • Reverse Osmosis 1.2 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 2.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 78 22*** JULIUS F. WEINHOLD FIXED EQUIPMENT 01 78 22 - 2 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 INVENTORY 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall compile product data and related information appropriate for Owner's maintenance and operation of products furnished under the Contract. 1. Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this Section, as referenced in other pertinent sections of Specifications and as necessary to operate the completed work. 2. Operations and maintenance data, in final format, shall be available to the Owner prior to substantial completion. B. Instruct Owner's personnel in the maintenance of products and in the operation of equipment and systems. 1.2 FORM OF SUBMITTALS A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's personnel. B. Submit a CD with electronic .pdf files, upload electronic files to ePM system and provide two hard (2) copies of complete manual in final form. 1. Hard Copy Format: a. Size: 8-1/2" x 11" and a CD with electronic files. b. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, scanned .pdf and/or neatly typewritten Word file. c. Drawings: - Drawings are required in both hard copy and electronic format. - Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text. - Fold larger drawings to the size of the text pages. d. Provide fly -leaf for each separate product, and major component parts of equipment. Provide type description of product, and major component parts of equipment. Provide indexed thumb tab. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD OPERATING AND 01 78 23 - 1 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 MAINTENANCE DATA 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA e. Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS". List: - Title of Project - Identity of separate structure as applicable. - Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual. f. Binders: - Commercial quality three-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent groupings. 2. Electronic Copy a. The electronic version of the O&M Manual will contain all of the same content and be organized in a manner similar to the hard copy version. Electronic copies of the product data and record submittals shall be in PDF format. Drawings shall be in AutoCAD v14 or higher format. b. Provide a series of files organized in subdirectories with a summary index with hyperlinks to the various documents and or references to separate CDs that contain the information. c. When electronic submissions are made on electronic media such as CDs, six (6) copies of the electronic media shall be provided. 1.3 CONTENT OF MANUAL A. Table of contents, typewritten, for each volume, arranged in a systematic order. 1. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. 2. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to the content of the volume. 3. List, with each product, the name, address and telephone number of: a. Subcontract or installer. b. Maintenance contractor, as appropriate. c. Identify the area of responsibility of each. d. Local source of supply for parts and replacement. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD OPERATING AND 01 78 23 - 2 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 MAINTENANCE DATA 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 4. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents. B. Product Data: 1. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product. 2. Annotate each sheet to: a. Clearly identify the specific product or part installed. b. Clearly identify the data applicable to the installation. c. Delete reference to inapplicable information. C. Submittal Data: 1. Include a record copy of the final, approved product submittal. Record copy shall be a clean copy (free of notes from the design professional) which has been updated to reflect the "as -installed" system. D. Drawings: 1. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: a. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems. b. Control and flow diagrams. 2. Coordinate drawings with information on Record Documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation. 3. Do not use Record Documents as maintenance drawings. E. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation: 1. Organize in a consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. 2. Provide a logical sequence of instructions for each procedure. F. Original copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued. 1. Provide information sheet for Owner's personnel, give: a. Proper procedures in the event of failure. b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranties or bonds. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD OPERATING AND 01 78 23 - 3 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 MAINTENANCE DATA 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 1.4 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. Submit a CD with electronic .pdf files, upload electronic files to ePM system and provide two (2) hard copies of complete manual in final form. B. Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes: 1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products: a. Catalog number, size, and composition. b. Color and texture designations. c. Infoiniation required for reordering special -manufactured products. d. Certification as to asbestos free 2. Instructions for care and maintenance: a. Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods. b. Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to the product. c. Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. C. Content, for moisture -protection and weather -exposed products: 1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products. a. Applicable standards b. Chemical composition c. Details of installation 2. Instructions for inspection, maintenance, and repair. D. Additional requirements for maintenance data: The respective sections of Specifications. 1.5 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Submit a CD with electronic .pdf files, upload electronic files to ePM system and provide two (2) hard copies of complete manual in final form. B. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate: 1. Description of unit and component parts. a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD OPERATING AND 01 78 23 - 4 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 MAINTENANCE DATA 2/12/16 GENERATOR (FMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests. c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of all replaceable parts. 2. Operating procedures: a. Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions. b. Regulation, control, stopping, shut -down and emergency instructions. c. Summer and winter operating instructions. d. Special operating instructions. 3. Maintenance Procedures: a. Routine operations. b. Guide to "trouble -shooting". c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly. d. Alignment, adjusting and checking. 4. Servicing and lubrication required: a. List of lubricants required. 5. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. 6. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer. 7. Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams required for maintenance. a. Predicted life of parts subject to wear. b. Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. 8. As -installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer. 9. Each contractor's coordination drawings. a. As -installed color coded piping diagrams. 10. Charts of valve tag numbers, with the location and function of each valve. 11. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. 12. Other data as required under pertinent sections of Specifications. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD OPERATING AND 01 78 23 - 5 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 MAINTENANCE DATA 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA C. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate: 1. Description of system and component parts: a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests. c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. 2. Circuit directories of panel boards: a. Electrical service. b. Controls. c. Communications. 3. As -installed color coded wiring diagrams. 4. Operating procedures: a. Routine and normal operating instructions. b. Sequences required. c. Special operating instructions. 5. Maintenance procedures: a. Routine operations. b. Guide to "trouble -shooting". c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly. d. Adjustment and checking. 6. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. 7. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. 8. Other data as required under pertinent sections of Specifications. D. Additional requirements for operations and maintenance data: See the respective sections of Specifications and General Conditions. 1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Submit through ePM system preliminary draft of proposed fol mats and outlines of contents thirty (30) calendar days after approved submittals. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD OPERATING AND 01 78 23 - 6 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 MAINTENANCE DATA 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA B. Submit completed data in final form twenty (20) calendar days prior the Acceptance Phase of the Project. C. Submit specified number of copies of approved data in final form prior to final acceptance. 1.7 INSTRUCTIONS OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL A. Prior to final inspections or acceptance, fully instruct Owner's designated operating and maintenance personnel in the operation, adjustment and maintenance of all products, equipment and systems: 1. Instruction time shall be sufficient to fully instruct all shifts of the Owner's operating and maintenance personnel. B. Operations and maintenance shall constitute the basis of instruction: 1. Review contents of manual with personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of operations and maintenance. C. Submit typewritten statement, signed by each of Owner's Representatives who have been instructed, describing: 1. Method of Instruction. 2. Equipment and Systems Operated. 3. Length of Instruction Period. D. Contractor is fully responsible until final acceptance, even though operated by Owner's personnel, unless otherwise agreed in writing. 1.8 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. List under clear plastic (1/8" thick) all operating, maintenance and starting precautions and procedures to be followed by Owner for operating all systems and equipment. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 78 23*** JULIUS F. WEINHOLD OPERATING AND 01 78 23 - 7 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 MAINTENANCE DATA 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36 Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS SECTION 01 78 36 WARRANTIES AND BONDS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION The Contractor shall: A. Compile specified warranties and bonds. B. Compile specified service and maintenance contracts. C. Co -execute submittals when so specified. D. Review submittals to verify compliance with Contract Documents. E. Submit to Architect for transmittal to Owner. 1.2 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Assemble warranties, bonds and service and maintenance contracts, executed by each of the respective manufacturers, suppliers and subcontractors. B. Number of original copies required: 1. Two (2) each hard copy 2. One (1) set in electronic format. C. Table of Contents: Neatly typed, in orderly sequence. Provide complete information for each item. 1. Product or work item. 2. Firm, with name of principal, address and telephone number. 3. Scope. 4. Date of beginning of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract. 5. Duration. 6. Provide information for Owner's personnel: a. Proper procedure in case of failure. b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranty or bond. 7. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD WARRANTIES AND 01 78 36 - 1 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 BONDS 2/12/16 GENERATOR (FMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36 Ithaca, New York WAR[2ANTIES AND BONDS 1.3 FORM OF SUBMITTALS (HARD COPY) A. Prepare in duplicate packets. B. Format: 1. Size 8-1/2 in. x 11 in., punch sheets for 3 -ring binder. a. Fold larger sheets to fit binders. C. 2. Cover: Identify each packet with typed or printed title "WARRANTIES AND BONDS". List: a. Title of Project b. Name of Contractor D. Binders: Commercial quality, three-ring, with durable and cleanable plastic covers. 1.4 FORM OF SUBMITTALS (ELECTRONIC COPY) A. The electronic version of the Warranties and Bonds will contain all of the same content as the hard copy version Electronic copies shall be in pdf format B. Provide a series of files organized in subdirectories with a summary index with hyperlinks to the various documents and or references to separate CDs that contain the information. 1.5 TIME OF SUBMITTALS A. Make final submittals within ten (10) days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final request for payment. B. For items of work when acceptance is delayed materially beyond the Date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten (10) days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the start of the warranty period. 1.6 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED A. Submit warranties, bonds, and service and maintenance contracts as specified in the respective sections of Specifications. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 78 36*** JULIUS F. WEINHOLD WARRANTIES AND 01 78 36 - 2 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 BONDS 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS SECTION 01 78 39 RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall maintain at the site, during construction, one record copy of: 1. Drawings 2. Specifications 3. Addenda 4. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract 5. Architect's Field Orders or written instructions. 6. Final Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 7. Field Test records 8. Construction photographs 1.2 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A. Store documents and samples in Contractor's field office apart from documents used for construction. 1. Provide files and racks for storage of documents. 2. Provide cabinet or storage space for storage of samples. B. File documents and samples in accordance with Data Filing Format of the Uniform Construction Index. C. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. D. Make documents and samples available at all times for review by the Owner's Representative and the Architect. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD RECORD DOCUMENTS CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) 2/12/16 017839-1 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.3 RECORDING A. Label each document "AS BUILT" in neat large printed letters. B. Record information concurrently with construction progress. 1. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. C. Survey Mapping 1. Provide an accurate topographic, planimetric, utility map of as -built conditions, and mapped locations and elevations of constructed facilities / elements including as -built and exposed underground utilities. Survey work in progress as required to accurately locate constructed facilities / elements. Survey final condition of project extents at final acceptance. a. Site related elements including: Sidewalks, ramps, curbs, and gutters - indicate type and surface material. Streets, drive ways, parking areas, labeled with material. Fences, walls, steps, handrails, signs, site furniture and light fixtures labeled with material. Live trees which have a trunk diameter of three inches (3") or greater and all isolated or specimen trees. Measure tree trunk 3' above grade. Indicate approximate trunk diameter, "drip line" and common name of tree. Shrubs, show outlines of shrub masses. Streams and bodies of water. b. Utility related elements and supporting infrastructure including: Manholes, catch basins, drain inlets, cleanouts, vent stacks, tanks, underdrains, foundation drains, monitoring wells, detention/retention/filtration facilities. Label type (sanitary or storm), dimensions and material of structure and cover/grate; pipe connections; sizes, materials, direction of flow and invert elevations. Locate and identify size, material, and invert elevations for culverts. Water, gas, central steam, chilled water or other pressure lines, valve boxes, meter boxes, hydrants, tanks, fittings, etc. Label type, size, material, elevations at building walls and all intersections, connections and vertical angle changes. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39 - 2 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS - Utility poles, above and below ground lines including but not limited to power, street lighting, traffic control communication and sensors, telephone, television, communication, fire and police call boxes, public communication or display facilities. Label utility as direct buried, in conduit, or concrete encased duct. Identify elevations at building walls and all intersections, connections and vertical angle changes. Label all utilities and associated duct banks or conduits with sizes and materials. - Existing and abandoned utilities exposed during construction. Show ends of abandoned utilities left in place and assumed continued direction of utilities. Label with information as listed above. 2. Survey mapping shall be done under the personal supervision of a Surveyor, registered in and licensed by the State of New York, who shall certify under his/her seal the accuracy of the survey. 3. Field Survey Accuracy: Horizontal and Vertical mapping shall be ACSM Second Order Class II, 1 in 20,000. 4. Coordinate base: - NAD83-86 geodetic system with grid values in the New York Central State Plane coordinate system in feet with elevations in NAVD '88 in feet. 5. Each different feature shall be drafted on a separate named CAD level/layer in Microstation or AutoCAD format using industry standard symbology of color, line style, line weight, and cells. 6. Provide an ASCII file list of coordinates for all survey points including control, feature, and topographic in the following comma delimited format: Point number, Northing coordinate, Easting coordinate, Elevation coordinate, Point description. 7. Topography and spot elevations: a. Topographic contours shall be accurately plotted at one foot (1') contour intervals. b. Record spot grade elevations as follows: Within natural ground and lawn and planted areas, spot elevations shall be shown to one-tenth of a foot (0.1'). Within all areas of built-up improvements such as pavements, curbs, steps, walls, utility and drainage systems or other site improvements, spot elevations shall be shown to one- hundredth of a foot (0.01'). ii. Existing grade at building corners; and thresholds and finished floor at all entrance, exit, or access points. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39 - 3 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS iii. Develop road cross sections at 50 -foot intervals maximum, record spot elevations for all drive centerlines and all beginning radius of street intersections. For each cross section obtain elevations for front and back of existing sidewalk, top and bottom of curb, and centerline of the street. Obtain elevations for centerline intersection of all roads. iv. For trees of three inches to eighteen inches (3" - 18") in diameter, record elevation at high and low side at base of trunk. For specimen trees of eighteen inches (18") or greater diameter, indicate four (4) spot elevations on the north, south, east, and west at base of each trunk to one-hundredth (.01) foot elevation. v. Base, top, corners, and at cheek walls for all steps. Indicate elevations at top and bottom of walls and curbs. vi. Rim elevations of all catch basins, drain inlets, manholes, valve boxes, slabs on grade. Inverts at all sewer pipes and culverts. Bottom of structure floor and sump. D. Drawings As built drawings shall consist of making any changes neatly and clearly on the Contract Drawings using colored ink or pencil, shall be kept current by the contractor on a day-to- day basis in concert with the progress of the work. Where applicable, the change marked on a drawing is to carry the notation "per Change Order No. X", or similar reference which cites the reason for the change. The day-to-day construction as built drawings shall be made available to the Architect or Owner's Representative for review upon request. The "As built" drawings shall show all changes to the following areas of construction: 1. Architectural: a. Modifications to components dictated by the building code b. Wall, door, window locations c. Built in casework locations d. New rated door and wall schedules/ locations e. Material and products where submittals are requested 2. Civil and Structural a. Dimensions for load carrying elements, both horizontal and vertical b. Materials and products where submittals are requested c. Load carrying elements and foundation systems JULIUS F. WEINHOLD RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39 - 4 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS d. Site related elements including: Building outlines, entranceways, areaways, roof overhangs, downspouts, significant architectural projections and other pertinent data. e. All significant changes in foundations, columns, beams, openings, concrete reinforcing, lintels, concealed anchorages and "knock -out" panels made during construction. f Building envelope systems including roofing systems and building shell systems g. Geotechnical subsurface information h. Items that will require future maintenance i Life safety critical items 3. Mechanical (HVAC, Plumbing and Fire Protection) a. Products where submittals are requested b. Final locations of all equipment. c. Final sizes and materials of piping and ductwork. d. Final locations of inaccessible piping and ductwork. e. Final locations of all controls equipment, including all sensors and actuators. f. Final locations of all valves and dampers, including all shutoff valves, balance dampers and fire dampers. g. Location of access doors for all equipment in concealed locations. h. Final location and arrangement of all mechanical equipment and concealed gas, sprinkler, domestic, sanitary and drainage systems piping and other plumbing, including, but not limited to, supply and circulating mains, principal valves, meters, clean -outs, drains, pumps and controls, vent stacks, sanitary and storm water drainage. 4. Electrical a. Products where submittals were requested. b. Circuit (wire and raceway) size, number, and type. c. Main circuit pathways for Fire Alarm, Emergency Power, and Access Control/Security systems. d. Final locations of equipment and devices, interior and exterior luminaires, and power supplies. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39 - 5 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS e. Final location of electric signal system panels, final arrangement of all circuits and any significant changes made in electrical signal system design as a result of Change Order or job conditions. 5. Environmental a. Utility related elements and supporting infrastructure b. Storm water maintenance/testing access points c. Location of unusual excavation findings / contaminated soil (i.e. mercury uncovered during excavation, also on-site spills during construction), including quantity excavated/disposed. E. Specifications and Addenda Legibly mark each section to record: 1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and Supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed. 2. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order. 1.4 SUBMITTAL A. At Contract close-out, deliver copies of all record documents to the Owner's Representative. B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate, containing: 1. Date 2. Project title and number 3. Contractor's name and address 4. Title and number of each record document 5. Certification that each document is complete and accurate 6. Signature of Contractor or its authorized representative. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 78 39*** JULIUS F. WEINHOLD RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39 - 6 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 2/12/16 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 09 91 13 Ithaca, New York PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Surface preparation. 2. Surface finish schedule. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASTM D16 - Definitions of Teens Relating to Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related Products. B. ASTM D2016 - Test Method for Moisture Content of Wood. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Conform to ANSI/ASTM D16 for interpretation of teens used in this Section. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Product Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing quality paint and finish products with three years experience. B. Applicator: Company specializing in commercial painting and finishing with five years experience approved by product manufacturer. 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for flame/fuel/smoke rating requirements for finishes. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Provide product data on all paint sample charts. B. Submit manufacturer's application instructions. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site in sealed and labelled containers; inspect to verify acceptance. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD PAINTING 09 91 13 - 1 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 09 91 13 Ithaca, New York PAINTING B. Container labelling to include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand naive, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. C. Store paint materials at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and a maximum of 90 degrees F, in well ventilated area, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. D. Take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion. 1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Provide continuous ventilation and heating facilities to maintain surface and ambient temperatures above 45 degrees F for 24 hours before, during, and 48 hours after application of finishes, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not apply exterior coatings during rain or snow, or when relative humidity is above 50 percent, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. C. Minimum Application Temperatures for Latex Paints: 45 degrees F for interiors; 50 degrees F for exterior; unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. D. Minimum Application Temperatures for Varnish and Alkyd Enamel Paint: 65 degrees F for interiors or exterior, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. 1.9 EXTRA STOCK A. Provide a one gallon container of each color and surface texture to Owner. B. Label each container with color, texture, room locations, and in addition to the manufacturer's label. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS - PAINT A. Sherwin Williams. B. Benjamin Moore. C. Pittsburgh Paints. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS — PRIMER -SEALERS A. Sherwin Williams. B. Benjamin Moore. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD PAINTING 09 91 13 - 2 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 09 91 13 Ithaca, New York PAINTING C. Pittsburgh Paints. 2.3 MATERIALS A. Coatings: Ready mixed, except field catalyzed coatings. Process pigments to a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating. B. Coatings: Good flow and brushing properties; capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. C. Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, paint thinners and other materials not specifically indicated but required to achieve the finishes specified, of commercial quality. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer. B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application. C. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes unless moisture content of surfaces are below the following maximums: 1 Plaster and Gypsum Wallboard: 12 percent. 2. Interior Located Wood: 15 percent, measured in accordance with ASTM D2016. D. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing surfaces. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, and fittings prior to preparing surfaces or finishing. B. Correct minor defects and clean surfaces which affect work of this Section. C. Shellac and seal marks which may bleed through surfaces finishes. D. Impervious Surfaces: Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of tri -sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry. E. Gypsum Board Surfaces: Latex fill minor defects. Spot prime defects after repair. F. Galvanized Surfaces: Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent. Apply coat of etching primer. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD PAINTING 09 91 13 - 3 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 09 91 13 Ithaca, New York PAINTING G. Plaster Surfaces: Fill hairline cracks, small holes, and imperfections with latex patching plaster. Make smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Wash and neutralize high alkali surfaces. H. Uncoated Steel and Iron Surfaces: Remove grease, scale, dirt, and rust. Where heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by wire brushing or sandblasting; clean by washing with solvent. Apply a treatment of phosphoric acid solution, ensuring weld joints, bolts, and nuts are similarly cleaned. Spot prime paint after repairs. I. Shop Primed Steel Surfaces: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent. Prune bare steel surfaces. J. Interior Wood Items Scheduled to Receive Finish: Wipe off dust and grit prior to priming. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes and cracks after primer has dried; sand between coats. K. Wood and Metal Doors Scheduled for Painting: Seal top and bottom edges with primer. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Protect elements surrounding the work of this Section from damage or disfiguration. B. Repair damage to other surfaces caused by work of this Section. C. Furnish drop cloths, shields, and protective methods to prevent spray or droppings from disfiguring other surfaces. D. Remove empty paint containers from site. 3.4 APPLICATION A. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. C. Apply each coat to uniform finish. D. Apply each coat of paint slightly darker than preceding coat unless otherwise approved. E. Sand lightly between coats to achieve required finish. F. Allow applied coat to dry before next coat is applied. G. Where clear finishes are required, tint fillers to match wood. Work fillers into the grain before set. Wipe excess from surface. H. Prime back surfaces of interior and woodwork with primer paint. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD PAINTING 09 91 13 - 4 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 09 91 13 Ithaca, New York PAINTING 3.5 CLEANING A. As work proceeds, promptly remove paint where spilled, splashed, or splattered without damage. B. During progress of work maintain premises free of unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus materials, and debris. C. Collect cotton waste, cloths, and material which may constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers and remove daily from site. 3.6 EXTERIOR SURFACES A. Ferrous Metal: 1. 1st Coat - Red Lead Pigmented Primer. 2. 2nd Coat - Semi -Gloss Alkyd Enamel. 3. 3rd Coat - Semi -Gloss Alkyd Enamel. 3.7 INTERIOR SURFACES A. Ferrous Metal: 1. 1st Coat - Red Lead Pigmented Primer. 2. 2nd Coat - Semi -Gloss Alkyd Enamel. 3. 3rd Coat - Semi -Gloss Alkyd Enamel (first coat not required on items delivered shop primed). END OF SECTION JULIUS F. WEINHOLD PAINTING 09 91 13 - 5 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 22 14 29 Ithaca, New York SUMP PUMPS SECTION 221429 - SUMP PUMPS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Submersible sump pumps. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. C. Operation and maintenance data. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. UL Compliance: Comply with UL 778 for motor -operated water pumps. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBMERSIBLE SUMP PUMPS A. Submersible, Fixed -Position, Single -Seal Sump Pumps: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; ITT Corporation. b. Goulds Pumps; ITT Corporation. c. Grundfos Pumps Corp. 2. Description: Factory -assembled and -tested sump -pump unit. 3. Pump Type: Submersible, end -suction, single -stage, close -coupled, overhung -impeller, centrifugal sump pump as defined in HI 1.1-1.2 and HI 1.3. 4. Pump Casing: Cast iron, with strainer inlet, legs that elevate pump to permit flow into impeller, and vertical discharge for piping connection. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD SUMP PUMPS 22 14 29 - 1 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 22 14 29 Ithaca, New York SUMP PUMPS 5. hnpeller: Statically and dynamically balanced, ASTM A 48/A 48M, Class No. 25 A cast iron design for clear wastewater handling, and keyed and secured to shaft. 6. Pump and Motor Shaft: Stainless steel, with factory -sealed, grease -lubricated ball bearings. 7. Seal: Mechanical. 8. Motor: Hermetically sealed, capacitor -start type; with built-in overload protection; lifting eye or lug; and three -conductor, waterproof power cable of length required and with grounding plug and cable -sealing assembly for connection at pump. a. Motor Housing Fluid: Oil. 9. Controls: a. Enclosure: NEMA 250, Type 4X; wall -mounted. b. Switch Type: Mechanical -float type, in NEMA 250, Type 6 enclosures with mounting rod and electric cables. c. High -Water Alarm: Rod -mounted, NEMA 250, Type 6 enclosure with mechanical -float switch matching control and electric bell; 120-V ac, with transformer and contacts for remote alarm bell. 10. Control -Interface Features: a. Remote Alarm Contacts: For remote alarm interface. 2.2 SUMP PUMP CAPACITIES AND CHARACTERISTICS A. Unit Capacity: 60 gpm. B. Number of Pumps: One. C. Pump Capacity: 1. Capacity: 60 gpm. 2. Total Dynamic Head: 60 feet. 3. Speed: 3450 rpm. 4. Discharge Size: 2 NPS. 5. Electrical Characteristics: a. Motor Horsepower: 2. b. Volts: 200. c. Phases: Three. d. Hertz: 60. e. Maximum Amperes: 12.0. 2.3 MOTORS A. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements for motors specified in Division 22 Section "Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment." JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) SUMP PUMPS 22 14 29 - 2 February 12, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 22 14 29 Ithaca, New York SUMP PUMPS 1. Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0. 2. Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Comply with requirements for electrical devices and connections specified in Division 26 Sections. B. Motors for submersible pumps shall be hermetically sealed. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Pump Installation Standard: Comply with HI 1.4 for installation of sump pumps. B. Install pump within existing basin. C. Install pump controller on wall adjacent to existing basin. END OF SECTION 221429 JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) SUMP PUMPS 22 14 29 - 3 February 12, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 19 Ithaca, New York LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS & CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Building wires and cables rated 600 V and less. 2. Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600 V and less. 3. Sleeves and sleeve seals for cables. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Field quality -control test reports. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Copper Conductors: Comply with NEMA WC 70. B. Conductor Insulation: Comply with NEMA WC 70 for Types THHN-THWN, or XHHW. 2.2 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2. Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. 3. O-Z/Gedney; EGS Electrical Group LLC. 4. 3M; Electrical Products Division. 5. Tyco Electronics Corp. B. Description: Factory -fabricated connectors and splices of size, ainpacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 POWER CONDUCTORS & GENERATOR (EMCS) CABLES 2605 19- 1 February 12, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 19 Ithaca, New York LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS & CABLES 2.3 SLEEVES FOR CABLES A. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends. B. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." 2.4 SLEEVE SEALS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. 2. Calpico, Inc. 3. Metraflex Co. 4. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. B. Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between sleeve and cable. 1. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or conduit. Include type and number required for material and size of raceway or cable. 2. Pressure Plates: Plastic. Include two for each sealing element. 3. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS A. Feeders: Copper. Solid for No. 4 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 12 AWG and larger. B. Branch Circuits: Copper. Stranded for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger, unless otherwise noted. 3.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING METHODS A. Exposed Feeders: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. B. Feeders Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs -on -Grade, and Underground: Type THHN- THWN, single conductors in raceway. C. Exposed Branch Circuits, hicluding in Crawlspaces: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway, Metal -clad cable, Type MC. D. Branch Circuits Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs -on -Grade, and Underground: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 POWER CONDUCTORS & GENERATOR (EMCS) CABLES 260519-2 February 12, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 19 Ithaca, New York LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS & CABLES E. Class 1 Control Circuits: Type THHN-THWN, in raceway. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated. B. Use manufacturer -approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. C. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket -weave wire/cable grips that will not damage cables or raceway. D. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible. E. Support cables according to Division 26 Sections "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." F. Identify and color -code conductors and cables according to Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." G. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque - tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. H. Make splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors. I. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 12 inches of slack. 3.4 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." B. Concrete Slabs and Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core -drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls. C. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both wall surfaces. D. Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches above finished floor level. E. Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4 -inch annular clear space between sleeve and cable unless sleeve seal is to be installed. F. Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry and with approved joint compound for gypsum board assemblies. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 POWER CONDUCTORS & GENERATOR (EMCS) CABLES 2605 19-3 February 12, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 19 Ithaca, New York LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS & CABLES G. Interior Penetrations of Non -Fire -Rated Walls and Floors: Seal annular space between sleeve and cable, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint according to Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." H. Aboveground Exterior -Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Size sleeves to allow for 1 -inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 3.5 SLEEVE -SEAL INSTALLATION A. Install to seal underground exterior -wall penetrations. B. Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for cable material and size. Position cable in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between cable and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test service entrance and feeder conductors, and conductors feeding the following critical equipment and services for compliance with requirements. a. Generator 2. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. C. Test Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following: 1. Test procedures used. 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Test results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements. D. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. END OF SECTION JULIUS F. WEINHOLD LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 POWER CONDUCTORS & GENERATOR (EMCS) CABLES 2605 19-4 February 12, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 26 Ithaca, New York GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes methods and materials for grounding systems and equipment. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Field quality -control test reports. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS A. Insulated Conductors: Copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Bare Copper Conductors: 1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3. 2. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8. 3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33. 4. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG conductor, 1/4 inch in diameter. 5. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded conductor. 6. Bonding Jumper: Copper tape, braided conductors, tenninated with copper ferrules; 1- 5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick. 7. Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned -copper tape, braided conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick. 2.2 CONNECTORS A. Listed and labeled by a nationally recognized testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used, and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected. B. Bolted Connectors for Conductors and Pipes: Copper or copper alloy, bolted pressure-type, with at least two bolts. 1. Pipe Connectors:. Clamp type, sized for pipe. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD GROUNDING AND BONDING 26 05 26 - 1 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 26 Ithaca, New York GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS C. Welded Connectors: Exothermic -welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions. 2.3 GROUNDING ELECTRODES A. Ground Rods: Copper -clad steel 5/8 by 96 inches in diameter. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATIONS A. Conductors: Install solid conductor for 10 gauge AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for No. 8 AWG and larger, unless otherwise indicated. B. Underground Grounding Conductors: Install bare copper conductor, No. 2/0 AWG minimum. Bury at least 24 inches below grade. C. Isolated Grounding Conductors: Green -colored insulation with continuous yellow stripe. On feeders with isolated ground, identify grounding conductor where visible to normal inspection, with alternating bands of green and yellow tape, with at least three bands of green and two bands of yellow. D. Conductor Terminations and Connections: 1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors. 2. Underground Connections: Welded connectors, except at test wells and as otherwise indicated. 3. Connections to Ground Rods at Test Wells: Bolted connectors. 4. Connections to Structural Steel: Welded connectors. 3.2 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING A. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with the following items, in addition to those required by NFPA 70: 1. Feeders and branch circuits. 2. Lighting circuits. 3. Receptacle circuits. 4. Single-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 5. Three-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 6. Flexible raceway runs. 7. Armored and metal -clad cable runs. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD GROUNDING AND BONDING 26 05 26 - 2 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 26 Ithaca, New York GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS B. Ground Rods: Drive rods until tops are 2 inches below finished floor or final grade, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductor below grade and as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging coating, if any. 2. For grounding electrode system, install at least three rods spaced at least one -rod length from each other and located at least the same distance from other grounding electrodes, and connect to the service grounding electrode conductor. C. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance, except where routed through short lengths of conduit. 1. Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. 2. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. 3. Use exothermic -welded connectors for outdoor locations, but if a disconnect -type connection is required, use a bolted clamp. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perforin the following tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been energized, test for compliance with requirements. 2. Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground -resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal, and at ground test wells. a. Measure ground resistance not less than two full days after last trace of precipitation and without soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. b. Perform tests by fall -of -potential method according to IEEE 81. B. Report measured ground resistances that exceed the following values: 1. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity 500 kVA and Less: 10 ohms. C. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Architect promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance. END OF SECTION JULIUS F. WEINHOLD GROUNDING AND BONDING 26 05 26 - 3 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 29 Ithaca, New York HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems. 2. Construction requirements for concrete bases. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Design supports for multiple raceways, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. B. Design supports for multiple raceways capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems and its contents. C. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components. D. Rated Strength: Adequate in tension, shear, and pullout force to resist maximum loads calculated or imposed for this Project, with a minimum structural safety factor of [five] times the applied force. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For steel slotted support systems. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following: 1. Trapeze hangers. Include Product Data for components. 2. Steel slotted channel systems. Include Product Data for components. 3. Equipment supports. C. Welding certificates. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D 1.1 /D 1.1 M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." B. Comply with NFPA 70. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) HANGERS & SUPPORTS 26 05 29 - 1 FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS February 12, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 29 Ithaca, New York HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS A. Steel Slotted Support Systems: Comply with MFMA-4, factory -fabricated components for field assembly. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Allied Tube & Conduit. b. Cooper B -Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. c. ERICO International Corporation. d. GS Metals Corp. e. Thomas & Betts Corporation. f. Unistrut; Tyco International, Ltd. g. Wesanco, Inc. 2. Metallic Coatings: Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and applied according to MFMA-4. 3. Nonmetallic Coatings: Manufacturer's standard PVC, polyurethane, or polyester coating applied according to MFMA-4. 4. Painted Coatings: Manufacturer's standard painted coating applied according to MFMA- 4. 5. Channel Dimensions: Selected for applicable load criteria. B. Raceway and Cable Supports: As described in NECA 1 and NECA 101. C. Conduit and Cable Support Devices: Steel hangers, clamps, and associated fittings, designed for types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported. D. Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit: Factory -fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for non -armored electrical conductors or cables in riser conduits. Plugs shall have number, size, and shape of conductor gripping pieces as required to suit individual conductors or cables supported. Body shall be malleable iron. E. Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or their supports to building surfaces include the following: 1. Powder -Actuated Fasteners: Threaded -steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, steel, or wood, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) Hilti Inc. 2) ITW Ramset/Red Head; a division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc. 3) MKT Fastening, LLC. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) HANGERS & SUPPORTS 26 05 29 - 2 FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS February 12, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 29 Ithaca, New York HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 4) Simpson Strong -Tie Co., Inc.; Masterset Fastening Systems Unit. 2. Mechanical -Expansion Anchors: Insert -wedge -type, [zinc -coated] [stainless] steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials in which used. a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) Cooper B -Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. 2) Empire Tool and Manufacturing Co., Inc. 3) Hilti Inc. 4) ITW Ramset/Red Head; a division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc. 5) MKT Fastening, LLC. 3. Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable -iron, slotted support system units similar to MSS Type 18; complying with MFMA-4 or MSS SP -58. 4. Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP -58, type suitable for attached structural element. 5. Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, and high strength. Comply with ASTM A 325. 6. Toggle Bolts: All -steel springhead type. 7. Hanger Rods: Threaded steel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for application of hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems except if requirements in this Section are stricter. B. Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceway: Space supports for EMT and RMC as required by NFPA 70. Minimum rod size shall be 1/4 inch in diameter. C. Multiple Raceways or Cables: Install trapeze -type supports fabricated with steel slotted support system, sized so capacity can be increased by at least 25 percent in future without exceeding specified design load limits. 1. Secure raceways and cables to these supports with two -bolt conduit clamps. D. Spring -steel clamps designed for supporting single conduits without bolts may be used for 1- 1/2 -inch and smaller raceways serving branch circuits and communication systems above suspended ceilings and for fastening raceways to trapeze supports. 3.2 SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except as specified in this Article. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD HANGERS & SUPPORTS 26 05 29 - 3 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 29 Ithaca, New York HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS B. Raceway Support Methods: In addition to methods described in NECA 1, EMT and RMC may be supported by openings through structure members, as permitted in NFPA 70. C. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 lb. D. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface -Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods unless otherwise indicated by code: 1. To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts. 2. To New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts. 3. To Masonry: Approved toggle -type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor fasteners on solid masonry units. 4. To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners. 5. Instead of expansion anchors, powder -actuated driven threaded studs provided with lock washers and nuts may be used in existing standard -weight concrete 4 inches thick or greater. Do not use for anchorage to lightweight -aggregate concrete or for slabs less than 4 inches thick. 6. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws. 7. Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices on slotted -channel racks attached to substrate by means that meet seismic -restraint strength and anchorage requirements. E. Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid reinforcing bars. F. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. 3.3 CONCRETE BASES A. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated but not less than 6 inches larger in both directions than supported unit, and so anchors will be a minimum of 10 bolt diameters from edge of the base. B. Concrete materials, reinforcement, and placement requirements are specified in Division 03 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete." C. Anchor equipment to concrete base. 1. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 2. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 3. Install anchor bolts according to anchor -bolt manufacturer's written instructions. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) HANGERS & SUPPORTS 26 05 29 - 4 FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS February 12, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 29 Ithaca, New York HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 3.4 PAINTING A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field -painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. B. Touchup: Comply with requirements in Division 09 Painting Sections for cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal. C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing -repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) END OF SECTION HANGERS & SUPPORTS 26 05 29 - 5 FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS February 12, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 33 Ithaca, New York RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes raceways, fittings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for electrical wiring. B. See Division 26 Section "Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems" for exterior ductbanks and manholes, and underground handholes, boxes, and utility construction. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged -cover enclosures, and cabinets. B. Shop Drawings: For custom enclosures and cabinets. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING A. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1. B. EMT: ANSI C80.3. C. Fittings for Conduit (Including all Types and Flexible and Liquidtight), EMT, and Cable: NEMA FB 1; listed for type and size raceway with which used, and for application and environment in which installed. 1. Rigid and Intermediate Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings, unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING A. RNC: NEMA TC 2, EPC -40 -PVC, unless otherwise indicated. B. Fittings for RNC: NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or tubing type and material. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD RACEWAY AND BOXES 26 05 33 - 1 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 33 Ithaca, New York RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 2.3 METAL WIREWAYS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Cooper B -Line, Inc. 2. Hoffman. 3. Square D. 4. GE B. Description: Sheet metal sized and shaped as indicated, NEMA 250, Type 1 unless otherwise indicated. C. Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold- down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for complete system. D. Wireway Covers: Screw -cover type. E. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish. 2.4 SURFACE RACEWAYS A. Surface Metal Raceways: Galvanized steel with snap -on covers. Manufacturer's standard enamel finish in color selected by Architect/Engineer. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Thomas & Betts Corporation. b. Hubbell Inc. c. Wiremold Company (The); Electrical Sales Division. d. MonoSystems Inc. 2.5 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS A. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS 1. B. Cast -Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA FB 1, aluminum, Type FD, with gasketed cover. C. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1. D. Cast -Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: NEMA FB 1, cast aluminum with gasketed cover. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD RACEWAY AND BOXES 26 05 33 - 2 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 33 Ithaca, New York RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 RACEWAY APPLICATION A. Outdoors: Apply raceway products as specified below, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Concealed Conduit, Aboveground: Rigid steel conduit. 2. Underground Conduit: RNC, Type EPC -40 -concrete encased. 3. Boxes and Enclosures, Aboveground: NEMA 250, Type 3R, unless otherwise noted. B. Comply with the following indoor applications, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed, Not Subject to Physical Damage: EMT. 2. Exposed and Subject to Severe Physical Damage: Rigid steel conduit. Includes raceways in the following locations: a. Stub -ups thru concrete floors. 3. Damp or Wet Locations: Rigid steel conduit RNC Type EPC -40 PVC or LFMC. 4. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except use NEMA 250, Type 4, nonmetallic in damp or wet locations. C. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4 -inch trade size. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 for installation requirements applicable to products specified in Part 2 except where requirements on Drawings or in this Article are stricter. B. Keep raceways at least 6 -inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. C. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. D. Support raceways as specified in Division 26 Section "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." E. Arrange stub -ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above the finished slab. F. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90 -degree bends in any conduit run except for communications conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed. G. Raceways Embedded in Slabs: 1. Run conduit larger than 1 -inch trade size, parallel or at right angles to main reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit close to slab support. 2. Arrange raceways to cross building expansion joints at right angles with expansion fittings. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD RACEWAY AND BOXES 26 05 33 - 3 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 33 Ithaca, New York RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 3. Change from RNC to rigid steel conduit before rising above the floor. H. Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration: Use insulating bushings to protect conductors, including conductors smaller than No. 4 AWG. I. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-1b tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches of slack at each end of pull wire and tie off securely. J. Install raceway sealing fittings at suitable, approved, and accessible locations and fill them with listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway sealing fittings at the following points: 1. Where conduits pass from warn to cold locations, such as conduits entering a building. 2. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70. K. Expansion -Joint Fittings for RNC: Install in each run of aboveground conduit that is located where environmental temperature change may exceed 30 F, and that has straight -run length that exceeds 25 feet. 1. Install expansion -joint fittings for each of the following locations, and provide type and quantity of fittings that accommodate temperature change listed for location: a. Outdoor Locations Not Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 125-F temperature change. 2. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.00041 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F of temperature change. 3. Install each expansion joint fitting with position, mounting, and piston setting selected according to manufacturer's written instructions for conditions at specific location at the time of installation. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CONDUIT A. Excavate trench bottom to provide fine and uniform support for conduit. Prepare trench bottom as specified in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving" for pipe less than six (6) inches in nominal diameter. B. Install backfill as specified in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving." C. After installing conduit, backfill and compact. Start at tie-in point, and work toward end of conduit run, leaving conduit at end of run free to move with expansion and contraction as temperature changes during this process. Firmly hand tamp backfill around conduit to provide maximum supporting strength. After placing controlled backfill to within 12 inches of finished grade, make final conduit connection at end of run and complete backfilling with normal compaction as specified in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving." JULIUS F. WEINHOLD RACEWAY AND BOXES 26 05 33 - 4 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 33 Ithaca, New York RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS D. Install manufactured duct elbows for stub -ups at poles and equipment and at building entrances through the floor, unless otherwise indicated. Encase elbows for stub -up ducts throughout the length of the elbow. E. Install manufactured rigid steel conduit elbows for stub -ups at poles and equipment and at building entrances through the floor. 1. Couple steel conduits to ducts with adapters designed for this purpose, and encase coupling with 3 inches of concrete. 2. For stub -ups at equipment mounted on outdoor concrete bases, extend steel conduit horizontally a minimum of 60 inches from edge of equipment pad or foundation. Install insulated grounding bushings on terminations at equipment. F. Warning tape: Bury warning tape approximately 12 inches above direct -buried conduits, placing them 24 inches o.c. Align tape along the width and along the centerline of conduit. END OF SECTION JULIUS F. WEINHOLD RACEWAY AND BOXES 26 05 33 - 5 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 43 Ithaca, New York UNDERGROUND DUCTS & RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Conduit, ducts, and duct accessories for direct -buried and concrete -encased duct banks, and in single duct runs. 2. Handholes and boxes. 3. Manholes. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For accessories for manholes, handholes, and boxes. B. Shop Drawings for Precast or Factory -Fabricated Underground Utility Structures: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, attachments to other work, and accessories, including the following: 1. Duct entry provisions, including locations and duct sizes. 2. Reinforcement details. 3. Frame and cover design and manhole frame support rings. 4. Grounding details. 5. Dimensioned locations of cable rack inserts, pulling -in and lifting irons, and sumps. 6. Joint details. C. Shop Drawings for Factory -Fabricated Handholes and Boxes: Include dimensioned plans, sections, and elevations, and fabrication and installation details, including the following: 1. Duct entry provisions, including locations and duct sizes. 2. Cover design. 3. Grounding details. 4. Dimensioned locations of cable rack inserts, and pulling -in and lifting irons. D. Field quality -control test reports. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with ANSI C2. B. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUIT A. Rigid Steel Conduit: Galvanized. Comply with ANSI C80.1. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD UNDERGROUND DUCTS & CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL GENERATOR (EMCS) SYSTEMS 260543-1 February 12, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 43 Ithaca, New York UNDERGROUND DUCTS & RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS B. RNC: NEMA TC 2, Type EPC -40 -PVC or Type EPC -80 -PVC as indicated on the drawings, UL 651, with matching fittings by same manufacturer as the conduit, complying with NEMA TC 3 and UL 514B. 2.2 NONMETALLIC DUCTS AND DUCT ACCESSORIES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. ARNCO Corp. 2. Beck Manufacturing. 3. Cantex, Inc. 4. CertainTeed Corp.; Pipe & Plastics Group. 5. Condux International, Inc. 6. ElecSys, Inc. 7. Electri-Flex Company. 8. IPEX Inc. 9. Lamson & Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products. 10. Manhattan/CDT; a division of Cable Design Technologies. 11. Spiraduct/AFC Cable Systems, Inc. B. Underground Plastic Utilities Duct: NEMA TC 6 & 8, Type EB -20 -PVC, ASTM F 512, UL 651A, with matching fittings by the same manufacturer as the duct, complying with NEMA TC 9. C. Duct Accessories: 1. Duct Separators: Factory -fabricated rigid PVC interlocking spacers, sized for type and sizes of ducts with which used, and selected to provide minimum duct spacings indicated while supporting ducts during concreting or backfilling. 2. Warning Tape: Underground -line warning tape specified in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." 2.3 HANDHOLES AND BOXES A. Description: Comply with SCTE 77. 1. Configuration: Units shall be designed for flush burial and have open bottom, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Cover: Weatherproof, secured by tamper-resistant locking devices and having structural load rating consistent with enclosure. 3. Cover Finish: Nonskid finish shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.50. 4. Cover Legend: Molded lettering, "ELECTRIC," unless noted otherwise. 5. Duct Entrance Provisions: Duct -terminating fittings shall mate with entering ducts for secure, fixed installation in enclosure wall. 6. Handholes 12 inches wide by 24 inches long and larger shall have inserts for cable racks and pulling -in irons installed before concrete is poured. B. Fiberglass Handholes and Boxes with Polymer Concrete Frame and Cover: Sheet -molded, fiberglass -reinforced, polyester resin enclosure joined to polymer concrete top ring or frame. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD UNDERGROUND DUCTS & CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL GENERATOR (EMCS) SYSTEMS 260543-2 February 12, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 43 Ithaca, New York UNDERGROUND DUCTS & RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Annorcast Products Company. b. Carson Industries LLC. c. Christy Concrete Products. d. Synertech Moulded Products, Inc.; a division of Oldcastle Precast. e. CDR C. Fiberglass Handholes and Boxes: Molded of fiberglass -reinforced polyester resin, with covers of fiberglass. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Carson Industries LLC. b. Christy Concrete Products. c. Nordic Fiberglass, Inc. d. CDR 2.4 PRECAST MANHOLES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Carder Concrete Products. 2. Christy Concrete Products. 3. Elmhurst -Chicago Stone Co. 4. Oldcastle Precast Group. 5. Riverton Concrete Products; a division of Cretex Companies, Inc. 6. Utility Concrete Products, LLC. 7. Lakelands Concrete Products 8. Zeiser Concrete B. Comply with ASTM C 858 and with interlocking mating sections, complete with accessories, hardware, and features. C. Concrete Knockout Panels: 1-1/2 to 2 inches thick, for future conduit entrance and sleeve for ground rod. D. Joint Sealant: Asphaltic -butyl material with adhesion, cohesion, flexibility, and durability properties necessary to withstand maximum hydrostatic pressures at the installation location with the ground -water level at grade. 2.5 UTILITY STRUCTURE ACCESSORIES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Bilco Company (The). JULIUS F. WEINHOLD UNDERGROUND DUCTS & CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL GENERATOR (EMCS) SYSTEMS 260543-3 February 12, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 43 Ithaca, New York UNDERGROUND DUCTS & RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 2. Campbell Foundry Company. 3. Carder Concrete Products. 4. Christy Concrete Products. 5. East Jordan Iron Works, Inc. 6. Elmhurst -Chicago Stone Co. 7. McKinley Iron Works, Inc. 8. Neenah Foundry Company. 9. Syracuse Castings 10. Oldcastle Precast Group. 11. Osburn Associates, Inc. 12. Pennsylvania Insert Corporation. 13. Riverton Concrete Products; a division of Cretex Companies, Inc. 14. Strongwell Corporation; Lenoir City Division. 15. Underground Devices, Inc. 16. Utility Concrete Products, LLC. B. Manhole Frames, Covers, and Chimney Components: Comply with structural design loading specified for manhole. 1. Frame and Cover: Weatherproof, gray cast iron complying with ASTM A 48/A 48M, Class 30B with milled cover -to -frame bearing surfaces; 36 inch diameter cover. a. Cover Finish: Nonskid finish shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.50. b. Special Covers: Recess in face of cover designed to accept finish material in paved areas. 2. Cover Legend: Cast in. Selected to suit system. a. Legend: "ELECTRIC -LV" for duct systems with power wires and cables for systems operating at 600 V and less. b. Legend: "ELECTRIC -HV" for duct systems with medium -voltage cables. c. Legend: "SIGNAL" for communications, data, and telephone duct systems. 3. Manhole Chimney Components: Precast concrete rings with dimensions matched to those of roof opening. a. Mortar for Chimney Ring and Frame and Cover Joints: Comply with ASTM C 270, Type M, except for quantities less than 2.0 cu. ft. where packaged mix complying with ASTM C 387, Type M, may be used. C. Manhole Sump: Depression cast in floor. D. Manhole Drain: If shown on drawing, provide hard drain line at bottom of vertical wall. E. Pulling Eyes in Concrete Walls: Eyebolt with reinforcing -bar fastening insert, 2 -inch- diameter eye, and 1 -by -4 -inch bolt. 1. Working Load Embedded in 6 -Inch, 4000 -psi Concrete: 13,000-lbf minimum tension. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD UNDERGROUND DUCTS & CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL GENERATOR (EMCS) SYSTEMS 26 05 43 - 4 February 12, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 43 Ithaca, New York UNDERGROUND DUCTS & RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS F. Pulling Eyes in Nonconcrete Walls: Eyebolt with reinforced fastening, 1 -1/4 -inch -diameter eye, rated 2500-lbf minimum tension. G. Pulling -In and Lifting Irons in Concrete Floors: 7/8 -inch -diameter, hot -dip galvanized, bent steel rod; stress relieved after forming; and fastened to reinforcing rod. Exposed triangular opening. 1. Ultimate Yield Strength: 40,000-Ibf shear and 60,000-lbf tension. H. Bolting Inserts for Concrete Utility Structure Cable Racks and Other Attachments: Flared, threaded inserts of noncorrosive, chemical -resistant, nonconductive thermoplastic material; 1/2 - inch ID by 2-3/4 inches deep, flared to 1-1/4 inches minimum at base. 1. Tested Ultimate Pullout Strength: 12,000 lbf minimum. I. Expansion Anchors for Installation after Concrete Is Cast: Zinc -plated, carbon -steel -wedge type with stainless-steel expander clip with 1/2 -inch bolt, 5300-lbf rated pullout strength, and minimum 6800-lbf rated shear strength. J. Cable Rack Assembly: Fiberglass. 1. Stanchions: T -section or channel; 2 -1/4 -inch nominal size; punched with 14 holes on 1- I/2 -inch centers for cable -arm attachment. 2. Arens: 1-1/2 inches wide, lengths ranging from 3 inches with 450-1b minimum capacity to 18 inches with 250 -lb minimum capacity. Arens shall have slots along full length for cable ties and be arranged for secure mounting in horizontal position at any vertical location on stanchions. 3. Insulators: High -glaze, wet -process porcelain arranged for mounting on cable anus. K. Duct -Sealing Compound: Nonhardening, safe for contact with human skin, not deleterious to cable insulation, and workable at temperatures as low as 35 F. Capable of withstanding temperature of 300 F without slump and adhering to clean surfaces of plastic ducts, metallic conduits, conduit coatings, concrete, masonry, lead, cable sheaths, cable jackets, insulation materials, and common metals. L. Cover Hooks: Heavy duty, designed for lifts 60 Ibf and greater. Two required. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EARTHWORK A. Excavation and Backfill: Comply with Division 31 Section "Earth Moving," but do not use heavy-duty, hydraulic -operated, compaction equipment. B. Restore surface features at areas disturbed by excavation and reestablish original grades, unless otherwise indicated. Replace removed sod immediately after backfilling is completed. C. Restore areas disturbed by trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, and other work. Restore vegetation and include necessary topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding, sodding, sprigging, and mulching. Comply with Division 32 Sections "Turf and Grasses" and "Plants." JULIUS F. WEINHOLD UNDERGROUND DUCTS & 26 05 43 - 5 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) SYSTEMS CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 43 Ithaca, New York UNDERGROUND DUCTS & RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS D. Cut and patch existing pavement in the path of underground ducts and utility structures according to Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching." 3.2 DUCT INSTALLATION A. Slope: Pitch ducts a minimum slope of 1:300 down toward manholes and handholes and away from buildings and equipment. Slope ducts from a high point in runs between two manholes to drain in both directions. B. Curves and Bends: Use 5 -degree angle couplings for small changes in direction. Use manufactured long sweep bends with a minimum radius of 48 inches, both horizontally and vertically, at other locations, unless otherwise indicated. C. Joints: Use solvent -cemented joints in ducts and fittings and make watertight according to manufacturer's written instructions. Stagger couplings so those of adjacent ducts do not lie in same plane. D. Duct Entrances to Manholes and Concrete and Polymer Concrete Handholes: Use end bells, spaced approximately 10 inches o.c. for 5 -inch ducts, and vary proportionately for other duct sizes. 1. Begin change from regular spacing to end -bell spacing 10 feet from the end bell without reducing duct line slope and without fonning a trap in the line. 2. Direct -Buried Duct Banks: Install an expansion and deflection fitting in each conduit in the area of disturbed earth adjacent to manhole or handhole. 3. Grout end bells into structure walls from both sides to provide watertight entrances. E. Building Wall Penetrations: Make a transition from schedule 40 PVC duct to schedule 80 PVC duct at least 10 feet outside the building wall without reducing duct line slope away from the building, and without fonning a trap in the line. Install conduit penetrations of building walls as specified in Division 26 Section "Common Work Results for Electrical." F. Sealing: Provide temporary closure at terminations of ducts that have cables pulled. Seal spare ducts at terminations. Use sealing compound and plugs to withstand at least 15-psig hydrostatic pressure. G. Pulling Cord: Install 100-lbf-test nylon cord in ducts, including spares. H. Concrete -Encased Ducts: Support ducts on duct separators. 1. Separator Installation: Space separators close enough to prevent sagging and deforming of ducts, with not less than 4 spacers per 20 feet of duct. Secure separators to earth and to ducts to prevent floating during concreting. Stagger separators approximately 6 inches between tiers. Tie entire assembly together using fabric straps; do not use tie wires or reinforcing steel that may form conductive or magnetic loops around ducts or duct groups. 2. Concreting Sequence: Pour each run of envelope between manholes or other tenninations in one continuous operation. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD UNDERGROUND DUCTS & CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL GENERATOR (EMCS) SYSTEMS 260543-6 February 12, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 43 Ithaca, New York UNDERGROUND DUCTS & RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS a. Start at one end and finish at the other, allowing for expansion and contraction of ducts as their temperature changes during and after the pour. Use expansion fittings installed according to manufacturer's written recommendations, or use other specific measures to prevent expansion -contraction damage. b. If more than one pour is necessary, terminate each pour in a vertical plane and install 3/4 -inch reinforcing rod dowels extending 18 inches into concrete on both sides of joint near corners of envelope. 3. Pouring Concrete: Spade concrete carefully during pours to prevent voids under and between conduits and at exterior surface of envelope. Do not allow a heavy mass of concrete to fall directly onto ducts. Use a plank to direct concrete down sides of bank assembly to trench bottom. Allow concrete to flow to center of bank and rise up in middle, uniformly filling all open spaces. Do not use power -driven agitating equipment unless specifically designed for duct -bank application. 4. Reinforcement: Reinforce concrete -encased duct banks where they cross disturbed earth and where indicated. Arrange reinforcing rods and ties without forming conductive or magnetic loops around ducts or duct groups. 5. Forms: Use walls of trench to form side walls of duct bank where soil is self-supporting and concrete envelope can be poured without soil inclusions; otherwise, use forms. 6. Minimum Space between Ducts: 3 inches between ducts and exterior envelope wall, 2 inches between ducts for like services, and 4 inches between power and signal ducts. 7. Depth: Install top of duct bank at least 18 inches below finished grade in areas not subject to deliberate traffic, and at least 24 inches below finished grade in deliberate traffic paths for vehicles, unless otherwise indicated. 8. Stub -Ups: Use manufactured duct elbows for stub -ups at poles and equipment and at building entrances through the floor, unless otherwise indicated. Extend concrete encasement throughout the length of the elbow. 9. Warning Tape: Bury warning tape approximately 12 inches above all concrete -encased ducts and duct banks. Align tape parallel to and within 3 inches of the centerline of duct bank. Provide an additional warning tape for each 12 -inch increment of ductbank width over a nominal 18 inches. Space additional tapes 12 inches apart, horizontally. I. Direct -Buried Duct Banks: 1. Support ducts on duct separators coordinated with duct size, duct spacing, and outdoor temperature. 2. Space separators close enough to prevent sagging and deforning of ducts, with not less than 4 spacers per 20 feet of duct. Secure separators to earth and to ducts to prevent displacement during backfill and yet permit linear duct movement due to expansion and contraction as temperature changes. Stagger spacers approximately 6 inches between tiers. 3. Excavate trench bottom to provide firm and uniform support for duct bank. Prepare trench bottoms as specified in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving" for pipes less than 6 inches in nominal diameter. 4. Install backfill as specified in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving." 5. After installing first tier of ducts, backfill and compact. Start at tie-in point and work toward end of duct run, leaving ducts at end of run free to move with expansion and contraction as temperature changes during this process. Repeat procedure after placing each tier. After placing last tier, hand -place backfill to 4 inches over ducts and hand tamp. Firmly tamp backfill around ducts to provide maximum supporting strength. Use JULIUS F. WEINHOLD UNDERGROUND DUCTS & CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL GENERATOR (EMCS) SYSTEMS 260543-7 February 12, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 43 Ithaca, New York UNDERGROUND DUCTS & RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS hand tamper only. After placing controlled backfill over final tier, snake final duct connections at end of run and complete backfilling with normal compaction as specified in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving." 6. Install ducts with a minimum of 3 inches between ducts for like services and 6 inches between power and signal ducts. 7. Depth: Install top of duct bank at least 24 inches below finished grade, unless otherwise indicated. 8. Install manufactured duct elbows for stub -ups at poles and equipment and at building entrances through the floor, unless otherwise indicated. Encase elbows for stub -up ducts throughout the length of the elbow. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE MANHOLES A. Comply with ASTM C 891, unless otherwise indicated. B. Install units level and plumb and with orientation and depth coordinated with connecting ducts to minimize bends and deflections required for proper entrances. C. Unless otherwise indicated, support units on a level bed of crushed stone or gravel, graded from 1 -inch sieve to No. 4 sieve and compacted to same density as adjacent undisturbed earth. D. Manhole Roof: Install with rooftop at least 15 inches below finished grade. E. Manhole Frame: In paved areas and traffic -ways, set frames flush with finished grade. Set other manhole frames 1 inch above finished grade. Frame to be centered on manhole. F. Install chimney, constructed of precast concrete collars and rings to support frame and cover and to connect cover with manhole roof opening. Provide moisture -tight masonry joints and waterproof grouting for cast-iron frame to chimney. G. Hardware: Install removable hardware, including pulling eyes, cable stanchions, cable arms, and insulators, as required for installation and support of cables and conductors and as indicated. H. Field -Installed Bolting Anchors: Do not drill deeper than 3-7/8 inches for anchor bolts installed in the field. Use a minimum of two anchors for each cable stanchion. I. Warning Sign: Install "Confined Space Hazard" warning sign on the inside surface of each manhole cover. J. Install manhole drain sloped away from manhole to free air or available catch basin. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF HANDHOLES AND BOXES OTHER THAN PRECAST CONCRETE A. Install handholes and boxes level and plumb and with orientation and depth coordinated with connecting ducts to minimize bends and deflections required for proper entrances. Use box extension if required to match depths of ducts, and seal joint between box and extension as recommended by the manufacturer. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD UNDERGROUND DUCTS & CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL GENERATOR (EMCS) SYSTEMS 260543-8 February 12, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 43 Ithaca, New York UNDERGROUND DUCTS & RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS B. Unless otherwise indicated, support units on a level bed of crushed stone or gravel, graded from 1/2 -inch sieve to No. 4 sieve and compacted to same density as adjacent undisturbed earth. C. Elevation: In paved areas and traffic -ways, set so cover surface will be flush with finished grade. Set covers of other handholes 1 inch above finished grade. D. Install removable hardware, including pulling eyes, cable stanchions, cable arms, and insulators, as required for installation and support of cables and conductors and as indicated. Select arm lengths to be long enough to provide spare space for future cables, but short enough to preserve adequate working clearances in the enclosure. E. Field -cut openings for ducts and conduits according to enclosure manufacturer's written instructions. Cut wall of enclosure with a tool designed for material to be cut. Size holes for terminating fittings to be used, and seal around penetrations after fittings are installed. 3.5 GROUNDING A. Ground underground ducts and utility structures according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. Demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements on completion of installation of underground ducts and utility structures. 2. Pull test mandrel through duct to prove joint integrity and test for out -of -round duct. Provide mandrel equal to 80 percent fill of duct. If obstructions are indicated, remove obstructions and retest. 3. Test manhole grounding to ensure electrical continuity of grounding and bonding connections. Measure and report ground resistance as specified in Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." B. Correct deficiencies and retest as specified above to demonstrate compliance. 3.7 CLEANING A. Pull leather -washer -type duct cleaner, with graduated washer sizes, through full length of ducts. Follow with rubber duct swab for final cleaning and to assist in spreading lubricant throughout ducts. B. Clean internal surfaces of manholes, including sump. Remove foreign material. END OF SECTION JULIUS F. WEINHOLD UNDERGROUND DUCTS & CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL GENERATOR (EMCS) SYSTEMS 260543-9 February 12, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 53 Ithaca, New York IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Identification for raceways. 2. Identification of power and control cables. 3. Identification for conductors. 4. Underground -line warning tape. 5. Warning labels and signs. 6. Instruction signs. 7. Equipment identification labels. 8. Miscellaneous identification products. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each electrical identification product indicated. B. Identification Schedule: An index of nomenclature of electrical equipment and system components used in identification signs and labels. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with ANSI A13.1. B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.144 and 29 CFR 1910.145. D. Comply with ANSI Z535.4 for safety signs and labels. E. Adhesive -attached labeling materials, including label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks used by label printers, shall comply with UL 969. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 POWER RACEWAY IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of color field for each raceway size. B. Colors for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600V or Less: 1. Black letters on an orange field. 2. Legend: Indicate voltage. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) IDENTIFICATION FOR 26 05 53 - 1 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS February 12, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 53 Ithaca, New York IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS C. Self -Adhesive Vinyl Labels for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600V or Less: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical -resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label. D. Snap -Around Labels for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600V or Less: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, preprinted, color -coded acrylic sleeve, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. E. Snap -Around, Color -Coding Bands for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600V or Less: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, solid -colored acrylic sleeve, 2 inches long, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. F. Write -On Tags: Polyester tag, 0.015 inch thick, with corrosion -resistant grommet and cable tie for attachment to conductor or cable. 1. Marker for Tags: Machine -printed, permanent, waterproof, black ink marker recommended by printer manufacturer. 2.2 POWER AND CONTROL CABLE IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of color field for each raceway and cable size. B. Self -Adhesive Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical -resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label. C. Write -On Tags: Polyester tag, 0.015 inch thick, with corrosion -resistant grommet and cable tie for attachment to conductor or cable. 1. Marker for Tags: Machine -printed, permanent, waterproof, black ink marker recommended by printer manufacturer. D. Snap -Around Labels: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, preprinted, color -coded acrylic sleeve, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. E. Snap -Around, Color -Coding Bands: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, solid -colored acrylic sleeve, 2 inches long, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. 2.3 CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Color -Coding Conductor Tape: Colored, self-adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils thick by 1 to 2 inches wide. B. Self -Adhesive Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical -resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) IDENTIFICATION FOR 26 05 53 - 2 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS February 12, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 53 Ithaca, New York IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS C. Write -On Tags: Polyester tag, 0.015 inch thick, with corrosion -resistant grommet and cable tie for attachment to conductor or cable. 1. Marker for Tags: Machine -printed, permanent, waterproof, black ink marker recommended by printer manufacturer. 2.4 UNDERGROUND -LINE WARNING TAPE A. Tape: 1. Recommended by manufacturer for the method of installation and suitable to identify and locate underground electrical and communications utility lines. 2. Printing on tape shall be permanent and shall not be damaged by burial operations. 3. Tape material and ink shall be chemically inert, and not subject to degrading when exposed to acids, alkalis, and other destructive substances commonly found in soils. B. Color and Printing: 1. Comply with ANSI Z535.1 through ANSI Z535.5. 2. Inscriptions for Red -Colored Tapes: ELECTRIC LINE, HIGH VOLTAGE. 3. Inscriptions for Orange -Colored Tapes: TELEPHONE CABLE, CATV CABLE, COMMUNICATIONS CABLE, OPTICAL FIBER CABLE. C. Tag: 1. Pigmented polyolefin, bright -colored, continuous -printed on one side with the inscription of the utility, compounded for direct -burial service. 2. Thickness: 4 mils. 3. Weight: 18.5 lb/1000 sq. ft. 4. 3 -Inch Tensile According to ASTM D 882: 30 lbf, and 2500 psi. 2.5 WARNING LABELS AND SIGNS A. Comply with NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1910.145. B. Self -Adhesive Warning Labels: Factory -printed, multicolor, pressure -sensitive adhesive labels, configured for display on front cover, door, or other access to equipment unless otherwise indicated. C. Baked -Enamel Warning Signs: 1. Preprinted aluminum signs, punched or drilled for fasteners, with colors, legend, and size required for application. 2. 1/4 -inch grommets in corners for mounting. 3. Nominal size, 7 by 10 inches. D. Warning label and sign shall include, but are not limited to, the following legends: JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) IDENTIFICATION FOR 26 05 53 - 3 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS February 12, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 53 Ithaca, New York IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1. Multiple Power Source Warning: "DANGER - ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD - EQUIPMENT HAS MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES." 2. Workspace Clearance Warning: "WARNING - OSHA REGULATION - AREA IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MUST BE KEPT CLEAR FOR 36 INCHES." 2.6 INSTRUCTION SIGNS A. Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine plastic, minimum 1/16 inch thick for signs up to 20 sq. inches and 1/8 inch thick for larger sizes. 1. Engraved legend with white letters on black face. 2. Punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners. 3. Framed with mitered acrylic molding and an-anged for attachment at applicable equipment. B. Adhesive Film Label: Machine printed, in black, by thennal transfer or equivalent process. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch. C. Adhesive Film Label with Clear Protective Overlay: Machine printed, in black, by thermal transfer or equivalent process. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch. Overlay shall provide a weatherproof and UV -resistant seal for label. 2.7 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS A. Adhesive Film Label with Clear Protective Overlay: Machine printed, in black, by thermal transfer or equivalent process. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch. Overlay shall provide a weatherproof and UV -resistant seal for label. B. Self -Adhesive, Engraved, Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Label: Adhesive backed, with white letters on a dark -gray background. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch. C. Stenciled Legend: In nonfading, waterproof, black ink or paint. Minimum letter height shall be 1 inch. 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS A. Paint: Comply with requirements in Division 09 painting Sections for paint materials and application requirements. Select paint system applicable for surface material and location (exterior or interior). B. Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self -tapping, stainless-steel screws or stainless-steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Location: Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) IDENTIFICATION FOR 26 05 53 - 4 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS February 12, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 53 Ithaca, New York IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS B. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work. C. Self -Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces before application, using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of identification device. D. Attach signs and plastic labels that are not self-adhesive type with mechanical fasteners appropriate to the location and substrate. E. System Identification Color -Coding Bands for Raceways and Cables: Each color -coding band shall completely encircle cable or conduit. Place adjacent bands of two-color markings in contact, side by side. Locate bands at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50 -foot maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25 -foot maximum intervals in congested areas. F. Underground -Line Warning Tape: During backfilling of trenches install continuous underground -line warning tape directly above line at 6 to 8 inches below finished grade. Use multiple tapes where width of multiple lines installed in a common trench or concrete envelope exceeds 16 inches overall. G. Painted Identification: Comply with requirements in Division 09 painting Sections for surface preparation and paint application. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE A. Accessible Raceways more than 600V: Identify with "DANGER -HIGH VOLTAGE" in black letters at least 2 inches high with self-adhesive vinyl labels. Repeat legend at 10 -foot maximum intervals. B. Accessible Raceways 600V or less, for Service, Feeder, and Branch Circuits more than 50 A, and 120V to ground: Install labels at 30 -foot maximum intervals. C. Accessible Raceways and Cables within Buildings: Identify the covers of each junction and pull box of the following systems with self-adhesive vinyl labels with the wiring system legend and system voltage. System legends shall be as follows: 1. Standby Power. D. Power -Circuit Conductor Identification, 600V or less: For conductors in vaults, pull and junction boxes, manholes, and handholes, use color -coding conductor tape to identify the phase. 1. Color -Coding for Phase and Voltage Level Identification, 600V or less: Use colors listed below for ungrounded service, feeder, and branch -circuit conductors. a. Color shall be factory applied. b. Colors for 208/120-V Circuits: 1) Phase A: Black. 2) Phase B: Red. 3) Phase C: Blue. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) IDENTIFICATION FOR 26 05 53 - 5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS February 12, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 53 Ithaca, New York IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS c. Field -Applied, Color -Coding Conductor Tape: Apply in half -lapped turns for a minimum distance of 6 inches from terminal points and in boxes where splices or taps are made. Apply last two turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding. Locate bands to avoid obscuring factory cable markings. E. Install instructional sign including the color -code for grounded and ungrounded conductors using adhesive -film -type labels. F. Conductors to Be Extended in the Future: Attach marker tape to conductors and list source. G. Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor Identification: Identify field -installed alarm, control, and signal connections. 1. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, and pull points. Identify by system and circuit designation. 2. Use system of marker tape designations that is uniform and consistent with system used by manufacturer for factory -installed connections. 3. Coordinate identification with Project Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual. H. Locations of Underground Lines: Identify with underground -line warning tape for power, lighting, communication, and control wiring and optical fiber cable. 1. Limit use of underground -line warning tape to direct -buried cables. 2. Install underground -line warning tape for both direct -buried cables and cables in raceway. I. Warning Labels for Indoor Cabinets, Boxes, and Enclosures for Power and Lighting: Self- adhesive warning labels or Baked -enamel warning signs. 1. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.145. 2. Identify system voltage with black letters on an orange background. 3. Apply to exterior of door, cover, or other access. 4. For equipment with multiple power or control sources, apply to door or cover of equipment including, but not limited to, the following: a. Automatic transfer switches. J. Operating Instruction Signs: Install instruction signs to facilitate proper operation and maintenance of electrical systems and items to which they connect. Install instruction signs with approved legend where instructions are needed for system or equipment operation. K. Emergency Operating Instruction Signs: Install instruction signs with white legend on a red background with minimum 3/8 -inch high letters for emergency instructions at equipment used for power transfer and load shedding. L. Equipment Identification Labels: On each unit of equipment, install unique designation label that is consistent with wiring diagrams, schedules, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual. Apply labels to disconnect switches and protection equipment, central or master units, control panels, control stations, terminal cabinets, and racks of each system. Systems include power, JULIUS F. WEINHOLD IDENTIFICATION FOR 26 05 53 - 6 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 53 Ithaca, New York IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS lighting, control, communication, signal, monitoring, and alarm systems unless equipment is provided with its own identification. 1. Labeling Instructions: a. Indoor Equipment: Screw mounted, engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. Unless otherwise indicated, provide five lines of text: 1) First line: 1/2 -inch letters on the first line stating equipment name. 2) Second line (if applicable): 3/8 -inch letters stating the existing equipment name in Parentheses (). 3) Third line: 3/8 -inch letters stating voltage/phase. 4) Fourth line: 3/8 -inch letters stating the breaker number, panel name and room number/name (Owner's room number) from which the equipment is fed. 5) Fifth line: 3/8 -inch letters stating function and/or equipment which it controls. b. Outdoor Equipment: Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. c. Elevated Components: Increase sizes of labels and letters to those appropriate for viewing from the floor. 2. Receptacle Labeling: Label shall be using Dymo Posiprinter, black lettering on clear tape stating panel and breaker number from which it is fed. 3. Equipment to be Labeled: a. Panelboards, electrical cabinets, and enclosures. b. Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items. c. Standby system boxes and enclosures. d. Disconnect switches. e. Enclosed circuit breakers. f. Push-button stations. g. Power transfer equipment. h. Battery racks. i. Generators. j. Fire -alarm control panel, annunciators, and devices. k. Receptacles. END OF SECTION JULIUS F. WEINHOLD IDENTIFICATION FOR 26 05 53 - 7 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 24 16 Ithaca, New York PANELBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes distribution panelboards and lighting and appliance branch -circuit panelboards. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For each panelboard and related equipment. 1. Include dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details. Show tabulations of installed devices, equipment features, and ratings. 2. Detail enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1. 3. Detail bus configuration, current, and voltage ratings. 4. Short-circuit current rating of panelboards and overcurrent protective devices. 5. Detail features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices and auxiliary components. 6. Include wiring diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 7. Include time -current coordination curves for each type and rating of overcurrent protective device included in panelboards. C. Field quality -control reports. D. Panelboard schedules for installation in panelboards. E. Operation and maintenance data. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Comply with NEMA PB 1. C. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace transient voltage suppression devices that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PANELBOARDS A. Enclosures: Surface mounted cabinets. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD PANELBOARDS 26 24 16 - 1 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 24 16 Ithaca, New York PANELBOARDS 1. Rated for environmental conditions at installed location. a. Indoor Dry and Clean Locations: NEMA 250, T e 2. Hinged Front Cover: Entire front trim hinged to box and with standard door within hinged trim cover. 3. Directory Card: Inside panelboard door, mounted in transparent card holder. B. Incoming Mains Location: Top. C. Phase, Neutral, and Ground Buses: Hard -drawn copper, 98 percent conductivity. D. Conductor Connectors: Suitable for use with conductor material and sizes. 1. Material: Hard -drawn copper, 98 percent conductivity. 2. Main and Neutral Lugs: Mechanical type. 3. Ground Lugs and Bus Configured Terminators: Mechanical type. E. Future Devices: Mounting brackets, bus connections, filler plates, and necessary appurtenances required for future installation of devices. F. Panelboard Short -Circuit Current Rating: Fully rated to interrupt symmetrical short-circuit current available at terminals. 2.2 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH -CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial - Electrical Distribution. 2. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. 3. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. B. Panelboards: NEMA PB 1, lighting and appliance branch -circuit type. C. Mains: lugs only. D. Branch Overcunrent Protective Devices: Bolt -on circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing adjacent units. E. Doors: Concealed hinges; secured with flush latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike. 2.3 DISCONNECTING AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial - Electrical Distribution. 2. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. 3. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD PANELBOARDS 26 24 16 - 2 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 24 16 Ithaca, New York PANELBOARDS B. Molded -Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB): Comply with UL 489, with interrupting capacity to meet available fault currents. 1 Thermal -Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time -current element for low-level overloads, and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. Adjustable magnetic trip setting for circuit -breaker frame sizes 250A and larger. 2. Molded -Case Circuit -Breaker (MCCB) Features and Accessories: a. Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles. b. Lugs: Mechanical style, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor materials. c. Application Listing: Appropriate for application. d. Handle Clamp: Loose attachment, for holding circuit -breaker handle in on position. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Receive, inspect, handle, store and install panelboards and accessories according to NECA 407. B. Mount top of trim 84 inches (maximum) above finished floor unless otherwise indicated. C. Mount panelboard cabinet plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Mount recessed panelboards with fronts uniformly flush with wall finish and mating with back box. D. Install overcurrent protective devices and controllers not already factory installed. E. Install filler plates in unused spaces. F. Arrange conductors in gutters into groups and bundle and wrap with wire ties. G. Comply with NECA 1. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify field -installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs complying with Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Create a directory to indicate installed circuit loads and incorporating Owner's final room designations. Obtain approval before installing. Use a computer or typewriter to create directory; handwritten directories are not acceptable. C. Panelboard Nameplates: Label each panelboard with a nameplate complying with requirements for identification specified in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." D. Device Nameplates: Label each branch circuit device in distribution panelboards with a nameplate complying with requirements for identification specified in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." JULIUS F. WEINHOLD PANELBOARDS 26 24 16 - 3 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 24 16 Ithaca, New York PANELBOARDS 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Acceptance Testing Preparation: 1. Test insulation resistance for each panelboard bus, component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit. 2. Test continuity of each circuit. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perforin each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. 2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. D. Load Balancing: After substantial completion, but not more than 30 days after Final Acceptance, measure load balancing and make circuit changes. 1. Measure as directed during period of nonnal system loading. 2. Perforin load -balancing circuit changes outside normal occupancy/working schedule of the facility and at time directed. Avoid disrupting critical 24-hour services such as fax machines and on-line data processing, computing, transmitting, and receiving equipment. 3. After circuit changes, recheck loads during normal Load period. Record all load readings before and after changes and submit test records. 4. Tolerance: Difference exceeding 20 percent between phase loads, within a panelboard, is not acceptable. Rebalance and recheck as necessary to meet this minimum requirement. E. Panelboards will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. F. Prepare test and inspection reports, including a certified report that identifies panelboards included and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action. 3.4 CLEANING A. On completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of panelboards. Remove paint splatters and other spots. Vacuum dirt and debris; do not use compressed air to assist in cleaning. Repair exposed surfaces to match original finish. END OF SECTION JULIUS F. WEINHOLD PANELBOARDS 26 24 16 - 4 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 27 26 Ithaca, New York WIRING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Receptacles and associated device plates. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: List of legends and description of materials and process used for premarking wall plates. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles: 1. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems (Hubbell). 2. Leviton Mfg. Company Inc. (Leviton). 3. Pass & Seymour/Legrand; Wiring Devices & Accessories (Pass & Seymour). 2.2 STRAIGHT BLADE RECEPTACLES A. Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 configuration 5-20R, and UL 498. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Hubbell; HBL5361 (single), CR5352 (duplex). b. Leviton; 5891 (single), 5352 (duplex). c. Pass & Seymour; 5381 (single), 5352 (duplex). 2.3 WALL PLATES A. Single and combination types to match corresponding wiring devices. 1. Plate -Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match plate finish. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 - 1 February 12, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 27 26 Ithaca, New York WIRING DEVICES 2. Material for Finished Spaces: 0.05 -inch- thick anodized aluminum. 3. Material for Unfinished Spaces: Galvanized steel. B. Wet -Location, Weatherproof Cover Plates: NEMA 250, complying with type 3R weather - resistant, die-cast aluminum. 2.4 FINISHES A. Color: Wiring device catalog numbers in Section Text do not designate device color. 1. Wiring Devices Connected to Standby Power System: Red. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1, or as indicated on the drawings. B. Coordination with Other Trades: 1. Take steps to insure that devices and their boxes are protected. Do not place wall finish materials over device boxes and do not cut holes for boxes with routers that are guided by riding against outside of the boxes. 2. Keep outlet boxes free of plaster, drywall joint compound, mortar, cement, concrete, dust, paint, and other material that may contaminate the raceway system, conductors, and cables. 3. Install device boxes in brick or block walls so that the cover plate does not cross a joint unless the joint is troweled flush with the face of the wall. 4. Install wiring devices after all wall preparation, including painting, is complete. C. Conductors: 1. Do not strip insulation from conductors until just before they are spliced or terminated on devices. 2. Strip insulation evenly around the conductor using tools designed for the purpose. Avoid scoring or nicking of solid wire or cutting strands from stranded wire. 3. The length of free conductors at outlets for devices shall meet provisions of NFPA 70, Article 300, without pigtails. 4. Existing Conductors: a. Cut back and pigtail, or replace all damaged conductors. b. Straighten conductors that remain and remove corrosion and foreign matter. c. Pigtailing existing conductors is permitted provided the outlet box is large enough. D. Device Installation: 1. Replace all devices that have been in temporary use during construction or that show signs that they were installed before building finishing operations were complete. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 - 2 February 12, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 27 26 Ithaca, New York WIRING DEVICES 2. Keep each wiring device in its package or otherwise protected until it is time to connect conductors. 3. Do not remove surface protection, such as plastic film and smudge covers, until the last possible moment. 4. Connect devices to branch circuits using pigtails that are not less than 6 inches in length. 5. When there is a choice, use side wiring with binding -head screw terminals. Wrap solid conductor tightly clockwise, 2/3 to 3/4 of the way around terminal screw. 6. Use a torque screwdriver when a torque is recommended or required by the manufacturer. 7. When conductors larger than No. 12 AWG are installed on 15- or 20-A circuits, splice No. 12 AWG pigtails for device connections. 8. Tighten unused terminal screws on the device. 9. When mounting into metal boxes, remove the fiber or plastic washers used to hold device mounting screws in yokes, allowing metal -to -metal contact. E. Receptacle Orientation: 1. Install ground pin of vertically mounted receptacles up, and on horizontally mounted receptacles to the right. F. Device Plates: Do not use oversized or extra -deep plates. Repair wall finishes and remount outlet boxes when standard device plates do not fit flush or do not cover rough wall opening. G. Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension vertical and with grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under single, multigang wall plates. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Test Instruments: Use instruments that comply with UL 1436. 2. Test Instrument for Convenience Receptacles: Digital wiring analyzer with digital readout or illuminated LED indicators of measurement. B. Tests for Convenience Receptacles: 1. Line Voltage: Acceptable range is 105 to 132 V. 2. Percent Voltage Drop under 15-A Load: A value of 6 percent or higher is not acceptable. 3. Ground Impedance: Values of up to 2 ohms are acceptable. 4. Using the test plug, verify that the device and its outlet box are securely mounted. 5. The tests shall be diagnostic, indicating damaged conductors, high resistance at the circuit breaker, poor connections, inadequate fault current path, defective devices, or similar problems. Correct circuit conditions, remove malfunctioning units and replace with new, and retest as specified above. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 - 3 February 12, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 27 26 Ithaca, New York WIRING DEVICES END OF SECTION JULIUS F. WEINHOLD WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 - 4 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 32 13 Ithaca, New York ENGINE GENERATORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes packaged engine -generator sets for standby power supply with the following features: 1. Diesel engine. 2. Critical type silencer. 3. Unit -mounted cooling system. 4. Unit -mounted control and monitoring. 5. Unit -mounted circuit breaker. 6. Unit -mounted battery charger and water jacket heater. 7. Level 2, weatherproof, sound attenuated enclosure. 8. Dual -wall, sub -base fuel tank. 9. Emergency power off (EPO) station. 10. Remote annunciator. B. See Division 26 Section "Transfer Switches" for transfer switches including sensors and relays to initiate automatic -starting and -stopping signals for engine -generator sets. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of packaged engine generator and accessory indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. C. Source quality -control test reports. D. Field quality -control test reports. E. Operation and maintenance data. F. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved for installation of units required for this Project. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer. Maintain, within 100 miles of Project site, a service center capable of providing training, parts, and emergency maintenance repairs. C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD ENGINE GENERATORS 26 32 13 - 1 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 32 13 Ithaca, New York ENGINE GENERATORS D. Comply with ASME B15.1. E. Comply with NFPA 37. F. Comply with NFPA 70. G. Comply with NFPA 110 requirements for Level 2 emergency power supply system. H. Comply with UL 2200. I. Engine Exhaust Emissions: Comply with applicable state and local government requirements. J. Noise Emission: Maximum sound pressure level of 66.0-dB(A) @ 7.0 meters due to sound emitted by generator set including engine, engine exhaust, engine cooling -air intake and discharge, and other components of installation. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Engine -generator system shall withstand the following environmental conditions without mechanical or electrical damage or degradation of performance capability: 1. Ambient Temperature: -18° C to 40° C. 2. Relative Humidity: 0 to 95 percent. 3. Altitude: Sea level to 1000 feet. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of packaged engine generators and associated auxiliary components that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Caterpillar; Engine Div. 2. Kohler Co.; Generator Division. 3. Onan/Cummins Power Generation; Industrial Business Group. 2.2 ENGINE -GENERATOR SET A. Factory -assembled and -tested, engine -generator set. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD ENGINE GENERATORS 26 32 13 - 2 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 32 13 Ithaca, New York ENGINE GENERATORS B. Mounting Frame: Maintain alignment of mounted components without depending on concrete foundation; and have lifting attachments. C. Capacities and Characteristics: 1. Power Output Ratings: 208Y/120V, 25 -kW / 31.25 -kVA. 2. Output Connections: 3-phase, 4 -wire. 3. Nameplates: For each major system component to identify manufacturer's name and address, and model and serial number of component. D. Generator -Set Performance: 1. Steady -State Voltage Operational Bandwidth: 3 percent of rated output voltage from no load to full load. 2. Transient Voltage Performance: Not more than 20 percent variation for 50 percent step - load increase or decrease. Voltage shall recover and remain within the steady-state operating band within three seconds. 3. Steady -State Frequency Operational Bandwidth: 0.5 percent of rated frequency from no load to full load. 4. Steady -State Frequency Stability: When system is operating at any constant load within the rated load, there shall be no random speed variations outside the steady-state operational band and no hunting or surging of speed. 5. Transient Frequency Performance: Less than 5 percent variation for 50 percent step -load increase or decrease. Frequency shall recover and remain within the steady-state operating band within five seconds. 6. Output Waveform: At no load, harmonic content measured line to line or line to neutral shall not exceed 5 percent total and 3 percent for single harmonics. Telephone influence factor, determined according to NEMA MG 1, shall not exceed 50 percent. 7. Sustained Short -Circuit Current: For a 3-phase, bolted short circuit at system output terminals, system shall supply a minimum of 250 percent of rated full -load current for not less than 10 seconds and then clear the fault automatically, without damage to generator system components. 8. EPSS Classification: a. Class 32. b. Type 10. c. Level 2. 2.3 ENGINE A. Fuel: Fuel oil, Grade DF -2. B. Rated Engine Speed: 1800 rpm. C. Lubrication System: The following items are mounted on engine or skid: 1. Filter and Strainer: Rated to remove 90 percent of particles 5 micrometers and smaller while passing full flow. 2. Thermostatic Control Valve: Control flow in system to maintain optimum oil temperature. Unit shall be capable of full flow and is designed to be fail-safe. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD ENGINE GENERATORS 26 32 13 - 3 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 32 13 Ithaca, New York ENGINE GENERATORS 3. Crankcase Drain: Arranged for complete gravity drainage to an easily removable container with no disassembly and without use of pumps, siphons, special tools, or appliances. D. Engine Fuel System: 1. Main Fuel Pump: Mounted on engine. Pump ensures adequate primary fuel flow under starting and load conditions. 2. Relief -Bypass Valve: Automatically regulates pressure in fuel line and returns excess fuel to source. E. Coolant Jacket Heater: 120V, electric -immersion type, factory installed in coolant jacket system. F. Governor: Adjustable isochronous, with speed sensing. G. Cooling System: Closed loop, liquid cooled, with radiator factory mounted on engine - generator -set mounting frame and integral engine -driven coolant pump. 1. Coolant: Solution of 50 percent ethylene -glycol -based antifreeze and 50 percent water, with anticorrosion additives as recommended by engine manufacturer. 2. Temperature Control: Self-contained, thermostatic -control valve modulates coolant flow automatically to maintain optimum constant coolant temperature as recommended by engine manufacturer. H. Muffler/Silencer: Critical type, sized as recommended by engine manufacturer and selected with exhaust piping system to not exceed engine manufacturer's engine backpressure requirements. 1. Minimum sound attenuation of 25 dB at 500 Hz. 2. Sound level measured at a distance of 7 meters from exhaust discharge after installation is complete shall be 66.0-dB(A) or less. I. Air -Intake Filter: Standard -duty, engine -mounted air cleaner with replaceable dry -filter element and "blocked filter" indicator. J. Starting System: 24-V electric, with negative ground. 1. Components: Sized so they will not be damaged during a full engine -cranking cycle with ambient temperature at maximum specified in Part 1 "Project Conditions" Article. 2. Cranking Motor: Heavy-duty unit that automatically engages and releases from engine flywheel without binding. 3. Cranking Cycle: As required by NFPA 110. 4. Battery: Adequate capacity within ambient temperature range specified in Part 1 "Project Conditions" Article to provide specified cranking cycle at least twice without recharging. 5. Battery -Charging Alternator: Factory mounted on engine with solid-state voltage regulation and 35-A minimum continuous rating. a. Battery Charger: Current -limiting, automatic -equalizing and float -charging type. Unit shall comply with UL 1236. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD ENGINE GENERATORS 26 32 13 - 4 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 32 13 Ithaca, New York ENGINE GENERATORS 2.4 FUEL OIL STORAGE A. Comply with NFPA 30. B. Dual Wall, Sub -Base Fuel Oil Tank: Factory installed and piped, complying with UL 142 fuel oil tank. Features include the following: 1. Tank level indicator. 2. Capacity: Fuel for 32 hours' continuous operation at 100 percent rated power output. 3. Vandal -resistant fill cap. 4. Containment Provisions: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 2.5 CONTROL AND MONITORING A. Automatic Starting System Sequence of Operation: When mode -selector switch on the control and monitoring panel is in the automatic position, remote -control contacts in one or more separate automatic transfer switches initiate starting and stopping of generator set. When mode - selector switch is switched to the on position, generator set starts. The off position of same switch initiates generator -set shutdown. When generator set is running, specified system or equipment failures or derangements automatically shut down generator set and initiate alarms. B. Manual Starting System Sequence of Operation: Switching on-off switch on the generator control panel to the on position starts generator set. The off position of same switch initiates generator -set shutdown. When generator set is running, specified system or equipment failures or derangements automatically shut down generator set and initiate alarms. C. Configuration: Operating and safety indications, protective devices, basic system controls, and engine gages shall be grouped in a common control and monitoring panel mounted on the generator set. Mounting method shall isolate the control panel from generator -set vibration. D. Indicating and Protective Devices and Controls: 1. AC voltmeter. 2. AC ammeter. 3. AC frequency meter. 4. DC voltmeter (alternator battery charging). 5. Engine -coolant temperature gage. 6. Engine lubricating -oil pressure gage. 7. Running -time meter. 8. Ammeter -voltmeter, phase -selector switch(es). 9. Generator -voltage adjusting rheostat. 10. Fuel tank derangement alarm. 11. Fuel tank high-level shutdown of fuel supply alarm. 12. Generator overload. E. Supporting Items: Include sensors, transducers, terminals, relays, and other devices and include wiring required to support specified items. Locate sensors and other supporting items on engine or generator, unless otherwise indicated. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD ENGINE GENERATORS 26 32 13 - 5 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 32 13 Ithaca, New York ENGINE GENERATORS F. Common Remote Audible Alarm: Include necessary contacts and terminals in control and monitoring panel. 1. Overcrank shutdown. 2. Overspeed shutdown 3. Coolant low temperature pre -alarm. 4. Coolant low temperature shutdown. 5. Coolant low level alann. 6. Coolant high temperature pre -alarm. 7. Coolant high temperature shutdown. 8. Low oil pressure alann. 9. Low fuel level alarm. 10. Control switch not in auto position. 11. Battery -charger malfunction alarm. 12. Battery low -voltage alann. G. Remote Alarm Annunciator: Comply with NFPA 101. 1. An LED labeled with proper alarm conditions shall identify each alarm event and a common audible signal shall sound for each alarm condition. 2. Silencing switch in face of panel shall silence signal without altering visual indication. 3. Connect so that after an alarm is silenced, clearing of initiating condition will reactivate alarm until silencing switch is reset. 4. Cabinet and faceplate are surface- or flush -mounting type to suit mounting conditions indicated. H. Furnish three (6) form C contacts in generator control panel for building fire alann system to provide remote generator annunciator. Provide the following monitoring capability: 1. Common warning. 2. Common alann. 3. Generator run. 4. Transfer switch position. 5. Spare. 6. Spare. 2.6 GENERATOR, EXCITER, AND VOLTAGE REGULATOR A. Comply with NEMA MG I. B. Drive: Generator shaft shall be directly connected to engine shaft. Exciter shall be rotated integrally with generator rotor. C. Electrical Insulation: Class H or Class F. D. Stator -Winding Leads: Brought out to terminal box to permit future reconnection for other voltages if required. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD ENGINE GENERATORS 26 32 13 - 6 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 32 13 Ithaca, New York ENGINE GENERATORS E. Construction shall prevent mechanical, electrical, and thernal damage due to vibration, overspeed up to 125 percent of rating, and heat during operation at 110 percent of rated capacity. F. Enclosure: Drip proof. G. Instrument Transformers: Mounted within generator enclosure. H. Voltage Regulator: Solid-state type, separate from exciter, providing performance as specified. 1. Adjusting rheostat on control and monitoring panel shall provide plus or minus 5 percent adjustment of output -voltage operating band. I. Strip Heater: Thermostatically controlled unit arranged to maintain stator windings above dew point. J. Windings: Two-thirds pitch stator winding and fully linked amortisseur winding. K. Subtransient Reactance: 12 percent, maximum. 2.7 OUTDOOR GENERATOR -SET ENCLOSURE A. Description: Weatherproof, sound attenuated (Level II) steel housing, wind resistant up to 100 mph. Multiple panels shall be lockable and provide adequate access to components requiring maintenance. Panels shall be removable by one person without tools. Instruments and control shall be mounted within enclosure. Housing shall provide 18 dBA in sound attenuation to reduce overall source noise to 66.0-dB(A) at 7 meters. Exhaust silencer shall be located within the enclosure. B. Engine Cooling Airflow through Enclosure: Maintain temperature rise of system components within required limits when unit operates at 110 percent of rated load for 2 hours with ambient temperature at top of range specified in system service conditions. 1. Louvers: Fixed -engine, cooling -air inlet and discharge. Storm -proof and drainable louvers prevent entry of rain and snow. 2.8 VIBRATION ISOLATION DEVICES A. Elastomeric Isolator Pads: Oil- and water-resistant elastomer or natural rubber, arranged in single or multiple layers, molded with a nonslip pattern and galvanized -steel baseplates of sufficient stiffness for uniform loading over pad area, and factory cut to sizes that match requirements of supported equipment. 1. Material: Standard neoprene. 2.9 FINISHES A. Indoor and Outdoor Enclosures and Components: Manufacturer's standard finish over corrosion -resistant pretreatment and compatible primer. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD ENGINE GENERATORS 26 32 13 - 7 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 32 13 Ithaca, New York ENGINE GENERATORS 2.10 UNIT MOUNTED CIRCUIT BREAKER A. Molded case circuit breaker with thermal overload protection. B. Ampacity and number of poles as shown on drawings. C. AIC rating equal to or greater than 42,000. D. NEMA 1 rated enclosure. E. UL 489 listed. 2.11 EMERGENCY POWER OFF (EPO) STATION A. Weatherproof, mushroom style push button with red finish. B. Install EPO station in a NEMA 3R rated junction box mounted to the generator enclosure. 2.12 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Prototype Testing: Factory test engine -generator set using same engine model, constructed of identical or equivalent components and equipped with identical or equivalent accessories. 1. Tests: Comply with NFPA 110, Level 1 Energy Converters and with IEEE 115. 2. Report factory test results within 10 days of completion of test. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with packaged engine -generator manufacturers' written installation and alignment instructions and with NFPA 110. B. Install packaged engine generator to provide access, without removing connections or accessories, for periodic maintenance. C. Install packaged engine generator with elastomeric isolator pads having a minimum deflection of 1 inch on concrete base. Secure sets to anchor bolts installed in concrete bases as specified on drawings. D. Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by equipment manufacturers, but not specified to be factory mounted. E. Piping installation requirements are specified in Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping and specialties. F. Connect fuel, cooling -system, and exhaust -system piping adjacent to packaged engine generator to allow service and maintenance. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD ENGINE GENERATORS 26 32 13 - 8 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 32 13 Ithaca, New York ENGINE GENERATORS G. Connect engine exhaust pipe to engine with flexible connector. H. Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." I. Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Engine -generator set shall receive the manufacturer's standard factory load testing. Prior to acceptance of the installation, equipment shall be tested to show it is free of any defects and will start automatically. B. The generator shall be subjected to full load test through the use of portable, dry -type load banks supplied for this purpose at the job site by the generator set representative. 1. The load bank shall be capable of definite and precise incremental loading and shall not be dependent on the generator control instrumentation to read current and voltage of each phase. Rather, the test instrumentation shall serve as a check of the generator set meters. 2. Instrument readings shall be recorded every fifteen (15) minutes. A written report with certification by the equipment representative shall be furnished to the Construction Manager within seven (7) days of the completion of a successful test. 3. Salt water brine tanks or those load tanks requiring water as a source for cooling are not acceptable for this test. Under no circumstances shall the job site load be utilized for this test. 4. Load bank testing shall be done in the presence of the Cornell University Representative and Construction Manager only after the unit is completely and permanently installed in accordance with the plans and specifications. 5. Testing shall be for a minimum of four (4) hours under full load for generator in accordance with NFPA 110 requirements. 6. Defects deemed to be contractor error shall be corrected by the contractor and the tests re -run at his expense for the four hour period. C. Provide complete test report at completion of this procedure to the Owner. This signed and dated report shall start the warranty period. D. Coordinate tests with tests for transfer switches and run them concurrently. E. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. F. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. G. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. H. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD ENGINE GENERATORS 26 32 13 - 9 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 32 13 Ithaca, New York ENGINE GENERATORS I. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and retest until specified requirements are met. J. Report results of tests and inspections in writing. Record adjustable relay settings and measured insulation resistances, time delays, and other values and observations. Attach a label or tag to each tested component indicating satisfactory completion of tests. 3.3 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel for two (2) hours to adjust, operate, and maintain packaged engine generators at the completion of start-up and test period. END OF SECTION JULIUS F. WEINHOLD ENGINE GENERATORS 26 32 13 - 10 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 36 00 Ithaca, New York TRANSFER SWITCHES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes automatic transfer switches rated 600 V and less. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include rated capacities, weights, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: Dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details showing minimum clearances, conductor entry provisions, gutter space, installed features and devices, and material lists for each switch specified. C. Field quality -control test reports. D. Operation and maintenance data. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NEMA ICS L C. Comply with NFPA 70. D. Comply with NFPA 99. E. Comply with NFPA 110. F. Comply with UL 1008 unless requirements of these Specifications are stricter. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Contactor Transfer Switches: a. Caterpillar; Engine Div. b. Emerson; ASCO Power Technologies, LP. c. GE Zenith Controls. d. Kohler Power Systems; Generator Division. e. Onan/Cummins Power Generation; Industrial Business Group. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) TRANSFER SWITCHES 26 36 00 - 1 February 12, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 36 00 Ithaca, New York TRANSFER SWITCHES f. Russelectric, Inc. 2. Transfer Switches Using Molded -Case Switches or Circuit Breakers: a. GE Zenith Controls. 2.2 GENERAL TRANSFER -SWITCH PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS A. Indicated Current Ratings: Apply as defined in UL 1008 for continuous loading and total system transfer, including tungsten filament lamp loads not exceeding 30 percent of switch ampere rating, unless otherwise indicated. B. Tested Fault -Current Closing and Withstand Ratings: Adequate for duty unposed by protective devices at installation locations in Project under the fault conditions indicated, based on testing according to UL 1008. 1. Where transfer switch includes internal fault -current protection, rating of switch and trip unit combination shall exceed indicated fault -current value at installation location. C. Solid -State Controls: Repetitive accuracy of all settings shall be plus or minus 2 percent or better over an operating temperature range of minus 20 to plus 70 C. D. Resistance to Damage by Voltage Transients: Components shall meet or exceed voltage -surge withstand capability requirements when tested according to IEEE C62.41. Components shall meet or exceed voltage -impulse withstand test of NEMA ICS 1. E. Electrical Operation: Accomplish by a nonfused, momentarily energized solenoid or electric - motor -operated mechanism, mechanically and electrically interlocked in both directions. F. Switch Characteristics: Designed for continuous -duty repetitive transfer of full -rated current between active power sources. 1. Limitation: Switches using molded -case switches or circuit breakers or insulated -case circuit -breaker components are not acceptable. 2. Switch Action: Double throw; mechanically held in both directions. 3. Contacts: Silver composition or silver alloy for load -current switching. Conventional automatic transfer -switch units, rated 225A and higher, shall have separate arcing contacts. G. Neutral Terminal: Solid and fully rated, unless otherwise indicated. H. Battery Charger: For generator starting batteries. 1. Float type rated 2 A. 2. Ammeter to display charging current. 3. Fused ac inputs and dc outputs. L Enclosures: General-purpose NEMA 250, Type 1, complying with NEMA ICS 6 and UL 508, unless otherwise indicated. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) TRANSFER SWITCHES 26 36 00 - 2 February 12, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 36 00 Ithaca, New York TRANSFER SWITCHES 2.3 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES A. Comply with Level 1 equipment according to NFPA 110. B. Switching Arrangement: Double -throw type, incapable of pauses or intermediate position stops during normal functioning, unless otherwise indicated. C. Signal -Before -Transfer Contacts: A set of normally open/normally closed dry contacts operates in advance of retransfer to normal source. Interval is adjustable from 1 to 30 seconds. D. Transfer Switches Based on Molded -Case -Switch Components: Comply with NEMA AB 1, UL 489, and UL 869A. E. Automatic Transfer -Switch Features: 1. Undervoltage Sensing for Each Phase of Normal Source: Sense low phase -to -ground voltage on each phase. Pickup voltage shall be adjustable from 85 to 100 percent of nominal, and dropout voltage is adjustable from 75 to 98 percent of pickup value. Factory set for pickup at 90 percent and dropout at 85 percent. 2. Adjustable Time Delay: For override of normal -source voltage sensing to delay transfer and engine start signals. Adjustable from zero to six seconds, and factory set for one second. 3. Voltage/Frequency Lockout Relay: Prevent premature transfer to generator. Pickup voltage shall be adjustable from 85 to 100 percent of nominal. Factory set for pickup at 90 percent. Pickup frequency shall be adjustable from 90 to 100 percent of nominal. Factory set for pickup at 95 percent. 4. Time Delay for Retransfer to Normal Source: Adjustable from 0 to 30 minutes, and factory set for 10 minutes to automatically defeat delay on loss of voltage or sustained undervoltage of emergency source, provided normal supply has been restored. 5. Test Switch: Simulate nonnal-source failure. 6. Switch -Position Pilot Lights: Indicate source to which load is connected. 7. Source -Available Indicating Lights: Supervise sources via transfer -switch nonnal- and emergency -source sensing circuits. a. Norval Power Supervision: Green light with nameplate engraved "Normal Source Available." b. Emergency Power Supervision: Red light with nameplate engraved "Emergency Source Available." 8. Unassigned Auxiliary Contacts: Two normally open, single -pole, double -throw contacts for each switch position, rated 10 A at 240-V ac. 9. Transfer Override Switch: Overrides automatic retransfer control so automatic transfer switch will remain connected to emergency power source regardless of condition of normal source. Pilot light indicates oven-ide status. 10. Engine Starting Contacts: One isolated and normally closed, and one isolated and normally open; rated 10 A at 32-V dc minimum. 11. Engine Shutdown Contacts: Time delay adjustable from zero to five minutes, and factory set for five minutes. Contacts shall initiate shutdown at remote engine -generator controls after retransfer of load to normal source. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD TRANSFER SWITCHES 26 36 00 - 3 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 36 00 Ithaca, New York TRANSFER SWITCHES 12. Engine -Generator Exerciser: Solid-state, programmable -time switch starts engine generator and transfers load to it from normal source for a preset time, then retransfers and shuts down engine after a preset cool -down period. Initiates exercise cycle at preset intervals adjustable from 7 to 30 days. Running periods are adjustable from 10 to 30 minutes. Factory settings are for 7 -day exercise cycle, 20 -minute running period, and 5 - minute cool -down period. Exerciser features include the following: a. Exerciser Transfer Selector Switch: Permits selection of exercise with and without load transfer. b. Push-button programming control with digital display of settings. c. Integral battery operation of time switch when normal control power is not available. 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Factory test and inspect components, assembled switches, and associated equipment. Ensure proper operation. Check transfer time and voltage, frequency, and time -delay settings for compliance with specified requirements. Perform dielectric strength test complying with NEMA ICS 1. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Identify components according to Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Set field -adjustable intervals and delays, relays, and engine exerciser clock. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." B. Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. Report results in writing. B. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installation, including connections, and to assist in testing. 2. After installing equipment and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test for compliance with requirements. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) TRANSFER SWITCHES 26 36 00 - 4 February 12, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 36 00 Ithaca, New York TRANSFER SWITCHES 3. Perforin each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. 4. Measure insulation resistance phase -to -phase and phase -to -ground with insulation - resistance tester. Use test voltages and procedure recommended by manufacturer. Comply with manufacturer's specified minimum resistance. a. Check for electrical continuity of circuits and for short circuits. b. Inspect for physical damage, proper installation and connection, and integrity of barriers, covers, and safety features. c. Verify that manual transfer warnings are properly placed. d. Perform manual transfer operation. 5. After energizing circuits, demonstrate interlocking sequence and operational function for each switch at least three times. a. Simulate power failures of normal source to automatic transfer switches and of emergency source with normal source available. b. Simulate loss of phase -to -ground voltage for each phase of nonnal source. c. Verify time -delay settings. d. Verify pickup and dropout voltages by data readout or inspection of control settings. e. Verify proper sequence and correct timing of automatic engine starting, transfer time delay, retransfer time delay on restoration of nonnal power, and engine cool - down and shutdown. C. Coordinate tests with tests of generator and run them concurrently. D. Report results of tests and inspections in writing. Record adjustable relay settings and measured insulation and contact resistances and time delays. Attach a label or tag to each tested component indicating satisfactory completion of tests. E. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. 3.4 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain transfer switches and related equipment as specified below. Refer to Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training." B. Coordinate this training with that for generator equipment. END OF SECTION JULIUS F. WEINHOLD TRANSFER SWITCHES 26 36 00 - 5 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 51 00 Ithaca, New York INTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Interior LED lighting fixtures. 2. Emergency lighting fixtures. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of lighting fixture, arranged in order of fixture designation. Include data on features, accessories, finishes. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions, weights, methods of field assembly, components, features, and accessories. C. Field quality -control test reports. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In Interior Lighting Fixture Schedule where titles below are column or row headings that introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified on the drawings. 2.2 LED LIGHTING FIXTURES AND COMPONENTS, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Metal Parts: Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges. B. Sheet Metal Components: Steel, unless otherwise indicated. Form and support to prevent warping and sagging. C. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free of light leakage under operating conditions, and designed to permit relamping without use of tools. Designed to prevent doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other components from falling accidentally during relamping and when secured in operating position. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 51 00 - 1 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 51 00 Ithaca, New York INTERIOR LIGHTING D. Reflecting surfaces shall have minimum reflectance as follows, unless otherwise indicated: 1. White Surfaces: 85 percent. 2. Specular Surfaces: 83 percent. 3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75 percent. 4. Laminated Silver Metallized Film: 90 percent. E. Plastic Diffusers, Covers, and Globes: 1. Acrylic Lighting Diffusers: 100 percent virgin acrylic plastic. High resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat, and UV radiation. a. Lens Thickness: At least 0.125 inch minimum unless different thickness is indicated. b. UV stabilized. 2. Glass: Annealed crystal glass, unless otherwise indicated. 2.3 LED EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS A. Description: Self-contained units complying with UL 924. 1. Battery: Sealed, maintenance -free, lead -acid type. 2. Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state type with sealed transfer relay. 3. Operation: Relay automatically turns lamp on when power supply circuit voltage drops to 80 percent of nominal voltage or below. Lamp automatically disconnects from battery when voltage approaches deep -discharge level. When nonnal voltage is restored, relay disconnects lamps from battery, and battery is automatically recharged and floated on charger. 4. Test Push Button: Push -to -test type, in unit housing, simulates loss of normal power and demonstrates unit operability. 5. LED Indicator Light: Indicates nonnal power on. Nonnal glow indicates trickle charge; bright glow indicates charging at end of discharge cycle. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Lighting fixtures: Set level, plumb, and square with ceilings and walls. Install lamps in each fixture. B. Comply with NFPA 70 for minimum fixture supports. C. Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test for Emergency Lighting: Inten-upt power supply to demonstrate proper operation. Verify transfer from nonnal power to battery and retransfer to normal. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 51 00 - 2 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 51 00 Ithaca, New York INTERIOR LIGHTING B. Prepare a written report of tests, inspections, observations, and verifications indicating and interpreting results. If adjustments are made to lighting system, retest to demonstrate compliance with standards. END OF SECTION JULIUS F. WEINHOLD INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 51 00 - 3 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 28 31 11 Ithaca, New York DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Addressable interface device. 1.2 EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM A. Digital, addressable Gamewell/FCI. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General Submittal Requirements: 1. Submittals shall be approved by authorities having jurisdiction prior to submitting them to Architect. 2. Shop Drawings shall be prepared by persons with the following qualifications: a. Trained and certified by manufacturer in fire -alarm system design. b. NICET-certified fire -alarm technician, Level IV minimum. B. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. C. Shop Drawings: For fire -alarm system. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Comply with recommendations in the "Documentation" Section of the "Fundamentals of Fire Alarm Systems" Chapter in NFPA 72. 2. Include battery -size calculations. 3. Include floor plans to indicate final outlet locations showing address of each addressable device. Show size and route of cable and conduits. D. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. E. Field quality -control reports. F. Operation and Maintenance Data: For fire -alarm systems and components to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: 1. Comply with the "Records" Section of the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" Chapter in NFPA 72. 2. Provide "Record of Completion Documents" according to NFPA 72 article "Permanent Records" in the "Records" Section of the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" Chapter. 3. Record copy of site-specific software. 4. Provide "Maintenance, Inspection and Testing Records" according to NFPA 72 article of the same name and include the following: a. Frequency of testing of installed components. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE 28 31 11 - 1 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM February 12, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 28 31 11 Ithaca, New York DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM b. Frequency of inspection of installed components. c. Requirements and recommendations related to results of maintenance. d. Manufacturer's user training manuals. 5. Manufacturer's required maintenance related to system warranty requirements. G. Software and Firmware Operational Documentation: 1. Software operating and upgrade manuals. 2. Program Software Backup: On magnetic media or compact disk, complete with data files. 3. Device address list. 4. Printout of software application and graphic screens. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Personnel shall be trained and certified by manufacturer for installation of units required for this Project. B. Installer Qualifications: Installation shall be by personnel certified by NICET as fire -alarm Level IV technician. C. Source Limitations for Fire -Alarm System and Components: shall be compatible with, and operate as, an extension of existing system. D. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products UL Listed compatible with the existing Gamewell/FCI fire alarm system. 2.2 ADDRESSABLE INTERFACE DEVICE Description: Microelectronic monitor module, for use in providing a system address to monitor the generator status. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. Comply with NFPA 72 for installation of fire -alarm equipment. B. Connecting to Equipment: Verify that existing fire-alann system is operational before making changes or connections. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE 28 31 11 - 2 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM February 12, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 28 31 11 Ithaca, New York DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 1. Connect new equipment to existing control panel in existing part of the building. 2. Expand, modify, and supplement existing fire alarm system as necessary to extend monitoring functions to the new points. New components shall be capable of merging with existing configuration without degrading the performance of either system. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Make addressable connections with a supervised interface device to the following devices and systems. Make an addressable confirmation connection when such feedback is available at the device or system being controlled. 1. Supervisory connections at generator engine control panel. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field tests shall be witnessed by Cornell University EH&S. B. Reacceptance Testing: Perform reacceptance testing to verify the proper operation of added or replaced devices and appliances. C. Fire -alarm system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) END OF SECTION DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE 28 31 11 - 3 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM February 12, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 32 31 13 Ithaca, New York CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES SECTION 323113 - CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Chain -Link Fences: Industrial 2. Gates: swing. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show locations, components, materials, dimensions, sizes, weights, and finishes of components. Include plans, gate elevations, sections, details of post anchorage, attachment, bracing, and other required installation and operational clearances. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CHAIN-LINK FENCE FABRIC A. General: Height: 8'. Comply with ASTM A 392, CLFMI CLF 2445, and requirements indicated below: 1. Steel Wire Fabric: metallic -coated wire with a diameter of 0.148 inch (3.76 mm). a. Mesh Size: 2 inches (50 mm) b. Metallic (Zinc) Coating: ASTM A 392, Type II. 2. Selvage: Twisted top and knuckled bottom. 2.2 INDUSTRIAL FENCE FRAMING A. Posts and Rails: Comply with ASTM F 1043 for framing, ASTM F 1083 for Group IC round pipe, and the following: 1. Group: IA, round steel pipe, Schedule 40. 2. Fence Height: 8 feet (2.44 m). 3. Strength Requirement: Light industrial according to ASTM F 1043. 4. Coating for Steel Framing: JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHAIN LINK FENCES 32 31 13 - 1 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 AND GATES February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 32 31 13 Ithaca, New York CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES a. Metallic coating. 2.3 TENSION WIRE A. General: Provide horizontal tension wire at top and bottom of fence fabric. B. Metallic -Coated Steel Wire: 0.177 -inch- (4.5 -mm-) diameter, marcelled tension wire complying with ASTM A 817 and ASTM A 824. 1. Metallic Coating: Type III, Zn -5 -Al -MM alloy. 2.4 INDUSTRIAL SWING GATES A. General: Comply with ASTM F 900 for double swing gate types. 1. Metal Pipe and Tubing: Galvanized steel. Comply with ASTM F 1083 and ASTM F 1043 for materials and protective coatings. B. Frames and Bracing: Fabricate members from round galvanized steel tubing with outside dimension and weight according to ASTM F 900 and the following: 1. Gate Fabric Height: 2 inches (50 mm) less than adjacent fence height. 2. Leaf Width: 36 inches (914 mm). 3. Frame Members: a. Tubular Steel: 1.90 inches (48 inn) round. C. Frame Corner Construction: 1. Assembled with corner fittings and 5/16 -inch- (7.9 -mm-) diameter, adjustable truss rods for panels 5 feet (1.52 m) wide or wider. D. Hardware: Latches permitting operation from both sides of gate, hinges, and keepers for each gate leaf more than 5 feet (1.52 m) wide. Fabricate latches with integral eye openings for padlocking. 2.5 FITTINGS A. General: Comply with ASTM F 626. B. Finish: 1. Metallic Coating for Pressed Steel or Cast Iron: Not less than 1.2 oz. /sq. ft. (366 g /sq. m) zinc. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 GENERATOR (EMCS) CHAIN LINK FENCES 32 31 13 - 2 AND GATES February 12, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 32 31 13 Ithaca, New York CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES 2.6 PRIVACY SLATS A. Material: PVC, UV -light stabilized B. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range C. Clips: Stainless steel. D. Tie Wires: Stainless steel. 2.7 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE A. Materials: Portland cement complying with ASTM C 150, Type I aggregates complying with ASTM C 33, and potable water. 1. Concrete Mixes: Nonnal-weight concrete air entrained with not less than 3000 -psi (20.7- MPa) compressive strength (28 days), 3 -inch (75 -mm) slump, and 1 -inch (25 -mm) maximum size aggregate. 2.8 FENCE GROUNDING A. Conductors: Bare, solid wire for No. 6 AWG and smaller; stranded wire for No. 4 AWG and larger. 1. Material above Finished Grade: Copper. 2. Material on or below Finished Grade: Copper. 3. Bonding Jumpers: Braided copper tape, 1 inch (25 mm) wide, woven of No. 30 AWG bare copper wire, tenninated with copper ferrules. B. Connectors and Grounding Rods: Comply with UL 467. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install chain-link fencing to comply with ASTM F 567. B. Post Excavation: Drill or hand -excavate holes for posts to diameters and spacings indicated, in firm, undisturbed soil. C. Post Setting: Set posts in concrete at indicated spacing into firm, undisturbed soil. 1. Concrete Fill: Place concrete around posts to dimensions indicated and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Protect aboveground portion of posts from concrete splatter. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHAIN LINK FENCES 32 31 13 - 3 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 AND GATES February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 32 31 13 Ithaca, New York CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES D. Terminal Posts: Locate terminal end, corner, and gate posts per ASTM F 567 and terminal pull posts at changes in horizontal or vertical alignment. E. Line Posts: Space line posts uniformly at 10 feet (3 m) o.c. F. Post Bracing and Intermediate Rails: Install according to ASTM F 567. Install braces at end and gate posts and at both sides of corner and pull posts. G. Tension Wire: Install according to ASTM F 567, maintaining plumb position and alignment of fencing. H. Top Rail: Install according to ASTM F 567. I. Bottom Rails: Install, spanning between posts. Chain -Link Fabric: Apply fabric to outside of enclosing framework. Leave 2 inches (50 mm) between finish grade or surface and bottom selvage, unless otherwise indicated. K. Tie Wires: Attach wire per ASTM F 626. Bend ends of wire to minimize hazard to individuals and clothing. L. Fasteners: Install nuts for tension bands and carriage bolts on the side of the fence opposite the fabric side. . Privacy Slats: Install slats in direction indicated, securely locked in place. 3.2 GATE INSTALLATION A. Install gates according to manufacturer's written instructions, level, plumb, and secure for full opening without interference. Attach fabric as for fencing. Attach hardware using tamper- resistant or concealed means. Install ground -set items in concrete for anchorage. Adjust hardware for smooth operation and lubricate where necessary. 3.3 GROUNDING AND BONDING A. Fences within 100 Feet (30 m) of Buildings, Structures, Walkways, and Roadways: Ground at maximum intervals of 750 feet (225 in) Grounding Method: At each grounding location, drive a grounding rod vertically until the top is 6 inches (150 mm) below finished grade. Connect rod to fence with No. 6 AWG conductor. Connect conductor to each fence component at the grounding location. B. Bonding Method for Gates: Connect bonding jumper between gate post and gate frame. JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHAIN LINK FENCES 32 31 13 - 4 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 AND GATES February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 32 31 13 Ithaca, New York CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES 1. Connections: Make connections so possibility of galvanic action or electrolysis is minimized. C. Bonding to Lightning Protection System: If fence terminates at lightning -protected building or structure, ground the fence and bond the fence grounding conductor to lightning protection down conductor or lightning protection grounding conductor complying with NFPA 780. END OF SECTION 323113 JULIUS F. WEINHOLD CHAIN LINK FENCES 32 31 13 - 5 CHILLED WATER PLANT 1 AND GATES February 12, 2016 GENERATOR (EMCS) UPDNDNBeebe DamFoot BridgeBridge4413BRIDGEHEB PEDESTRIAN44OOAFOREST HOME DRTOBOGGAN LODGE2605CHILLEDWATERPLANT 15101CORNELLUNIVERSITYFOUNDED5681ADCornell UniversityFacilities EngineeringIT IS A VIOLATION OF NEW YORK STATE LAW FORANY PERSON, UNLESS ACTING UNDER THEDIRECTION OF A LICENSED ARCHITECT ORENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT IN ANYWAY. IF THIS DOCUMENT IS ALTERED, THEALTERING ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER SHALLAFFIX TO SUCH DOCUMENT HIS SEAL AND THENOTATION "ALTERED BY" FOLLOWED BY HISSIGNATURE, THE DATE OF SUCH ALTERATION,AND A SPECIFIC DESCRIPTION OF THEALTERATION.WARNING:1234567891011121314151612345678910111213141516ABCDEFGHIABCDEFGHIthaca, New YorkDATE:FACILITY:DESIGN:DRAWN:REVISIONS:ARCH/STRUCT:CIVIL/ENV:ELECTRICAL:MECHANICAL:Cornell UniversityIthaca, New YorkPROJECT SCOPEHumphreys Service Building; Ithaca, N.Y.Architectural & Structural, Civil &Environmental, Mechanical and ElectricalEngineeringFacilities EngineeringARCHIVE BAR CODE - ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTIONDATE: 2/12/168369522Chill Water Plant 1 WeinholdT-001TITLE SHEETFE DESIGNcmw5101February 12, 2016Julius F. Weinhold Chilled Water Plant 1 Generator(EMCS)Julius F. Weinhold Chilled WaterPlant 1 Generator (EMCS)T-001TITLE SHEETE-000SCOPE OF WORK, GENERAL NOTES, SYMBOLOGY, AND ABBREVIATIONSED-100DEMOLITION PLANSE-100POWER PLANSE-400ONE-LINE DIAGRAMSE-401FOUNDATION PLAN, SECTION, SCHEDULE, AND RISERE-402DETAILSThe purpose of this project is to provide a 25-kW diesel generator at the Julius F.Weinhold Chilled Water Plant 1 to support the Cornell University EMCS function.The work includes refeeding the existing UPS and select loads in the building.The work also includes the replacement of the chain link fence and gate outdoorsand the replacement of select luminaires with LED luminaires. Contractor shallprovide a 125-kW, portable diesel generator to provide backup power to thefacility for the entire duration of the project and during all power interruptions.SITE PLAN - CHILL WATER PLANT 1 WEINHOLDNAREA OF WORKDRAWING LISTELECTRICAL CORNELLUNIVERSITYFOUNDED5681ADCornell UniversityFacilities EngineeringIT IS A VIOLATION OF NEW YORK STATE LAW FORANY PERSON, UNLESS ACTING UNDER THEDIRECTION OF A LICENSED ARCHITECT ORENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT IN ANYWAY. IF THIS DOCUMENT IS ALTERED, THEALTERING ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER SHALL AFFIXTO SUCH DOCUMENT HIS SEAL AND THENOTATION "ALTERED BY" FOLLOWED BY HISSIGNATURE, THE DATE OF SUCH ALTERATION,AND A SPECIFIC DESCRIPTION OF THEALTERATION.WARNING:1234567891011121314151612345678910111213141516ABCDEFGHIABCDEFGHIthaca, New YorkDATE:FACILITY:DESIGN:DRAWN:REVISIONS:ARCHIVE BAR CODEARCH/STRUCT:CIVIL/ENV:ELECTRICAL:MECHANICAL: - ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTIONDATE: 2/12/168369522Chill Water Plant 1 WeinholdE-000SCOPE OF WORK,GENERAL NOTES,SYMBOLOGY, ANDABBREVIATIONSC. WAYMANcmw5101February 12, 2016Julius F. Weinhold Chilled Water Plant 1 Generator(EMCS)99F10A103D16A103D16A103F10A103GENERAL SYMBOL LEGEND22XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXELECTRICAL SYMBOLOGYELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONSPOINT OF CONNECTION TO EXISTING WORK TO REMAINPOINT OF DEMOLITION TO EXISTING WORK TO REMAINCONDUIT DROP OR RISE AS INDICATEDCIRCUIT____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________AAAAAIR BREAK INTERRUPTER SWITCHFUSED DISCONNECT SWITCHTHERMAL MAGNETIC MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERCTCURRENT TRANSFORMERPTPOTENTIAL TRANSFORMERMOV TYPE LIGHTNING ARRESTOR SIZE AND CLASSAS INDICATEDMETER/INSTRUMENT LETTER INDICATES FUNCTIONA - AMMETERPF - POWER FACTOR METERS - SYNCHROSCOPEVH - VARHOUR METERV - VOLT METERVAR- VARMETERW - WATTMETERWH - WATTHOUR METERWHD- WATTHOUR METER W/DEMAND REGISTERCIRCUIT MONITORMETER/INSTRUMENT SWITCH LETTERS INDICATEFUNCTION:AS - AMMETER SWITCHVS - VOLTMETER SWITCHWS - WATTMETER SWITCHASAND TYPETRANSFORMER, REFER TO SCHEDULE FOR SIZETGENERATOR SETGGROUND CONNECTIONTOP OF ROD 2'0" BELOW FINISHED GRADE UNLESSWELDS ONLY.MOLDED FUSION "T" EXOTHERMIC WELDS FOR GRIDCONNECTION , UNDERGROUND WORK.GROUND TERMINATION TO EQUIPMENT. (FRAME,GROUND BUS, TRANSFORMER NEUTRAL)6'-0" COIL FOR FUTURE USE.No. 4/0 STRANDED BARE COPPER PIGTAIL. MINIMUMDRAWOUT DEVICE1200AT1600AFCHARACTERISTICS INDICATED BY SUBSCRIPTS:CIRCUIT BREAKER SOLID STATE TRIPAT - TRIP COIL AMPERE RATINGAF - FRAME SIZE AMPERE RATINGCL - CURRENT LIMITINGL - LONG TIME TRIPS - SHORT TIME TRIPI - INSTANT ANEOUS TRIPG - GROUND FAULT TRIPSH - SHUNT TRIPSSTLSIGTRANSFER SWITCH, RATING ASINDICATED.ATS = AUTOMATIC10'-0" x 5/8" DIAMETER, COPPER CLAD GROUND ROD.CMSDFSTSPSSDBTSDBR135HDDDFFHDNFEMH190ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE SYMBOLSELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONSGENERAL ELECTRICAL SYMBOLSFIRE ALARM SYMBOLSSECURITY SYMBOLSLIGHTING SYMBOLSENLARGED DETAILEXTERIOR ELEVATIONINTERIOR ELEVATIONKEYNOTE DEMOLITIONKEYNOTE NEW WORKMATCH LINENORTH ARROWSECTIONSCOPE OF WORKGENERAL NOTESFIRE ALARM CONTROL PANELAUXILIARY RELAY BOARDEXISTING WORK TO REMAIN (GRAYSCALE)REMOVAL WORK (DASHED)NEW WORK (BOLD)THERMOSTATTFACPSNACAMMFSDFAAPLFMCPVCCRARBAOMSUPPLEMENTAL NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE PANELELECTRICAL CONTRACTORELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBINGEMTLTGLIGHTINGBKRECCIRCUITBREAKERCKTRGSRIGID GALVANIZED STEELAFFABOVE FINISHED FLOORCONTROL RELAYFAN SHUT DOWNFIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANELLIQUID TIGHT FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUITPOLYVINYL CHLORIDEUEOEPCLCUPSATSMTSGAAUNDERGROUND ELECTRICOVERHEAD ELECTRICPHOTO CELLLIGHTING CONTACTORUNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLYAUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHMANUAL TRANSFER SWITCHGENERATOR ALARM ANNUNCIATORGNDGROUNDHPHORSEPOWERKWKILOWATTMCBMAIN CIRCUIT BREAKERMLOMAIN LUG ONLYTYPTYPICALUOIUNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATEDVVOLTWPWATERPROOFPPPOWER PANELADDRESSABLE OUTPUT MODULEADDRESSABLE MONITOR MODULESMOKE DETECTOR PHOTOELECTRONIC SENSORTRANSMITTER BEAM DETECTORRECEIVER BEAM DETECTORDUCT DETECTORTAMPER SWITCHLOW AIR SWITCHFLOW PRESSURE SWITCHHEAT DETECTOR 135 F OR 200 F FIXED TEMP SENSORFIRE ALARM PULL STATIONFIRE ALARM STROBE/HORN COMBONICNOT IN CONTRACTTSPTWISTED SHIELDED PAIRATSAUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHCCONDUITFIRE ALARM STROBE ONLYFIRE ALARM HORN ONLYVAVOLT AMPSPMPLUGMOLDCDCANDELAAFFABOVE FINISHED FLOORGFIGROUND FAULT INTERRUPTERAFIARC FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERTMTHERMAL MAGNETICSTSHUNT TRIPP-1A12DRAWING REMOVAL KEYED NOTE INDICATORDRAWING CONSTRUCTION KEYED NOTE INDICATORPANELBOARD.LP-1JUNCTION BOX.SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLE DEVICE. PROVIDE SINGLEDEVICE WITH NEMA RATING AS INDICATED AND MATCHINGCOVER PLATE.MOTOR, NUMBER INSIDE SYMBOL INDICATES HORSEPOWER.5MANUAL MOTOR STARTER, SURFACE MOUNTED UNLESSOTHERWISE INDICATED.DISCONNECT SWITCH.COMBINATION STARTER.METERING DEVICE, TYPE INDICATED ON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.THREE SPEED SWITCHTWO DUPLEX CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES MOUNTED ON A SINGLEGANG PLATE.WWIRE MOLD SURFACE RACEWAYVARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE.X X X X X X XPLUGMOLDDUPLEX CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLE, GF = GROUND FAULTINTERRUPTER PROTECTION.BRANCH CIRCUITRY TO POWER RECEPTACLE DEVICE(S) IS NOTINDICATED ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE ALPHA-NUMERICTEXT ADJACENT TO THE DEVICE SYMBOL INDICATES THE PANELAND CIRCUIT NUMBER IT'S FED FROM. FOR EXAMPLE: P-1A/12INDICATES THAT THE DEVICE IS FED FROM PANEL P-1A, CIRCUIT #12.PROVIDE CIRCUITRY TO DEVICE(S) AS FOLLOWS: DEVICES INDICATEDWITH THE SAME CIRCUIT NUMBER SHALL BE CIRCUITED TOGETHERTO A 20AMP/1-POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER USING 2#12, 1#12G, IN 3/4 INCHEMT CONDUIT UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. A MAXIMUM OF FOUR20 AMP, SINGLE PHASE BRANCH CIRCUITS CONSISTING OF(8#12, 1#12G) SHALL BE PERMITTED IN ONE INCH EMT CONDUIT.SINGLE POLE SWITCH.LIGHTING FIXTURE. FA = FIXTURE TYPE, REFER TOSPECIFICATIONS. a = CONTROL BY WALL SWITCH MARKEDSAME. EM = EMERGENCY POWER SOURCE.SINGLE POLE SWITCHES GANGED ON A SINGLE PLATE.MARKED SAME AS ABOVE.SECURITY SYSTEM PANIC BUTTONSSECURITY SYSTEM DOOR SWITCHTRACK LIGHTSFLUORESCENT LIGHTS.SURFACE MOUNTED OR RECESSED DOWN LIGHTS.LIGHTING DIMMER.EXIT LIGHT.RAIMAGNETIC DOOR HOLDERRTSREMOTE TEST SWITCH/STATIONREMOTE ALARM INDICATORTHREE OR FOUR WAY SWITCH.OCCUPANCY SENSOR. "C" INDICATES CEILING MOUNTED."W" INDICATES WALL MOUNTED.OSCOMBINATION LIGHT SWITCH & OCCUPANCY SENSOR.AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLY.GENERATOR REMOTE ANNUNCIATOREMERGENCY WALLPACK LUMINAIREEMERGENCY/EXIT COMBO WALLPACK LUMINAIRECOMMUNICATION OUTLET. P/D INDICATES PHONE/DATA.WP INDICATES WALL PHONE OUTLET.DELECTRIC STRIKEHARDWIRED EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONP-1A12HOMERUN TO PANEL P-1A, CIRCUIT #12. FED FROM 20A - 1P BREAKERIS INTENDED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. RUN GREEN WIRE GROUNDFOR ALL CIRCUITS. PROVIDE ONE GROUND PER CIRCUIT.SSS43FA EMaFB EMaSSOSSPBDSESFFAPSAP-1A12P-1A12JGFIM5-20RSVFDGRAS3-SPDEMERGENCY POWER OFF (EPO)1.0DEMOLISH THE 500-KVA PADMOUNT TRANSFORMER AND REMOVE THEPRIMARY AND SECONDARY FEEDERS.2.0DEMOLISH (2) CONCRETE PAD/VAULTS AND RESTORE SURFACES.3.0PROVIDE A 25-KW STANDBY DIESEL GENERATOR WITH A DOUBLE-WALLSUB-BASE FUEL TANK, WEATHERPROOF AND SOUND ATTENUATED (LEVEL II)ENCLOSURE, CONTROL PANEL, UNIT MOUNTED CIRCUIT BREAKER,BATTERY CHARGER, WATER JACKET HEATER, ATS, EPO SWITCH, ANDREMOTE ANNUNCIATOR. INCLUDES PRECAST CONCRETE PAD.4.0PROVIDE A STANDBY POWER PANELBOARD AND DISTRIBUTION.5.0REFEED THE EXISTING 15-KVA UPS FROM STANDBY POWER.6.0INTERFACE GENERATOR WITH FIRE ALARM FOR CENTRAL STATIONMONITORING.7.0PROVIDE LED LUMINAIRES IN SELECT AREAS AND REFEED FROMSTANDBY POWER.8.0REFEED SELECT LOADS FROM STANDBY POWER.9.0PROVIDE RECEPTACLES CONNECTED TO STANDBY POWER.10.0PROVIDE CHAIN LINK FENCE WITH ALL NEW HARDWARE, GATES, ANDFENCING (WITH PRIVACY SLATS).11.0PROVIDE A 125-KW TEMPORARY, PORTABLE DIESEL GENERATOR TOBACKUP BUILDING WHENEVER THERE IS A POWER INTERRUPTION.INCLUDES TEMPORARY FEEDERS, CONTROLS, AND DIESEL FUEL FORTHE DURATION OF CONSTRUCTION.1.0ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS INDICATED ON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AREDIAGRAMMATIC. IT IS NOT THE INTENT TO SHOW EXACT OR MOSTEFFICIENT ROUTING. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND FIELD CONDITIONSON SITE. ANY CONFLICTS BETWEEN CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ANDFIELD CONDITIONS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO CORNELL'S PROJECT MANAGERFOR RESOLUTION BEFORE WORK PROCEEDS.2.0ASSURE PUBLIC AND WORKER SAFETY AT ALL TIMES. PROTECT ADJOININGAREAS FROM DAMAGE AND DUST. REMOVE ALL DEBRIS FROM SITE ANDDISPOSE OF WASTE MATERIAL IN A SAFE MANNER. KEEP THE PREMISESFREE OF DEBRIS FROM THE EXECUTION OF WORK. DELIVER A FINALPRODUCT THAT IS CLEAN AND OPERABLE.3.0FIRE STOP ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLSAND/OR FLOORS WITH MATERIAL EQUAL IN RATING TO THE CONSTRUCTIONOF THE MATERIAL PENETRATED.4.0WORK SHALL BE COMPLETED AS SPECIFIED AND INDICATED ON CONTRACTDOCUMENTS. ANY SUGGESTED ALTERNATE MANUFACTURER OR METHODOF INSTALLATION SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO PROJECT ENGINEER FORAPPROVAL PRIOR TO ORDERING ANY MATERIALS OR COMMENCINGEXECUTION OF WORK.5.0GROUNDING SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH NEC ARTICLE 250.PROVIDE EQUIPMENT GROUND CONDUCTOR WITH EACH BRANCH CIRCUITINDICATED ON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. EQUIPMENT GROUND CONDUCTORSHALL BE ROUTED WITH ASSOCIATED PHASE CONDUCTORS.6.0PROVIDE A NEW TYPED PANELBOARD DIRECTORY FOR EACH PANELBOARD.LABEL ALL NEW DEVICE FACEPLATES WITH SOURCE AND CIRCUIT NUMBER.PROVIDE PERMANENT LABEL ON SWITCHING DEVICES INDICATINGEQUIPMENT SERVICE AND INVENTORY NUMBERS. COORDINATE EQUIPMENTINVENTORY NUMBERS WITH CORNELL UNIVERSITY'S MECHANICAL SHOP,255-8667.7.0CIRCUITS RATED 20-AMP, 120 VOLT SHALL CONTAIN SEPARATE NEUTRALCONDUCTORS.8.0CONDUCTORS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 12AWG, STRANDED COPPER,600VAC, 90 DEGREE C, TYPE THHN/THWN FOR DRY AREAS AND XHHW/THWN-2 FOR WET AREAS.9.0CONDUITS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 3/4 INCHES DIAMETER. CONDUITSSHALL BE ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) AND SURFACE MOUNTEDUNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.10.0AIC RATING OF NEW CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL MATCH RATING OFRESPECTIVE PANELBOARD. SIZE AS INDICATED.11.0PROVIDE PULL STRING THROUGH NEW CONDUIT AND BOXES. PROVIDESUPPORT HANGERS FOR CONDUIT AS NEEDED.12.0INSTALL RACEWAY SYSTEMS ENSURING PROPER ACCESS TO EQUIPMENTAND DEVICES AND WITH SUFFICIENT SPACE TO PERFORM ROUTINEMAINTENANCE AND REPAIR. RACEWAYS THAT ARE NOT INSTALLED WITHTHIS REQUIREMENT IN MIND SHALL BE RELOCATED AT NO EXPENSE TOTHE UNIVERSITY UNTIL DEFICIENCIES ARE CORRECTED.EPOEMERGENCY POWER OFF STATIONGROUND ROD ELECTRODEEM 13EXISTING 2.4-KVSWITCHGEARE22 E20 E24 E21EXISTING 480V ITESWITCHBOARDEXISTING PANELUPSEXISTING 15-KVA UPSEXISTING PANEL LP3100UA100UB103101A101100L102100TA100TBOPEN TOBELOW141414EXISTING FACPDOWN21TYP1756EXISTING3,750-KVAPADMOUNTXFMR2310112B00U2' - 0"414' - 0"JJJ8912164' - 0"3' - 2"7' - 0"4' - 2"EXISTING CONCRETEPADUP7' - 0"7' - 6"20SUMP PUMP ANDCONTROL PANELEXISTINGSUMP PITEXISTINGCONCRETEPAD/VAULT(TO REMAIN)7' - 0"4' - 0"B00UB04B03B02EXISTING 2.4-KVSWITCHGEAR (FIRST FLOOR)EXISTING 500-KVAXFMR (FIRST FLOOR)2.4-KV FEEDER UP TO SWITCHGEAR ONFIRST FLOOR (E22)2.4-KV FEEDER THRU WALL FROM 500-KVAXFMR OUTDOORS480V OUTDOOR XFMR FEEDERINSTALLED IN EXISTING LADDERTRAY ON BASEMENT LEVEL1515DOWNUPEXISTINGSEWAGEEJECTORPUMP19CORNELLUNIVERSITYFOUNDED5681ADCornell UniversityFacilities EngineeringIT IS A VIOLATION OF NEW YORK STATE LAW FORANY PERSON, UNLESS ACTING UNDER THEDIRECTION OF A LICENSED ARCHITECT ORENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT IN ANYWAY. IF THIS DOCUMENT IS ALTERED, THEALTERING ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER SHALL AFFIXTO SUCH DOCUMENT HIS SEAL AND THENOTATION "ALTERED BY" FOLLOWED BY HISSIGNATURE, THE DATE OF SUCH ALTERATION,AND A SPECIFIC DESCRIPTION OF THEALTERATION.WARNING:1234567891011121314151612345678910111213141516ABCDEFGHIABCDEFGHIthaca, New YorkDATE:FACILITY:DESIGN:DRAWN:REVISIONS:ARCHIVE BAR CODEARCH/STRUCT:CIVIL/ENV:ELECTRICAL:MECHANICAL: - ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTIONDATE: 2/12/168369522Chill Water Plant 1 WeinholdED-100DEMOLITIONPLANSC. WAYMANcmw5101February 12, 2016Julius F. Weinhold Chilled Water Plant 1 Generator(EMCS)SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"ED-1005FIRST FLOOR DEMOLITION PLANN048 16SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0"NSCALE: 3/16"=1'-0"0246 12#SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0"ED-1001SUB-BASEMENT DEMOLITION PLANED-100 KEYED DEMOLITION NOTES1 DISCONNECT AND REMOVE 500-KVA OIL FILLED PADMOUNT XFMR(OUTDOOR), INCLUDING CONCRETE PAD/VAULT. RETURN XFMR TO CORNELL.REFER TO THE DEMOLITION ONE-LINE DIAGRAM FOR ADDITIONALINFORMATION.2 DISCONNECT AND REMOVE 2.4-KV PRIMARY FEEDER FROM PADMOUNT XFMRTO THE 2.4-KV SWITCHGEAR LOCATED ON THE FIRST FLOOR. REFER TO THEDEMOLITION ONE-LINE DIAGRAM FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.3 DISCONNECT AND REMOVE (2) 480V SECONDARY FEEDERS FROM PADMOUNTXFMR TO THE 480V SWITCHBOARD LOCATED ON THE FIRST FLOOR. REFERTO THE DEMOLITION ONE-LINE DIAGRAM FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.4 AFTER REMOVAL OF 2.4-KV AND 480V FEEDERS, PATCH BUILDINGPENETRATIONS WITH MORTAR.5 EXISTING 3,750-KVA, 13.2-KV TO 2.4-KV PADMOUNT XFMR TO REMAIN.6 SAWCUT AND REMOVE EXISTING CONCRETE PAD FOR INSTALLATION OFGENERATOR FEEDER AND ASSOCIATED RACEWAYS.7 REMOVE CONRETE PAD/VAULT. BACKFILL WITH APPROVED FILL MATERIALAND TOP OFF WITH 6" GRAVEL.8 DISCONNECT AND REMOVE GALVANIZED CHAIN-LINK FENCE, INCLUDINGPOSTS, FENCING, AND GATE AND PREPARE FOR INSTALLATION OF NEWFENCE AND GATE. PROVIDE TEMPORARY BARRIERS AT THE END OF EACHWORK DAY OR IMMEDIATELY AFTER WORK IN THIS AREA IS FINISHED TOPREVENT UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS TO THE MEDIUM VOLTAGE EQUIPMENT.PROVIDE WARNING SIGNAGE - "WARNING HIGH VOLTAGE".9 (3) EXISTING JUNCTION BOXES AND RACEWAYS INSTALLED ON CHAIN-LINKFENCE TO REMAIN. PROVIDE TEMPORARY BRACING AS NEEDED UNTILCHAIN-LINK FENCE WORK IS COMPLETE.10 EXISTING ALUMINUM FENCING INSTALLED ON POURED CONCRETEFOUNDATION WALL TO REMAIN. TEMPORARILY REMOVE 6' HIGH ALUMINUMFENCING AND SAVE FOR REINSTALLATION WHEN CRANING DEMOLISHEDEQUIPMENT OUT OF THIS AREA. FENCING MUST BE REINSTALLED AT THEEND OF EACH WORK DAY OR IMMEDIATELY AFTER WORK IN THIS AREA ISFINISHED TO PREVENT UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS TO THE MEDIUM VOLTAGEEQUIPMENT. PROVIDE WARNING SIGNAGE - "WARNING HIGH VOLTAGE".11 DIAGONAL HATCH PATTERN REPRESENTS AN EXISTING ELECTRICAL TRENCHWITH CONCRETE WALLS, REMOVEABLE STEEL COVERS AND MEDIUMVOLTAGE CABLING.12 EXISTING 13.2-KV PADMOUNT SWITCH TO REMAIN.13 DISCONNECT AND REMOVE THE MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH (MTS) AND THEGENERATOR REMOTE START SWITCH, INCLUDING REMOTE START CIRCUITRYTO CORNELL PORTABLE GENERATOR (LOCATED OUTDOORS, ADJACENT TOTHE 25-KW GENERATOR LOCATION). EXISTING UPS BYPASS SWITCH TOREMAIN.14 DISCONNECT AND REMOVE THE FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRES AS SHOWN.REMOVE LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUITRY TO NEAREST J-BOX.15 DISCONNECT AND REMOVE 3-KVA, 480/208V STEPDOWN XFMR MOUNTED TOTHE WALL AND SERVING THE EXISTING SEWAGE EJECTOR PUMP.DISCONNECT AND REMOVE THE 480V MOTOR BRANCH CIRCUIT TO THEEXISTING 480V SWITCHBOARD. LABEL THE CIRCUIT BREAKER IN THESWITCHBOARD "SPARE". EXISTING 208V J-BOX SERVING THE SEWAGEEJECTOR PUMP AND THE MOTOR BRANCH CIRCUITRY TO THE PUMP TOREMAIN FOR REUSE.16 CROSSHATCH PATTERN REPRESENTS AN EXISTING (5) 5" UNDERGROUND,CONCRETE ENCASED 13.2-KV DUCTBANK TO REMAIN.17 EXISTING PORTABLE GENERATOR TO BE REMOVED BY CORNELL.18 13.2-KV SWITCH REMOVED BY CORNELL DURING A PREVIOUS PROJECT.19 DISCONNECT AND REMOVE 120V BRANCH CIRCUITRY TO SOURCE. SURFACEMOUNT RECEPTACLE SERVING EXISTING AIR CONDITIONING UNIT TO REMAINFOR REUSE.20 DISCONNECT AND REMOVE SUMP PUMP CONTROL PANEL AND SUMP PUMPLOCATED IN PIT, INCLUDING 480V BRANCH CIRCUITRY TO SOURCE. PREPAREEXISTING PIPING FOR REUSE.21 DISCONNECT AND REMOVE THE 100A/2-POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER SERVINGTHE PORTABLE GENERATOR.SCALE: NO SCALEED-1002PHOTOGRAPH (WEST)SCALE: NO SCALEED-1003PHOTOGRAPH (NORTHWEST CORNER)PADMOUNT SWITCHGEAREXISTING PORTABLEGENERATOREXISTING 3750-KVAPADMOUNT XFMRDEMOLISHED 500-KVAPADMOUNT XFMREXISTING POUREDCONCRETE FOUNDATIONWALLEXISTINGALUMINUM FENCE1510SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"ED-1004BASEMENT DEMOLITION PLANN048 16SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0"1718GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES1.0 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHOWN DASHED ON DEMOLITION DRAWINGS,INCLUDING ASSOCIATED ANCHORS, SUPPORTS, STRAPS, BOXES, FITTINGS,AND OTHER APPURTENANCES NOT SHOWN, SHALL BE DISCONNECTED ANDREMOVED. REMOVE ASSOCIATED BRANCH CIRCUITRY TO SOURCE, UNLESSNOTED OTHERWISE.2.0 EXISTING RACEWAYS AND DEVICE BACKBOXES NOT INTERFERRING WITHNEW WORK SHALL BE REUSED WHERE POSSIBLE.3.0 PROVIDE JUNCTION BOXES, RACEWAYS, AND WIRING TO MODIFY/EXTENDEXISTING SYSTEMS AND CIRCUITS FED DOWNSTREAM OF ELECTRICALEQUIPMENT SHOWN TO BE DEMOLISHED.4.0 CUT DEMOLISHED CONDUITS INSTALLED THRU WALLS AND FLOORS FLUSHWITH THE SURFACE AND PATCH PENETRATIONS (FIRESTOP IF LOCATED ON AFIRE RATED SURFACE). PATCH AND PAINT SURFACES IN EXPOSED AREAS TOMATCH SURROUNDING MATERIALS, FINISHES, AND COLORS.5.0 PROVIDE BLANK COVERPLATES ON UNUSED BACKBOXES REMAINING FROMDEMOLITION NOT SPECIFIED TO BE INFILLED.6.0 EXISTING EQUIPMENT SHOWN TO REMAIN SHALL BE PROTECTED DURINGCONSTRUCTION. E-10022B00UEXISTING SUMP PUMPCONTROL PANEL22UPGENERATOREXISTING SUMP PITCONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDEA PORTABLE 125-kW DIESELGENERATOR AND LOCATE INTHIS AREA.E-100411EXISTING 2.4-KVSWITCHGEARE22 E20 E24 E21100UA100UB103101A101100L102100TA 100TBOPEN TOBELOW141414151616ANN161617141814DOWN29B00UB04B03B02EXISTING PANEL AEXISTING PANEL BEXISTING PANELEXISTING FAN COIL UNITCOREDRILLS FROM SUB-BASEMENT(COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION IN-FIELD)19202167EXISTINGSEWAGEEJECTORPUMPDOWNUPGENERATOR FEEDER, CIRCUIT, AND CONTROLSCONDUITS FROM SUB-BASEMENT - RACK ONUNDERSIDE OF CONCRETE MEZZANINE2828EMPROVIDE LITHONIA ELM6-LED-W-LP03VSEMERGENCY LIGHT AND CONNECT TOUNSWITCHED PHASE CONDUCTOR SERVINGTHE LIGHTING IN THIS SPACE33' - 6"1254EXISTING3750-KVAPADMOUNTXFMRUEUEUECONDUITSTUB-UP AREAJJJEXISTING13.2-KVPADMOUNTSWITCH232425EXISTINGCONCRETE PAD262725-KW DIESELGENERATORUEUEUEUEGEN EPOEXISTING CONCRETERETAINING WALL4' - 1"23' - 1 1/2"30JEXISTINGCONCRETEPAD/VAULTEXISTINGPANEL UPSEXISTING15-KVA UPS500-KVAINDOORXFMREXISTING 480V ITESWITCHBOARDEXISTING 480V PANELEXISTING XFMRTX-LP3EXISTING COLUMN981012100UAE21EXISTING 2.4-KVSWITCHGEARFACP132828CORNELLUNIVERSITYFOUNDED5681ADCornell UniversityFacilities EngineeringIT IS A VIOLATION OF NEW YORK STATE LAW FORANY PERSON, UNLESS ACTING UNDER THEDIRECTION OF A LICENSED ARCHITECT ORENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT IN ANYWAY. IF THIS DOCUMENT IS ALTERED, THEALTERING ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER SHALL AFFIXTO SUCH DOCUMENT HIS SEAL AND THENOTATION "ALTERED BY" FOLLOWED BY HISSIGNATURE, THE DATE OF SUCH ALTERATION,AND A SPECIFIC DESCRIPTION OF THEALTERATION.WARNING:1234567891011121314151612345678910111213141516ABCDEFGHIABCDEFGHIthaca, New YorkDATE:FACILITY:DESIGN:DRAWN:REVISIONS:ARCHIVE BAR CODEARCH/STRUCT:CIVIL/ENV:ELECTRICAL:MECHANICAL: - ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTIONDATE: 2/12/168369522Chill Water Plant 1 WeinholdE-100POWER PLANSC. WAYMANcmw5101February 12, 2016Julius F. Weinhold Chilled Water Plant 1 Generator(EMCS)SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"E-1003PARTIAL SUB-BASEMENT POWER PLANSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"E-1005FIRST FLOOR POWER PLANN048 16SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0"N048 16SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0"N048 16SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0"E-100 KEYED CONSTRUCTION NOTES1 PROVIDE A 25-KW DIESEL GENERATOR WITH SOUND ATTENUATED (LEVEL II)WEATHERPROOF ENCLOSURE, DOUBLE-WALL SUB-BASE DIESEL FUEL TANK,CONTROL PANEL, WATER JACKET HEATER, AND BATTERY CHARGER.2 PROVIDE A PRECAST CONCRETE GENERATOR PAD WITH GRAVEL BASE FORDRAINAGE. COORDINATE PAD CONDUIT STUB-UP AREA AND OVERALLDIMENSIONS WITH APPROVED GENERATOR SUBMITTALS. PAD SHALLEXTEND A MINIMUM OF 6" ON ALL SIDES OF GENERATOR. REFER TO PADDETAILS ON SHEET E-401 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.3 PROVIDE CONCRETE ENCASED 2" PVC GENERATOR FEEDER(UNDERGROUND) BETWEEN GENERATOR AND ATS. TRANSITION TOGALVANIZED RMC ABOVE GRADE AND EMT WITHIN THE BUILDING. REFER TOTHE ONE-LINE DIAGRAM AND TRENCH DETAILS FOR ADDITIONALINFORMATION.4 PROVIDE CONCRETE ENCASED 1" PVC (UNDERGROUND) FROM PANEL SB1-18TO GENERATOR BATTERY CHARGER/WATER JACKET HEATER. TRANSITIONTO GALVANIZED RMC ABOVE GRADE AND EMT WITHIN THE BUILDING.CIRCUIT WITH 2#12, 1#12G. REFER TO THE PANELBOARD SCHEDULE ANDTRENCH DETAIL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.5 PROVIDE CONCRETE ENCASED 1" PVC FROM ATS TO GENERATOR STUB-UPAREA FOR GENERATOR COMMUNICATIONS/FIRE ALARM. TRANSITION TOGALVANIZED RMC ABOVE GRADE AND EMT WITHIN THE BUILDING. REFER TODETAIL #3/E-401 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.6 PROVIDE A 208Y/120V, 3-PHASE, 4-WIRE, 225A MLO, 42-CIRCUIT PANELBOARDWITH NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE AND LABEL 'SB1'. REFER TO PANELBOARDSCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.7 PROVIDE A 208Y/120V, 125A RATED, 3-POLE (SOLID NEUTRAL) OPENTRANSITION TRANSFER SWITCH WITH NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE.8 EXISTING UPS BYPASS SWITCH - PREPARE FOR INSTALLATION OF STANDBYPOWER FEEDER.9 EXISTING PANEL LP3 (SQUARE D QOC-42 LOADCENTER) - PROVIDE A 90A/3P,10-KAIC RATED QO CIRCUIT BREAKER. MODIFY PANELBOARD SCHEDULE TOREAD, "ATS UTILITY POWER".10 AFTER THE DEMOLITION OF THE OUTDOOR 500-KVA XFMR AND MEDIUMVOLTAGE FEEDER, CLOSE THE TIE-BREAKER. THE SWITCHBOARD WILL NOWBE SINGLE-ENDED.11 AFTER THE DEMOLITION OF THE OUTDOOR 500-KVA XFMR AND REMOVAL OFTHE MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLING, LABEL CIRCUIT BREAKER E22, "SPARE".12 AFTER THE DEMOLITION OF THE OUTDOOR 500-KVA XFMR AND REMOVAL OFTHE MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLING, LABEL 800A/3P CIRCUIT BREAKER(OUTDOOR XFMR), "SPARE".13 EXISTING GAMEWELL/FCI ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL.PROVIDE (4) ADDRESSABLE MODULES TO MONITOR THE FOLLOWINGGENERATOR POINTS: COMMON WARNING, GENERATOR RUNNING, COMMONALARM, TRANSFER SWITCH POSITION. REFER TO DETAIL #3/E-401 FORADDITIONAL INFORMATION.14 AT EACH LOCATION INDICATED, PROVIDE A LITHONIAWL4-30L-LP840-NESPDT7, FINISH WHITE. SURFACE MOUNT ONTO EXISTINGSPLINE TYPE CEILING. CIRCUIT LIGHTING WITH 2#12, 1#12G, 3/4" EMT.PROVIDE WIREMOLD 700 IN ROOM 101 AND AS REQUIRED. REFER TOPANELBOARD SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.15 REFEED EXISTING PLUGMOLD FROM STANDBY POWER - PROVIDE 2#12,1#12G, 3/4" EMT FROM PANELBOARD SB1 TO PLUGMOLD. TRANSITION TOWIREMOLD 700 ON WALLS AND CEILING. REFER TO PANELBOARD SB1SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.16 AT EACH LOCATION INDICATED, PROVIDE A WIREMOLD SURFACE MOUNT BOXWITH A 120V/20A RATED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE (COLOR: RED) WITHWIREMOLD 700 ON WALLS AND CEILING. CIRCUIT WITH 2#12, 1#12G, 3/4" EMTTO PANELBOARD SB1. LABEL RECEPTACLE "STANDBY POWER" . REFER TOPANELBOARD SB1 SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.17 PROVIDE A WIREMOLD SURFACE MOUNT BOX WITH A 120V/20A RATEDDUPLEX RECEPTACLE (COLOR: RED) ABOVE THE EXISTING COUNTER WITHWIREMOLD 700 ON WALLS AND CEILING. CIRCUIT WITH 2#12, 1#12G, 3/4" EMTTO PANELBOARD SB1. LABEL RECEPTACLE "STANDBY POWER" . REFER TOPANELBOARD SB1 SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.18 PROVIDE A GENERATOR REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR. REFER TO DETAIL #3/E-401FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.19 PROVIDE 2#12, 1#12G, 3/4" EMT FROM PANEL SB1 TO REFEED FAN COIL UNIT.20 PROVIDE 2#12, 1#12G, 3/4" EMT FROM PANEL SB1 TO REFEED AIRCONDITIONING DUPLEX RECEPTACLE.21 PROVIDE 3#12, 1#12G, 3/4" EMT FROM PANEL SB1 TO REFEED SEWAGEEJECTOR PUMP.22 FIELD VERIFY EXISTING SUMP PUMP CAPACITY. REPLACE EXISTING SUMPPUMP AND CONTROL PANEL AS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 22. CONTRACTORSHALL COORDINATE FIELD VERIFICATION WITH SPECIFICATION SECTION 2214 29 AS REQUIRED TO SELECT REPLACEMENT PUMP. CIRCUIT WITH 3#12,1#12G, 3/4" EMT FROM PANEL SB1-12/14/16.23 PROVIDE RGS SWEEPS AND TRANSITION TO RGS ABOVE GRADE(GENERATOR FEEDER, GENERATOR CIRCUIT, GENERATOR CONTROLS).PAINT CONDUITS TO MATCH SURROUNDING SURFACES.24 PROVIDE A 12"x12"x6" NEMA 3R J-BOX WITH SCREWDOWN COVER.COREDRILL CONCRETE FOR GENERATOR FEEDER AND CIRCUIT CONDUITS.MORTAR PENETRATIONS. REFER TO ELEVATION #3/E-402 FOR ADDITIONALINFORMATION.25 COREDRILL CONCRETE CEILING TO BASEMENT FOR GENERATOR FEEDER,BATTERY CHARGER CIRCUIT, AND GENERATOR CONTROLS CONDUITS.FIRESTOP PENETRATIONS.26 HAND DIG AROUND GENERATOR PAD TO AVOID DAMAGING EXISTING 13.2-KVUNDERGROUND DUCTBANK.27 PROVIDE 8' HIGH CHAIN-LINK GALVANIZED FENCE WITH PRIVACY SLATS.PROVIDE (2) 3' WIDE x 8' HIGH GATES WITH HASP TO LOCK. SET CHAIN LINKPOSTS IN CONCRETE. PROVIDE WARNING SIGNAGE - "WARNING HIGHVOLTAGE". REFER TO DETAIL #4/E-402.28 PROVIDE METAL SIGNAGE AT EACH LOCATION. REFER TO DETAIL #1/E-402FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.29 COREDRILL CONCRETE FLOOR AT THIS LOCATION FOR INSTALLATION OFCONDUITS BETWEEN FLOOR. MORTAR ALL FLOOR PENETRATIONS.30 PROVIDE GROUND ROD ELECTRODE AND BOND TO PRECAST PAD AND GENFRAME WITH #2 AWG CU BARE GROUND ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR.N024 8SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0"SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"E-1001BASEMENT POWER PLAN#SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"E-1002ENLARGED SUB-BASEMENT POWER PLANSCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"E-1004ENLARGED FIRST FLOOR POWER PLANN024 8SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" 800A/3PE21EXISTING S&C 13.2-KV PADMOUNT SWITCHINDOOR500-KVAPRI: 2.4-KVSEC: 480Y/277V800A/3P800A/3PE22OUTDOOR500-KVAPRI: 2.4-KVSEC: 480Y/277V1200A MCBSUBSTATION XFMR3750-KVAPRI: 13.2-KVSEC: 2.4-KVEXISTING SWGR #1480Y/277VEXISTING SWGR #2480Y/277VEXISTING MV SWGR2.4-KV200A/3PNELTX-LP375-KVAPRI: 480VSEC: 208Y/120V100A/2PMTSEXISTING PANEL LP3208Y/120V, 3-PHASE, 4-WIREEXISTING PANEL UPS208Y/120V, 3-PHASE, 4-WIREGUNIT125-KWDISCONNECT AND REMOVE (3) 350 MCM 15-KVCABLES. UNDERGROUND RACEWAYS TOREMAIN FOR REUSEE20TIEEXISTING 15-KVA UPSEXISTING UPS BYPASS SWITCHPORTABLE GENERATORTO BE REMOVED BY OTHERSDISCONNECT AND REMOVEFEEDER BETWEEN LP3AND MTSDISCONNECT AND REMOVEFEEDER BETWEEN MTSAND UPS BYPASSDISCONNECT AND REMOVE SECONDARYFROM OUTDOOR XFMR TO EXISTING 480V ITESWITCHGEARTO MANHOLE 41(HELEN NEWMAN HALL)TO MANHOLE 41(COMP COMM CTR)TO MANHOLE 41A(COURT AND MEWS)30A/2P30A/2PEXISTING PANEL B120/240V, 1-PHASE, 3-WIREEXISTING PANEL B120/240V, 1-PHASE, 3-WIRE800A/3PE21INDOOR500-KVAPRI: 2.4-KVSEC: 480Y/277VTIE800A/3PE221200A MCBSUBSTATION3750-KVAPRI: 13.2-KVSEC: 2.4-KVEXISTING SWGR #1480Y/277VEXISTING SWGR #2480Y/277VEXISTING MV SWGR2.4-KV200A/3PNELTX-LP375-KVAPRI: 480VSEC: 208Y/120V90A/3PATSEXISTING PANEL LP3208Y/120V, 3-PHASE, 4-WIREEXISTING PANEL UPS208Y/120V, 3-PHASE, 4-WIREG90A/3P25-KWEXISTING 15-KVA UPSEXISTING UPS BYPASS SWITCH(4) #1, (1) #6GND, 2" C(4) #1, 1#6GND, 2" C(4) #1, (1) #6GND, 2" C100A/2PPANEL SB1208Y/120V, 3-PHASE, 4-WIRE(3) #1/0, (1) #6GND, 1.5" CEXISTING S&C 13.2-KV PADMOUNT SWITCHTO MANHOLE 41(HELEN NEWMAN HALL)TO MANHOLE 41(COMP COMM CTR)TO MANHOLE 41A(COURT AND MEWS)LABEL "SPARE"LABEL "SPARE"30A/2P30A/2PEXISTING PANEL B120/240V, 1-PHASE, 3-WIREEXISTING PANEL B120/240V, 1-PHASE, 3-WIRECLOSE TIEBREAKERCORNELLUNIVERSITYFOUNDED5681ADCornell UniversityFacilities EngineeringIT IS A VIOLATION OF NEW YORK STATE LAW FORANY PERSON, UNLESS ACTING UNDER THEDIRECTION OF A LICENSED ARCHITECT ORENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT IN ANYWAY. IF THIS DOCUMENT IS ALTERED, THEALTERING ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER SHALL AFFIXTO SUCH DOCUMENT HIS SEAL AND THENOTATION "ALTERED BY" FOLLOWED BY HISSIGNATURE, THE DATE OF SUCH ALTERATION,AND A SPECIFIC DESCRIPTION OF THEALTERATION.WARNING:1234567891011121314151612345678910111213141516ABCDEFGHIABCDEFGHIthaca, New YorkDATE:FACILITY:DESIGN:DRAWN:REVISIONS:ARCHIVE BAR CODEARCH/STRUCT:CIVIL/ENV:ELECTRICAL:MECHANICAL: - ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTIONDATE: 2/12/168369522Chill Water Plant 1 WeinholdE-400ONE-LINEDIAGRAMSC. WAYMANcmw5101February 12, 2016Julius F. Weinhold Chilled Water Plant 1 Generator(EMCS)SCALE: NO SCALEE-4001DEMOLITION ONE-LINE DIAGRAMSCALE: NO SCALEE-4002ONE-LINE DIAGRAM GENCONTROLLERGENEM OFFATSREMOTEANNUNCIATORAMFIRE ALARMMODULEAMFIRE ALARMMODULEAMFIRE ALARMMODULEAMRRRRABCDFIRE ALARMMODULEDDDEXISTINGFIRE ALARMCONTROL PANELEEEECLCL2' - 0"2' - 0"4' - 5"4' - 5"8' - 10"4' - 0"7' - 4"1E-401CONDUIT STUB-UPAREA2' - 11"GENERATOR - BASIS OF DESIGN WEIGHT: 2,000-LBS.PRECASTCONCRETEPAD0' - 4"0' - 10"6" NYSDOT 304 TYPE 2COMPACTED SUB-BASE6" NYSDOT TYPE 703 TYPE 1ADRAINAGE STONEGEOTEXTILE FILTER FABRICMIRAFI 500X OR EQUALGENERATORREINFORCEMENT PERPRECAST MANUFACTURER.SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGFOR REVIEW3/4" CHAMFEREXISTING CONCRETEENCASED (5) 5" 13.2-KVDUCTBANK#2 AWG CU BARE GROUNDELECTRODE CONDUCTORBONDED TO PRECAST PADAND GEN FRAMEDRIVEN GROUND RODELECTRODEPRECASTCONCRETEPADTYP2" CLEAR(TYP)0' - 6"GENERATORFRAME5/8" Ø HILTI KB-TZ EXPANSIONANCHOR - 304SS MIN. 4"EMBED. (4 TOTAL)NOTE:PREP AND COMPACT GRAVEL BASELEVEL PRIOR TO PAD INSTALLATION.CORNELLUNIVERSITYFOUNDED5681ADCornell UniversityFacilities EngineeringIT IS A VIOLATION OF NEW YORK STATE LAW FORANY PERSON, UNLESS ACTING UNDER THEDIRECTION OF A LICENSED ARCHITECT ORENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT IN ANYWAY. IF THIS DOCUMENT IS ALTERED, THEALTERING ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER SHALL AFFIXTO SUCH DOCUMENT HIS SEAL AND THENOTATION "ALTERED BY" FOLLOWED BY HISSIGNATURE, THE DATE OF SUCH ALTERATION,AND A SPECIFIC DESCRIPTION OF THEALTERATION.WARNING:1234567891011121314151612345678910111213141516ABCDEFGHIABCDEFGHIthaca, New YorkDATE:FACILITY:DESIGN:DRAWN:REVISIONS:ARCHIVE BAR CODEARCH/STRUCT:CIVIL/ENV:ELECTRICAL:MECHANICAL: - ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTIONDATE: 2/12/168369522Chill Water Plant 1 WeinholdE-401FOUNDATIONPLAN, SECTION,SCHEDULE, ANDRISERC. WAYMANcmw5101February 12, 2016Julius F. Weinhold Chilled Water Plant 1 Generator(EMCS)SCALE: NO SCALEE-4013GENERATOR CONNECTIONS WIRING DIAGRAMWIRE SCHEDULETYPE WIRE CONDUIT NOTESA (2) #16 CU THWN STRANDED 3/4" RGS 1B (6) #16 CU THWN STRANDED 3/4" RGS 1C (1) BELDEN 9729, (2) #12 THWN CU 1" EMT 1D (2) #16 CU THWN STRANDED 3/4" EMT 1,2E (2) #14 FPLP 3/4" EMTNOTES:1. UNDERGROUND - TRANSITION TO PVC AND ENCASE IN CONCRETE.2. INSTALL ALL TYPE 'D' CONDUCTORS IN SAME RACEWAY AND ENCASE IN CONCRETE. PROVIDE (4) #16AWG CU THHN STRANDED AS SPARES.TOTAL DEMAND AMPS:45 AELECTRIC HEAT 8700 VA 50.00% 4350 VATOTAL CONN AMPS:79 AUPS 12688 VA 50.00% 6344 VATOTAL DEMAND:16196 VALIGHTING 282 VA 100.00% 282 VATOTAL CONN LOAD:28630 VAHVAC 6960 VA 75.00% 5220 VALOAD CLASSIFICATION CONN LOAD DEMAND FACTOR EST DEMAND PANEL TOTALSTOTAL AMPS:74 A 76 A 89 ATOTAL LOAD:8846 VA 9120 VA 10664 VA41 -- -- -- 0 0 -- -- -- 4239 SPARE 20 2 0 0 2 20 SPARE 4037 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 3835 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 3633 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 3431 SPARE 20 1 0 0 1 20 SPARE 3229 SPACE -- -- 0 0 -- -- SPACE 3027 SPACE -- -- 0 0 -- -- SPACE 2825 SPACE -- -- 0 0 -- -- SPACE 2623 SPACE -- -- 0 0 -- -- SPACE 2421 -- -- -- 300 0 -- -- SPACE 2219 -- -- -- 300 0 -- -- SPACE 2017 SEWAGE EJECTOR PUMP 20 3 300 1200 1 20 GEN CHARGER/HEATER 1815 102: ELEC HEAT 20 1 1500 1320 -- -- -- 1613 SPACE -- -- 0 1320 -- -- -- 1411 SPACE -- -- 0 1320 3 20 2B00U: SUMP PUMP 129 101: ELEC HEAT 20 1 1500 1500 1 20 101A: ELEC HEAT 107 SPACE -- -- 0 6344 -- -- -- 85 B02: AIR CONDITIONER 20 1 1500 6344 2 100 100UA: UPS 63 100TA: ELEC HEAT 20 1 1500 1500 1 20 100TB: ELEC HEAT 41 LTS: 100TA,100TB,101,102 20 1 282 600 1 20 B02: FAN COIL 2CKT DESCRIPTION TRIP POLES A B C POLES TRIP DESCRIPTION CKTENCLOSURE:TYPE 1MOUNTING:SURFACEWIRES:4MAINS RATING:225 AFED FROM:ATSPHASE:3MAINS TYPE:MLOLOCATION: 100UAVOLTS:208Y/120VAIC RATING:14,000PANEL SB1SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"E-4012GENERATOR CONCRETE PAD FOUNDATION PLANSCALE: 1" = 1'-0"E-4011GENERATOR CONCRETE PAD SECTIONDESIGN NOTES1.0 DESIGN FOR NEW WORK:1.1 CODE: THE STRUCTURE IS DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NEWYORK STATE BUILDING CODE AND THE CITY OF ITHACA AMENDMENTS.2.0 CONCRETE:2.1 ALL CONCRETE WORK SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 301, ACI 318AND ACI 302.2.2 CEMENT SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM C150, TYPE I OR II. AGGREGATESHALL COMPLY WITH WITH C33.2.3 CONCRETE SHALL BE NORMAL WEIGHT (CURED DENSITY 145 PCF)CONTAINING NON-REACTIVE LIMESTONE AGGREGATE PER NYSDOTAPPROVED LIST FOR SOURCES OF FINE & COARSE AGGREGATES, WELLGRADED AND COMPLYING WITH ASTM C33. PROVIDE MIX DESIGNSUBMITTAL TO ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL.2.4 REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE DEFORMED BILLET STEEL CONFORMINGTO ASTM A615 GRADE 60. ALL REINFORCEMENT SPLICES SHALL BE AMINIMUM OF 40 BAR DIAMETERS.2.5 CONCRETE SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM 28 DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTHF'c = 4500 PSI AND MAX W/C OF 0.45.2.6 CONCRETE SLUMP SHALL = 3" +/- 1".2.7 ALL EXTERIOR EXPOSED SLABS SHALL HAVE AN AIR ENTRAINMENT OF6% + 1.5% PER ACI- 318 4.2.1.2.8 FILL IN LIFTING LUGS ON TOP OF PRECAST PANEL WITH SIKA MONOTOP615 REPAIR MORTAR.3.0 GENERAL:3.1 INFORMATION SHOWN REGARDING EXISTING CONDITIONS HAS BEENOBTAINED BY LIMITED VISUAL OBSERVATIONS. AREAS NOT VISIBLEHAVE BEEN ASSUMED TYPICAL WITH OBSERVED EXISTING CONDITIONS.3.2 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EXPOSE AND CONFIRM ALL EXISTINGSTRUCTURAL CONDITIONS RELATIVE TO THE NEW CONSTRUCTION ANDINFORM THE ENGINEER OF CONDITIONS AT VARIANCE WITH THOSESHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. VERIFICATION AND NOTIFICATION SHALL3.3 CONTACT DIG SAFELY NEW YORK PRIOR TO START OF PROJECT.CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE ALL UNDERGROUND UTILITIES IN VICINITYOF FOUNDATIONS AND NOTIFY THE ENGINEER IF A CONFLICT EXISTS.PROVIDE INFORMATION ON LOCATION SIZE AND ELEVATION OFUTILITIES PRIOR TO START OF WORK SO THAT ANY NECESSARYCHANGES CAN BE MADE WITHOUT DELAYING THE PROJECT SCHEDULE.3.4 THE DEVELOPMENT AND IMPLEMENTATION OF JOB SITE SAFETY ANDCONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES ARE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THEGENERAL CONTRACTOR.4.0 EARTHWORK:4.1 ALLOWABLE SOIL BEARING PRESSURE IS ASSUMED 2000 PSF. SHOULDUNSUITABLE MATERIAL BE ENCOUNTERED, OVEREXCAVATEUNSUITABLE MATERIAL AS NEEDED AND REPLACE WITH LEANCONCRETE, F'c = 2000 PSI.4.2 PRIOR TO STRUCTURAL FILL PLACEMENT, EXISTING VEGETATION, ROOTMATS, ORGANIC MATERIAL AND TOP SOIL SHALL BE REMOVED DOWN TOACCEPTABLE SOIL STRATUM AND PROPERLY COMPACTED.4.3 ALL STRUCTURAL FILL MATERIAL SHALL BE FREE OF ORGANICMATERIAL.FILL SHALL BE PLACED IN MAXIMUM 8-INCH LIFTS ANDCOMPACTED TO 95% OF THE MODIFIED PROCTOR DENSITY AT OPTIMUMMOISTURE CONTENT.N012SCALE: 1"=1'-0"N012SCALE: 1"=1'-0"PAD DIMENSION NOTE:DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONTRACTORSHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS WITH APPROVED GENERATOR SHOPDRAWINGS AND ADJUST DIMENSIONS TO PROVIDE REQUIRED 6" MINPAD ON ALL SIDES.PAD NOTE:A PORTION OF THE PRECAST PAD WILL BE INSTALLED ONTOTHE EXISTING CONCRETE ENCASED 13.2-KV DUCTBANK.FIRE ALARM MONITORING POINTS:- COMMON WARNING- GENERATOR RUNNING- COMMON ALARM- TRANSFER SWITCH POSITIONSCALE: NO SCALEE-4014PANELBOARD SB1 SCHEDULE 12"x12"x6" NEMA 3R J-BOX1" GENERATOR CIRCUIT1" GENERATOR CONTROLS9' - 6"EXISTING LIGHTFIXTURE2" GENERATORFEEDEREXISTINGPOUREDCONCRETEWALLFINISHED GRADE2' - 0"0' - 6"0' - 6"WARNING TAPECOMPACTED FILLCONCRETE ENCASED SCHEDULE 40PVC - MINIMUM 2" ENCASEMENT ALLSIDES. PROVIDE SPACERS. PROVIDE6" SPACE BETWEEN COMM AND POWERCONDUITS. REFER TO PLANS FOR SIZEAND QUANTITY OF CONDUITS.FINISHED GRADEGRAVELWARNING2 SOURCES OF BUILDING POWER:NORMAL POWER480V SWITCHBOARD LOCATED ON FIRST FLOOR(800/3 MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER)STANDBY POWER208V GENERATOR LOCATED OUTDOORS(90/3 CIRCUIT BREAKER IN GENERATOR ENCLOSURE)1' - 2"(TYP)4' - 6"10' - 0"(+/- TO MATCH EXISTING)8' - 0"CAP (TYP)TOP PIPE RAILBRACE RAILSTRETCHER BARWIRE TIESTRUSS RODTYP.BOTTOM PIPE RAILEXTERIOR CONCRETEPER NOTES ON DWG E-401CORNELLUNIVERSITYFOUNDED5681ADCornell UniversityFacilities EngineeringIT IS A VIOLATION OF NEW YORK STATE LAW FORANY PERSON, UNLESS ACTING UNDER THEDIRECTION OF A LICENSED ARCHITECT ORENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT IN ANYWAY. IF THIS DOCUMENT IS ALTERED, THEALTERING ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER SHALL AFFIXTO SUCH DOCUMENT HIS SEAL AND THENOTATION "ALTERED BY" FOLLOWED BY HISSIGNATURE, THE DATE OF SUCH ALTERATION,AND A SPECIFIC DESCRIPTION OF THEALTERATION.WARNING:1234567891011121314151612345678910111213141516ABCDEFGHIABCDEFGHIthaca, New YorkDATE:FACILITY:DESIGN:DRAWN:REVISIONS:ARCHIVE BAR CODEARCH/STRUCT:CIVIL/ENV:ELECTRICAL:MECHANICAL: - ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTIONDATE: 2/12/168369522Chill Water Plant 1 WeinholdE-402DETAILSC. WAYMANcmw5101February 12, 2016Julius F. Weinhold Chilled Water Plant 1 Generator(EMCS)SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"E-4023EXTERIOR ELEVATIONSCALE: NO SCALEE-4022CONCRETE ENCASED TRENCH DETAIL012 4SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0"SCALE: NO SCALEE-4021MULTIPLE POWER SOURCE SIGNSCALE: NO SCALEE-4024CHAIN LINK FENCE